1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from GCC.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
5 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
6 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
8 This file is part of GCC.
10 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
11 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
12 Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later
15 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
16 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
17 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
20 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
21 along with GCC; see the file COPYING3. If not see
22 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
24 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
25 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
26 out locations for types and decls.
27 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
28 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
30 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
31 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
32 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
33 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
36 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
38 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
39 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
40 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
41 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
42 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
44 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
45 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
47 CIE = Common Information Entry
48 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
50 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
52 FDE = Frame Description Entry
53 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
54 how to restore registers
56 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
57 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
61 #include "coretypes.h"
68 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
70 #include "insn-config.h"
78 #include "dwarf2out.h"
79 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
85 #include "diagnostic.h"
88 #include "langhooks.h"
93 #include "tree-pass.h"
95 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
96 static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int, const char *, int, bool);
98 static rtx last_var_location_insn
;
101 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
102 int vms_file_stats_name (const char *, long long *, long *, char *, int *);
104 /* Define this macro to be a nonzero value if the directory specifications
105 which are output in the debug info should end with a separator. */
106 #define DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR 1
107 /* Define this macro to evaluate to a nonzero value if GCC should refrain
108 from generating indirect strings in DWARF2 debug information, for instance
109 if your target is stuck with an old version of GDB that is unable to
110 process them properly or uses VMS Debug. */
111 #define DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET 1
113 #define DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR 0
114 #define DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET 0
117 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
118 # ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
119 # define DWARF2_FRAME_INFO \
120 (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG)
122 # define DWARF2_FRAME_INFO 0
126 /* Map register numbers held in the call frame info that gcc has
127 collected using DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM to those that should be output in
128 .debug_frame and .eh_frame. */
129 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT
130 #define DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT(REGNO, FOR_EH) (REGNO)
133 /* Save the result of dwarf2out_do_frame across PCH. */
134 static GTY(()) bool saved_do_cfi_asm
= 0;
136 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
140 dwarf2out_do_frame (void)
142 /* We want to emit correct CFA location expressions or lists, so we
143 have to return true if we're going to output debug info, even if
144 we're not going to output frame or unwind info. */
145 return (write_symbols
== DWARF2_DEBUG
146 || write_symbols
== VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
147 || DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
|| saved_do_cfi_asm
148 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
149 || (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
150 && (flag_unwind_tables
151 || (flag_exceptions
&& ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
)))
156 /* Decide whether to emit frame unwind via assembler directives. */
159 dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm (void)
163 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
166 if (!flag_dwarf2_cfi_asm
|| !dwarf2out_do_frame ())
168 if (saved_do_cfi_asm
)
170 if (!HAVE_GAS_CFI_PERSONALITY_DIRECTIVE
)
173 /* Make sure the personality encoding is one the assembler can support.
174 In particular, aligned addresses can't be handled. */
175 enc
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,/*global=*/1);
176 if ((enc
& 0x70) != 0 && (enc
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_pcrel
)
178 enc
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,/*global=*/0);
179 if ((enc
& 0x70) != 0 && (enc
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_pcrel
)
182 if (!HAVE_GAS_CFI_SECTIONS_DIRECTIVE
)
184 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
187 if (USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
|| (!flag_unwind_tables
&& !flag_exceptions
))
192 saved_do_cfi_asm
= true;
196 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
198 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
201 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
202 must be kept around forever. */
203 static GTY(()) VEC(rtx
,gc
) *used_rtx_array
;
205 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
206 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a
207 VEC(tree,gc) because we want to tell the garbage collector about
209 static GTY(()) VEC(tree
,gc
) *incomplete_types
;
211 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
212 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
213 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
214 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
215 define type declaration DIE's. */
216 static GTY(()) VEC(tree
,gc
) *decl_scope_table
;
218 /* Pointers to various DWARF2 sections. */
219 static GTY(()) section
*debug_info_section
;
220 static GTY(()) section
*debug_abbrev_section
;
221 static GTY(()) section
*debug_aranges_section
;
222 static GTY(()) section
*debug_macinfo_section
;
223 static GTY(()) section
*debug_line_section
;
224 static GTY(()) section
*debug_loc_section
;
225 static GTY(()) section
*debug_pubnames_section
;
226 static GTY(()) section
*debug_pubtypes_section
;
227 static GTY(()) section
*debug_dcall_section
;
228 static GTY(()) section
*debug_vcall_section
;
229 static GTY(()) section
*debug_str_section
;
230 static GTY(()) section
*debug_ranges_section
;
231 static GTY(()) section
*debug_frame_section
;
233 /* Personality decl of current unit. Used only when assembler does not support
235 static GTY(()) rtx current_unit_personality
;
237 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
238 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
239 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
242 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct
*dw_cfi_ref
;
243 typedef struct dw_fde_struct
*dw_fde_ref
;
244 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
*dw_cfi_oprnd_ref
;
246 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
247 Information instructions. The register number, offset
248 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
249 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
251 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
{
253 dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
,
259 typedef union GTY(()) dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
{
260 unsigned int GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num
;
261 HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset
;
262 const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr
;
263 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
* GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc
;
267 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_cfi_struct
{
268 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next
;
269 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc
;
270 dw_cfi_oprnd
GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
272 dw_cfi_oprnd
GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
277 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
278 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
279 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
280 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
281 of this structure. */
282 typedef struct GTY(()) cfa_loc
{
283 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
284 HOST_WIDE_INT base_offset
;
286 BOOL_BITFIELD indirect
: 1; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
287 BOOL_BITFIELD in_use
: 1; /* 1 if a saved cfa is stored here. */
290 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
291 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
292 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
293 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
294 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
296 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_fde_struct
{
298 const char *dw_fde_begin
;
299 const char *dw_fde_current_label
;
300 const char *dw_fde_end
;
301 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_label
;
302 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
;
303 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
;
304 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
;
305 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi
;
306 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_switch_cfi
; /* Last CFI before switching sections. */
307 unsigned funcdef_number
;
308 HOST_WIDE_INT stack_realignment
;
309 /* Dynamic realign argument pointer register. */
310 unsigned int drap_reg
;
311 /* Virtual dynamic realign argument pointer register. */
312 unsigned int vdrap_reg
;
313 unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls
: 1;
314 unsigned nothrow
: 1;
315 unsigned uses_eh_lsda
: 1;
316 /* Whether we did stack realign in this call frame. */
317 unsigned stack_realign
: 1;
318 /* Whether dynamic realign argument pointer register has been saved. */
319 unsigned drap_reg_saved
: 1;
320 /* True iff dw_fde_begin label is in text_section or cold_text_section. */
321 unsigned in_std_section
: 1;
322 /* True iff dw_fde_unlikely_section_label is in text_section or
323 cold_text_section. */
324 unsigned cold_in_std_section
: 1;
325 /* True iff switched sections. */
326 unsigned dw_fde_switched_sections
: 1;
327 /* True iff switching from cold to hot section. */
328 unsigned dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot
: 1;
332 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
333 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
335 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
336 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
337 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
338 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
340 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
341 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
344 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
345 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
346 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
349 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
350 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
353 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF 4 type signature. */
355 #ifndef DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
356 #define DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE 8
359 /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
360 should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
361 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
364 However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
365 DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */
367 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
368 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
371 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
372 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
373 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
375 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
376 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
377 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
378 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
380 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
384 /* CIE identifier. */
385 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64
386 #define DWARF_CIE_ID \
387 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? DW_CIE_ID : DW64_CIE_ID)
389 #define DWARF_CIE_ID DW_CIE_ID
392 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
393 information for each routine. */
394 static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table
;
396 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
397 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_allocated
;
399 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
400 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_in_use
;
402 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
404 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
406 /* Get the current fde_table entry we should use. */
408 static inline dw_fde_ref
411 return fde_table_in_use
? &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1] : NULL
;
414 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
415 static GTY(()) dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head
;
417 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
418 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
419 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
420 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
421 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
422 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde
;
425 struct GTY(()) indirect_string_node
{
427 unsigned int refcount
;
428 enum dwarf_form form
;
432 static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node
))) htab_t debug_str_hash
;
434 /* True if the compilation unit has location entries that reference
436 static GTY(()) bool debug_str_hash_forced
= false;
438 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter
;
439 static GTY(()) unsigned long dwarf2out_cfi_label_num
;
441 /* True if the compilation unit places functions in more than one section. */
442 static GTY(()) bool have_multiple_function_sections
= false;
444 /* Whether the default text and cold text sections have been used at all. */
446 static GTY(()) bool text_section_used
= false;
447 static GTY(()) bool cold_text_section_used
= false;
449 /* The default cold text section. */
450 static GTY(()) section
*cold_text_section
;
452 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
454 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
456 static char *stripattributes (const char *);
457 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned);
458 static dw_cfi_ref
new_cfi (void);
459 static void add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
*, dw_cfi_ref
);
460 static void add_fde_cfi (const char *, dw_cfi_ref
);
461 static void lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref
, dw_cfa_location
*, dw_cfa_location
*);
462 static void lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location
*);
463 static void reg_save (const char *, unsigned, unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
464 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
465 static void initial_return_save (rtx
);
467 static HOST_WIDE_INT
stack_adjust_offset (const_rtx
, HOST_WIDE_INT
,
469 static void output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
, dw_fde_ref
, int);
470 static void output_cfi_directive (dw_cfi_ref
);
471 static void output_call_frame_info (int);
472 static void dwarf2out_note_section_used (void);
473 static void flush_queued_reg_saves (void);
474 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save (const_rtx
);
475 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx
, const char *);
477 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
478 static void output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref
);
479 static void output_cfa_loc_raw (dw_cfi_ref
);
480 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location
*,
481 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*);
482 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*build_cfa_loc
483 (dw_cfa_location
*, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
484 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*build_cfa_aligned_loc
485 (HOST_WIDE_INT
, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
486 static void def_cfa_1 (const char *, dw_cfa_location
*);
488 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
489 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
490 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
493 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
494 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
495 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
497 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
498 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
501 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
502 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
505 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
506 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
509 #ifndef FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
510 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
512 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
513 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
514 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
515 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
516 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
517 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
518 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
519 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
520 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
521 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
523 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
524 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
526 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
528 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
530 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
534 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
535 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
536 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
537 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
540 /* Hook used by __throw. */
543 expand_builtin_dwarf_sp_column (void)
545 unsigned int dwarf_regnum
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
546 return GEN_INT (DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (dwarf_regnum
, 1));
549 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
550 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
553 stripattributes (const char *s
)
555 char *stripped
= XNEWVEC (char, strlen (s
) + 2);
560 while (*s
&& *s
!= ',')
567 /* MEM is a memory reference for the register size table, each element of
568 which has mode MODE. Initialize column C as a return address column. */
571 init_return_column_size (enum machine_mode mode
, rtx mem
, unsigned int c
)
573 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= c
* GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
574 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode
);
575 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem
, mode
, offset
), GEN_INT (size
));
578 /* Divide OFF by DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, asserting no remainder. */
580 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
581 div_data_align (HOST_WIDE_INT off
)
583 HOST_WIDE_INT r
= off
/ DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
584 gcc_assert (r
* DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
== off
);
588 /* Return true if we need a signed version of a given opcode
589 (e.g. DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf vs DW_CFA_offset_extended). */
592 need_data_align_sf_opcode (HOST_WIDE_INT off
)
594 return DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
< 0 ? off
> 0 : off
< 0;
597 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
600 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (tree address
)
603 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (char_type_node
);
604 rtx addr
= expand_normal (address
);
605 rtx mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode
, addr
);
606 bool wrote_return_column
= false;
608 for (i
= 0; i
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
; i
++)
610 int rnum
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
), 1);
612 if (rnum
< DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
)
614 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= rnum
* GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
615 enum machine_mode save_mode
= reg_raw_mode
[i
];
618 if (HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (i
, save_mode
))
619 save_mode
= choose_hard_reg_mode (i
, 1, true);
620 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
) == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
)
622 if (save_mode
== VOIDmode
)
624 wrote_return_column
= true;
626 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode
);
630 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem
, mode
, offset
),
631 gen_int_mode (size
, mode
));
635 if (!wrote_return_column
)
636 init_return_column_size (mode
, mem
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
);
638 #ifdef DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
639 init_return_column_size (mode
, mem
, DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
);
642 targetm
.init_dwarf_reg_sizes_extra (address
);
645 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
648 dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned int cfi_opc
)
652 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
653 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
655 return "DW_CFA_offset";
657 return "DW_CFA_restore";
661 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
662 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
663 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
664 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
665 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
666 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
667 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
668 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
669 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
670 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
671 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
672 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
673 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
674 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
675 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
676 case DW_CFA_register
:
677 return "DW_CFA_register";
678 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
679 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
680 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
681 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
683 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
684 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
685 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
686 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
687 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
690 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
691 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
692 case DW_CFA_expression
:
693 return "DW_CFA_expression";
694 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
695 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
696 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
697 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
698 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
699 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
701 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
702 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
703 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
706 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
707 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
708 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
709 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
710 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
711 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
714 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
718 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
720 static inline dw_cfi_ref
723 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= GGC_NEW (dw_cfi_node
);
725 cfi
->dw_cfi_next
= NULL
;
726 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
727 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
732 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
735 add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
*list_head
, dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
738 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
740 /* When DRAP is used, CFA is defined with an expression. Redefine
741 CFA may lead to a different CFA value. */
742 /* ??? Of course, this heuristic fails when we're annotating epilogues,
743 because of course we'll always want to redefine the CFA back to the
744 stack pointer on the way out. Where should we move this check? */
745 if (0 && fde
&& fde
->drap_reg
!= INVALID_REGNUM
)
746 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
748 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
749 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
750 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
752 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
759 /* Find the end of the chain. */
760 for (p
= list_head
; (*p
) != NULL
; p
= &(*p
)->dw_cfi_next
)
766 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. FORCE is true
767 if a label needs to be output even when using .cfi_* directives. */
770 dwarf2out_cfi_label (bool force
)
772 static char label
[20];
774 if (!force
&& dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
776 /* In this case, we will be emitting the asm directive instead of
777 the label, so just return a placeholder to keep the rest of the
779 strcpy (label
, "<do not output>");
783 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LCFI", dwarf2out_cfi_label_num
++);
784 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
790 /* True if remember_state should be emitted before following CFI directive. */
791 static bool emit_cfa_remember
;
793 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
794 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
797 add_fde_cfi (const char *label
, dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
799 dw_cfi_ref
*list_head
;
801 if (emit_cfa_remember
)
803 dw_cfi_ref cfi_remember
;
805 /* Emit the state save. */
806 emit_cfa_remember
= false;
807 cfi_remember
= new_cfi ();
808 cfi_remember
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_remember_state
;
809 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi_remember
);
812 list_head
= &cie_cfi_head
;
814 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
818 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
820 gcc_assert (fde
!= NULL
);
822 /* We still have to add the cfi to the list so that lookup_cfa
823 works later on. When -g2 and above we even need to force
824 emitting of CFI labels and add to list a DW_CFA_set_loc for
825 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list purposes. If we're generating
826 DWARF3 output we use DW_OP_call_frame_cfa and so don't use
827 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list. */
828 if (dwarf_version
== 2
829 && debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
830 && (write_symbols
== DWARF2_DEBUG
831 || write_symbols
== VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
))
833 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
835 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
836 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
837 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
839 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
840 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
841 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
842 if (*label
== 0 || strcmp (label
, "<do not output>") == 0)
843 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label (true);
845 if (fde
->dw_fde_current_label
== NULL
846 || strcmp (label
, fde
->dw_fde_current_label
) != 0)
850 label
= xstrdup (label
);
852 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
854 /* It doesn't metter whether DW_CFA_set_loc
855 or DW_CFA_advance_loc4 is added here, those aren't
856 emitted into assembly, only looked up by
857 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list. */
858 xcfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_set_loc
;
859 xcfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
= label
;
860 add_cfi (&fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, xcfi
);
861 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= label
;
869 output_cfi_directive (cfi
);
871 list_head
= &fde
->dw_fde_cfi
;
873 /* ??? If this is a CFI for the CIE, we don't emit. This
874 assumes that the standard CIE contents that the assembler
875 uses matches the standard CIE contents that the compiler
876 uses. This is probably a bad assumption. I'm not quite
877 sure how to address this for now. */
881 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
883 gcc_assert (fde
!= NULL
);
886 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
888 if (fde
->dw_fde_current_label
== NULL
889 || strcmp (label
, fde
->dw_fde_current_label
) != 0)
893 label
= xstrdup (label
);
895 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
897 /* If we have a current label, advance from there, otherwise
898 set the location directly using set_loc. */
899 xcfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= fde
->dw_fde_current_label
900 ? DW_CFA_advance_loc4
902 xcfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
= label
;
903 add_cfi (&fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, xcfi
);
905 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= label
;
908 list_head
= &fde
->dw_fde_cfi
;
911 add_cfi (list_head
, cfi
);
914 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
917 lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref cfi
, dw_cfa_location
*loc
, dw_cfa_location
*remember
)
919 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
921 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
922 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
923 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
;
925 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
926 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
929 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
930 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
931 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
;
933 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
934 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
);
937 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
938 gcc_assert (!remember
->in_use
);
940 remember
->in_use
= 1;
942 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
943 gcc_assert (remember
->in_use
);
945 remember
->in_use
= 0;
953 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
956 lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location
*loc
)
960 dw_cfa_location remember
;
962 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
963 loc
->reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
966 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
967 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
, &remember
);
969 fde
= current_fde ();
971 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
972 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
, &remember
);
975 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
976 static dw_cfa_location cfa
;
978 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
980 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store
;
982 /* The current save location around an epilogue. */
983 static dw_cfa_location cfa_remember
;
985 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
986 static HOST_WIDE_INT args_size
;
988 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
989 static HOST_WIDE_INT old_args_size
;
991 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
992 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
993 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
996 dwarf2out_def_cfa (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1000 loc
.base_offset
= 0;
1002 loc
.offset
= offset
;
1003 def_cfa_1 (label
, &loc
);
1006 /* Determine if two dw_cfa_location structures define the same data. */
1009 cfa_equal_p (const dw_cfa_location
*loc1
, const dw_cfa_location
*loc2
)
1011 return (loc1
->reg
== loc2
->reg
1012 && loc1
->offset
== loc2
->offset
1013 && loc1
->indirect
== loc2
->indirect
1014 && (loc1
->indirect
== 0
1015 || loc1
->base_offset
== loc2
->base_offset
));
1018 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
1019 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
1022 def_cfa_1 (const char *label
, dw_cfa_location
*loc_p
)
1025 dw_cfa_location old_cfa
, loc
;
1030 if (cfa_store
.reg
== loc
.reg
&& loc
.indirect
== 0)
1031 cfa_store
.offset
= loc
.offset
;
1033 loc
.reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc
.reg
);
1034 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa
);
1036 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
1037 if (cfa_equal_p (&loc
, &old_cfa
))
1042 if (loc
.reg
== old_cfa
.reg
&& !loc
.indirect
)
1044 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction, indicating
1045 the CFA register did not change but the offset did. The data
1046 factoring for DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf happens in output_cfi, or
1047 in the assembler via the .cfi_def_cfa_offset directive. */
1049 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
;
1051 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
1052 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
1055 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
1056 else if (loc
.offset
== old_cfa
.offset
1057 && old_cfa
.reg
!= INVALID_REGNUM
1060 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
1061 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
1062 offset has not changed. */
1063 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
;
1064 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
1068 else if (loc
.indirect
== 0)
1070 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
1071 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
1072 the specified offset. The data factoring for DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
1073 happens in output_cfi, or in the assembler via the .cfi_def_cfa
1076 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
;
1078 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa
;
1079 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
1080 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
1084 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
1085 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
1086 register-offset pair is available. */
1087 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc_list
;
1089 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
;
1090 loc_list
= build_cfa_loc (&loc
, 0);
1091 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
= loc_list
;
1094 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
1097 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
1098 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
1099 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
1100 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
1103 reg_save (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, unsigned int sreg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1105 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
1106 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
1108 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= reg
;
1110 /* When stack is aligned, store REG using DW_CFA_expression with
1113 && fde
->stack_realign
1114 && sreg
== INVALID_REGNUM
)
1116 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_expression
;
1117 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= reg
;
1118 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
1119 = build_cfa_aligned_loc (offset
, fde
->stack_realignment
);
1121 else if (sreg
== INVALID_REGNUM
)
1123 if (need_data_align_sf_opcode (offset
))
1124 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
1125 else if (reg
& ~0x3f)
1126 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset_extended
;
1128 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset
;
1129 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= offset
;
1131 else if (sreg
== reg
)
1132 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_same_value
;
1135 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_register
;
1136 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= sreg
;
1139 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
1142 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
1143 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
1144 from the previous frame's window save area.
1146 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
1147 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
1150 dwarf2out_window_save (const char *label
)
1152 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
1154 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
;
1155 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
1158 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
1159 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
1162 dwarf2out_reg_save (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1164 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg
), INVALID_REGNUM
, offset
);
1167 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
1168 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
1171 dwarf2out_return_save (const char *label
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1173 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, INVALID_REGNUM
, offset
);
1176 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
1177 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
1180 dwarf2out_return_reg (const char *label
, unsigned int sreg
)
1182 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (sreg
), 0);
1185 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
1186 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
1187 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
1190 initial_return_save (rtx rtl
)
1192 unsigned int reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
1193 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
1195 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
1198 /* RA is in a register. */
1199 reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl
));
1203 /* RA is on the stack. */
1204 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
1205 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
1208 gcc_assert (REGNO (rtl
) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
1213 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
1214 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
1218 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
1219 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
1229 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
1230 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
1231 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
1232 gcc_assert (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)));
1233 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl
, 0));
1240 if (reg
!= DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
)
1241 reg_save (NULL
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, reg
, offset
- cfa
.offset
);
1245 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
1248 static HOST_WIDE_INT
1249 stack_adjust_offset (const_rtx pattern
, HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size
,
1250 HOST_WIDE_INT cur_offset
)
1252 const_rtx src
= SET_SRC (pattern
);
1253 const_rtx dest
= SET_DEST (pattern
);
1254 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
1257 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
1259 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
1261 /* Assume (set (reg sp) (reg whatever)) sets args_size
1263 if (code
== REG
&& src
!= stack_pointer_rtx
)
1265 offset
= -cur_args_size
;
1266 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1269 return offset
- cur_offset
;
1272 if (! (code
== PLUS
|| code
== MINUS
)
1273 || XEXP (src
, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
1274 || !CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src
, 1)))
1277 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
1278 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1284 if (MEM_P (src
) && !MEM_P (dest
))
1288 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
1289 src
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
1290 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
1296 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1298 rtx val
= XEXP (XEXP (src
, 1), 1);
1299 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
1300 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == PLUS
1301 && CONST_INT_P (val
));
1302 offset
= -INTVAL (val
);
1309 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1311 offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1318 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1320 offset
= -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1335 /* Precomputed args_size for CODE_LABELs and BARRIERs preceeding them,
1336 indexed by INSN_UID. */
1338 static HOST_WIDE_INT
*barrier_args_size
;
1340 /* Helper function for compute_barrier_args_size. Handle one insn. */
1342 static HOST_WIDE_INT
1343 compute_barrier_args_size_1 (rtx insn
, HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size
,
1344 VEC (rtx
, heap
) **next
)
1346 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
1349 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
))
1351 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn
))
1353 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SET
)
1354 offset
= stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn
), cur_args_size
, 0);
1355 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == PARALLEL
1356 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SEQUENCE
)
1358 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1360 for (i
= XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn
), 0) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
1361 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
)) == SET
)
1362 offset
+= stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
),
1363 cur_args_size
, offset
);
1368 rtx expr
= find_reg_note (insn
, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR
, NULL_RTX
);
1372 expr
= XEXP (expr
, 0);
1373 if (GET_CODE (expr
) == PARALLEL
1374 || GET_CODE (expr
) == SEQUENCE
)
1375 for (i
= 1; i
< XVECLEN (expr
, 0); i
++)
1377 rtx elem
= XVECEXP (expr
, 0, i
);
1379 if (GET_CODE (elem
) == SET
&& !RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem
))
1380 offset
+= stack_adjust_offset (elem
, cur_args_size
, offset
);
1385 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1389 cur_args_size
+= offset
;
1390 if (cur_args_size
< 0)
1395 rtx dest
= JUMP_LABEL (insn
);
1399 if (barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (dest
)] < 0)
1401 barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (dest
)] = cur_args_size
;
1402 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, heap
, *next
, dest
);
1407 return cur_args_size
;
1410 /* Walk the whole function and compute args_size on BARRIERs. */
1413 compute_barrier_args_size (void)
1415 int max_uid
= get_max_uid (), i
;
1417 VEC (rtx
, heap
) *worklist
, *next
, *tmp
;
1419 barrier_args_size
= XNEWVEC (HOST_WIDE_INT
, max_uid
);
1420 for (i
= 0; i
< max_uid
; i
++)
1421 barrier_args_size
[i
] = -1;
1423 worklist
= VEC_alloc (rtx
, heap
, 20);
1424 next
= VEC_alloc (rtx
, heap
, 20);
1425 insn
= get_insns ();
1426 barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (insn
)] = 0;
1427 VEC_quick_push (rtx
, worklist
, insn
);
1430 while (!VEC_empty (rtx
, worklist
))
1432 rtx prev
, body
, first_insn
;
1433 HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size
;
1435 first_insn
= insn
= VEC_pop (rtx
, worklist
);
1436 cur_args_size
= barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (insn
)];
1437 prev
= prev_nonnote_insn (insn
);
1438 if (prev
&& BARRIER_P (prev
))
1439 barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (prev
)] = cur_args_size
;
1441 for (; insn
; insn
= NEXT_INSN (insn
))
1443 if (INSN_DELETED_P (insn
) || NOTE_P (insn
))
1445 if (BARRIER_P (insn
))
1450 if (insn
== first_insn
)
1452 else if (barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (insn
)] < 0)
1454 barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (insn
)] = cur_args_size
;
1459 /* The insns starting with this label have been
1460 already scanned or are in the worklist. */
1465 body
= PATTERN (insn
);
1466 if (GET_CODE (body
) == SEQUENCE
)
1468 HOST_WIDE_INT dest_args_size
= cur_args_size
;
1469 for (i
= 1; i
< XVECLEN (body
, 0); i
++)
1470 if (INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (body
, 0, 0))
1471 && INSN_FROM_TARGET_P (XVECEXP (body
, 0, i
)))
1473 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body
, 0, i
),
1474 dest_args_size
, &next
);
1477 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body
, 0, i
),
1478 cur_args_size
, &next
);
1480 if (INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (body
, 0, 0)))
1481 compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body
, 0, 0),
1482 dest_args_size
, &next
);
1485 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body
, 0, 0),
1486 cur_args_size
, &next
);
1490 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (insn
, cur_args_size
, &next
);
1494 if (VEC_empty (rtx
, next
))
1497 /* Swap WORKLIST with NEXT and truncate NEXT for next iteration. */
1501 VEC_truncate (rtx
, next
, 0);
1504 VEC_free (rtx
, heap
, worklist
);
1505 VEC_free (rtx
, heap
, next
);
1508 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
1509 pushed onto the stack. */
1512 dwarf2out_args_size (const char *label
, HOST_WIDE_INT size
)
1516 if (size
== old_args_size
)
1519 old_args_size
= size
;
1522 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
;
1523 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= size
;
1524 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
1527 /* Record a stack adjustment of OFFSET bytes. */
1530 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (HOST_WIDE_INT offset
, const char *label
)
1532 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1533 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1535 if (cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1536 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1538 if (ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS
)
1541 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1545 args_size
+= offset
;
1549 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1550 if (flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
)
1551 dwarf2out_args_size (label
, args_size
);
1554 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1555 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out
1556 how much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1559 dwarf2out_notice_stack_adjust (rtx insn
, bool after_p
)
1561 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1565 /* Don't handle epilogues at all. Certainly it would be wrong to do so
1566 with this function. Proper support would require all frame-related
1567 insns to be marked, and to be able to handle saving state around
1568 epilogues textually in the middle of the function. */
1569 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn
))
1572 /* If INSN is an instruction from target of an annulled branch, the
1573 effects are for the target only and so current argument size
1574 shouldn't change at all. */
1576 && INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (final_sequence
, 0, 0))
1577 && INSN_FROM_TARGET_P (insn
))
1580 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1581 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1582 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& cfa
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1584 if (CALL_P (insn
) && !after_p
)
1586 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1587 insn
= PATTERN (insn
);
1588 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == PARALLEL
)
1589 insn
= XVECEXP (insn
, 0, 0);
1590 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == SET
)
1591 insn
= SET_SRC (insn
);
1592 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (insn
) == CALL
);
1593 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn
, 1)));
1598 if (CALL_P (insn
) && !after_p
)
1600 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
)
1601 dwarf2out_args_size ("", args_size
);
1604 else if (BARRIER_P (insn
))
1606 /* Don't call compute_barrier_args_size () if the only
1607 BARRIER is at the end of function. */
1608 if (barrier_args_size
== NULL
&& next_nonnote_insn (insn
))
1609 compute_barrier_args_size ();
1610 if (barrier_args_size
== NULL
)
1614 offset
= barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (insn
)];
1619 offset
-= args_size
;
1620 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1624 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SET
)
1625 offset
= stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn
), args_size
, 0);
1626 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == PARALLEL
1627 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SEQUENCE
)
1629 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1631 for (offset
= 0, i
= XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn
), 0) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
1632 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
)) == SET
)
1633 offset
+= stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
),
1642 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
1643 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (offset
, label
);
1648 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1649 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1650 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1652 struct GTY(()) queued_reg_save
{
1653 struct queued_reg_save
*next
;
1655 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_offset
;
1659 static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save
*queued_reg_saves
;
1661 /* The caller's ORIG_REG is saved in SAVED_IN_REG. */
1662 struct GTY(()) reg_saved_in_data
{
1667 /* A list of registers saved in other registers.
1668 The list intentionally has a small maximum capacity of 4; if your
1669 port needs more than that, you might consider implementing a
1670 more efficient data structure. */
1671 static GTY(()) struct reg_saved_in_data regs_saved_in_regs
[4];
1672 static GTY(()) size_t num_regs_saved_in_regs
;
1674 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1675 static const char *last_reg_save_label
;
1677 /* Add an entry to QUEUED_REG_SAVES saying that REG is now saved at
1678 SREG, or if SREG is NULL then it is saved at OFFSET to the CFA. */
1681 queue_reg_save (const char *label
, rtx reg
, rtx sreg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1683 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1685 /* Duplicates waste space, but it's also necessary to remove them
1686 for correctness, since the queue gets output in reverse
1688 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
!= NULL
; q
= q
->next
)
1689 if (REGNO (q
->reg
) == REGNO (reg
))
1694 q
= GGC_NEW (struct queued_reg_save
);
1695 q
->next
= queued_reg_saves
;
1696 queued_reg_saves
= q
;
1700 q
->cfa_offset
= offset
;
1701 q
->saved_reg
= sreg
;
1703 last_reg_save_label
= label
;
1706 /* Output all the entries in QUEUED_REG_SAVES. */
1709 flush_queued_reg_saves (void)
1711 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1713 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1716 unsigned int reg
, sreg
;
1718 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1719 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
) == REGNO (q
->reg
))
1721 if (q
->saved_reg
&& i
== num_regs_saved_in_regs
)
1723 gcc_assert (i
!= ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs
));
1724 num_regs_saved_in_regs
++;
1726 if (i
!= num_regs_saved_in_regs
)
1728 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
= q
->reg
;
1729 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
= q
->saved_reg
;
1732 reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q
->reg
));
1734 sreg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q
->saved_reg
));
1736 sreg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
1737 reg_save (last_reg_save_label
, reg
, sreg
, q
->cfa_offset
);
1740 queued_reg_saves
= NULL
;
1741 last_reg_save_label
= NULL
;
1744 /* Does INSN clobber any register which QUEUED_REG_SAVES lists a saved
1745 location for? Or, does it clobber a register which we've previously
1746 said that some other register is saved in, and for which we now
1747 have a new location for? */
1750 clobbers_queued_reg_save (const_rtx insn
)
1752 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1754 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1757 if (modified_in_p (q
->reg
, insn
))
1759 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1760 if (REGNO (q
->reg
) == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
)
1761 && modified_in_p (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
, insn
))
1768 /* Entry point for saving the first register into the second. */
1771 dwarf2out_reg_save_reg (const char *label
, rtx reg
, rtx sreg
)
1774 unsigned int regno
, sregno
;
1776 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1777 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
) == REGNO (reg
))
1779 if (i
== num_regs_saved_in_regs
)
1781 gcc_assert (i
!= ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs
));
1782 num_regs_saved_in_regs
++;
1784 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
= reg
;
1785 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
= sreg
;
1787 regno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg
));
1788 sregno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (sreg
));
1789 reg_save (label
, regno
, sregno
, 0);
1792 /* What register, if any, is currently saved in REG? */
1795 reg_saved_in (rtx reg
)
1797 unsigned int regn
= REGNO (reg
);
1799 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1801 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1802 if (q
->saved_reg
&& regn
== REGNO (q
->saved_reg
))
1805 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1806 if (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
1807 && regn
== REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
))
1808 return regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
;
1814 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1815 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1816 value, not an offset. */
1817 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp
;
1819 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_DEF_CFA note. */
1822 dwarf2out_frame_debug_def_cfa (rtx pat
, const char *label
)
1824 memset (&cfa
, 0, sizeof (cfa
));
1826 switch (GET_CODE (pat
))
1829 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (XEXP (pat
, 0));
1830 cfa
.offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (pat
, 1));
1834 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (pat
);
1838 /* Recurse and define an expression. */
1842 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1845 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_ADJUST_CFA note. */
1848 dwarf2out_frame_debug_adjust_cfa (rtx pat
, const char *label
)
1852 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (pat
) == SET
);
1853 dest
= XEXP (pat
, 0);
1854 src
= XEXP (pat
, 1);
1856 switch (GET_CODE (src
))
1859 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
);
1860 cfa
.offset
-= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1870 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1871 gcc_assert (cfa
.indirect
== 0);
1873 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1876 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_OFFSET note. */
1879 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_offset (rtx set
, const char *label
)
1881 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1882 rtx src
, addr
, span
;
1884 src
= XEXP (set
, 1);
1885 addr
= XEXP (set
, 0);
1886 gcc_assert (MEM_P (addr
));
1887 addr
= XEXP (addr
, 0);
1889 /* As documented, only consider extremely simple addresses. */
1890 switch (GET_CODE (addr
))
1893 gcc_assert (REGNO (addr
) == cfa
.reg
);
1894 offset
= -cfa
.offset
;
1897 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (addr
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
);
1898 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (addr
, 1)) - cfa
.offset
;
1904 span
= targetm
.dwarf_register_span (src
);
1906 /* ??? We'd like to use queue_reg_save, but we need to come up with
1907 a different flushing heuristic for epilogues. */
1909 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src
)), INVALID_REGNUM
, offset
);
1912 /* We have a PARALLEL describing where the contents of SRC live.
1913 Queue register saves for each piece of the PARALLEL. */
1916 HOST_WIDE_INT span_offset
= offset
;
1918 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (span
) == PARALLEL
);
1920 limit
= XVECLEN (span
, 0);
1921 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
1923 rtx elem
= XVECEXP (span
, 0, par_index
);
1925 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (elem
)),
1926 INVALID_REGNUM
, span_offset
);
1927 span_offset
+= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (elem
));
1932 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_REGISTER note. */
1935 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_register (rtx set
, const char *label
)
1938 unsigned sregno
, dregno
;
1940 src
= XEXP (set
, 1);
1941 dest
= XEXP (set
, 0);
1944 sregno
= DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
;
1946 sregno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src
));
1948 dregno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (dest
));
1950 /* ??? We'd like to use queue_reg_save, but we need to come up with
1951 a different flushing heuristic for epilogues. */
1952 reg_save (label
, sregno
, dregno
, 0);
1955 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_RESTORE note. */
1958 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_restore (rtx reg
, const char *label
)
1960 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
1961 unsigned int regno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg
));
1963 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= (regno
& ~0x3f ? DW_CFA_restore_extended
: DW_CFA_restore
);
1964 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= regno
;
1966 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
1969 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1970 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1971 address) or saves a register to the stack or another register.
1972 LABEL indicates the address of EXPR.
1974 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1975 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
1976 users need not read the source code.
1978 The High-Level Picture
1980 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1981 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1982 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1983 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1984 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1986 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
1987 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
1988 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
1989 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
1990 saves. This also seems to work.
1992 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
1993 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
1994 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
1995 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
1996 It's also assumed that a copy from a call-saved register to another
1997 register is saving that register if RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on
1998 that instruction. If the copy is from a call-saved register to
1999 the *same* register, that means that the register is now the same
2000 value as in the caller.
2002 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
2003 offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
2004 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
2005 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
2007 In addition, if a register has previously been saved to a different
2010 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
2012 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
2013 consists of a register and an offset.
2014 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
2015 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
2016 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
2017 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
2018 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
2019 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
2020 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
2022 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
2023 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
2024 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
2027 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
2028 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
2029 and cfa_temp.offset.
2031 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
2034 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
2035 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
2036 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
2038 Rules 16-20: If AND operation happens on sp in prologue, we assume
2039 stack is realigned. We will use a group of DW_OP_XXX
2040 expressions to represent the location of the stored
2041 register instead of CFA+offset.
2045 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
2046 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
2049 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
2050 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2051 cfa.offset unchanged
2052 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2053 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
2056 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
2057 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
2058 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
2059 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
2060 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
2061 if cfa_store.reg==sp
2064 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
2065 effects: cfa.reg = fp
2066 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
2069 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
2070 constraints: <reg1> != fp
2072 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2073 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2074 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
2077 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
2078 constraints: <reg1> != fp
2080 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
2081 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
2084 (set <reg> <const_int>)
2085 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
2086 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
2089 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
2090 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2091 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
2094 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
2098 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
2099 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
2100 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
2103 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
2104 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
2105 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
2107 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
2110 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
2111 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
2112 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
2114 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
2117 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
2120 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2121 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
2124 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
2125 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2126 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
2129 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
2130 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2131 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
2132 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem)
2135 (set <reg> {unspec, unspec_volatile})
2136 effects: target-dependent
2139 (set sp (and: sp <const_int>))
2140 constraints: cfa_store.reg == sp
2141 effects: current_fde.stack_realign = 1
2142 cfa_store.offset = 0
2143 fde->drap_reg = cfa.reg if cfa.reg != sp and cfa.reg != fp
2146 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) (mem (plus (cfa.reg) (const_int))))
2147 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
2150 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) fp)
2151 constraints: fde->stack_realign == 1
2152 effects: cfa_store.offset = 0
2153 cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2156 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) cfa.reg)
2157 constraints: fde->stack_realign == 1
2159 && cfa.indirect == 0
2160 && cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2161 effects: Use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression to define cfa
2162 cfa.reg == fde->drap_reg
2165 (set reg fde->drap_reg)
2166 constraints: fde->vdrap_reg == INVALID_REGNUM
2167 effects: fde->vdrap_reg = reg.
2168 (set mem fde->drap_reg)
2169 constraints: fde->drap_reg_saved == 1
2173 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx expr
, const char *label
)
2175 rtx src
, dest
, span
;
2176 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
2179 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
2180 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
2181 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
2182 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
2183 flag is set in them. */
2184 if (GET_CODE (expr
) == PARALLEL
|| GET_CODE (expr
) == SEQUENCE
)
2187 int limit
= XVECLEN (expr
, 0);
2190 /* PARALLELs have strict read-modify-write semantics, so we
2191 ought to evaluate every rvalue before changing any lvalue.
2192 It's cumbersome to do that in general, but there's an
2193 easy approximation that is enough for all current users:
2194 handle register saves before register assignments. */
2195 if (GET_CODE (expr
) == PARALLEL
)
2196 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
2198 elem
= XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
);
2199 if (GET_CODE (elem
) == SET
2200 && MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem
))
2201 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem
) || par_index
== 0))
2202 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem
, label
);
2205 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
2207 elem
= XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
);
2208 if (GET_CODE (elem
) == SET
2209 && (!MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem
)) || GET_CODE (expr
) == SEQUENCE
)
2210 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem
) || par_index
== 0))
2211 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem
, label
);
2212 else if (GET_CODE (elem
) == SET
2214 && !RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem
))
2216 /* Stack adjustment combining might combine some post-prologue
2217 stack adjustment into a prologue stack adjustment. */
2218 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= stack_adjust_offset (elem
, args_size
, 0);
2221 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (offset
, label
);
2227 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (expr
) == SET
);
2229 src
= SET_SRC (expr
);
2230 dest
= SET_DEST (expr
);
2234 rtx rsi
= reg_saved_in (src
);
2239 fde
= current_fde ();
2243 && fde
->drap_reg
== REGNO (src
)
2244 && (fde
->drap_reg_saved
2248 /* If we are saving dynamic realign argument pointer to a
2249 register, the destination is virtual dynamic realign
2250 argument pointer. It may be used to access argument. */
2253 gcc_assert (fde
->vdrap_reg
== INVALID_REGNUM
);
2254 fde
->vdrap_reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2259 switch (GET_CODE (dest
))
2262 switch (GET_CODE (src
))
2264 /* Setting FP from SP. */
2266 if (cfa
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (src
))
2269 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
2270 relative to the current CFA register.
2272 We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
2273 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
2274 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
2275 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
2276 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2277 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
2278 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
2282 /* Saving a register in a register. */
2283 gcc_assert (!fixed_regs
[REGNO (dest
)]
2284 /* For the SPARC and its register window. */
2285 || (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src
))
2286 == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
));
2288 /* After stack is aligned, we can only save SP in FP
2289 if drap register is used. In this case, we have
2290 to restore stack pointer with the CFA value and we
2291 don't generate this DWARF information. */
2293 && fde
->stack_realign
2294 && REGNO (src
) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2295 gcc_assert (REGNO (dest
) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2296 && fde
->drap_reg
!= INVALID_REGNUM
2297 && cfa
.reg
!= REGNO (src
));
2299 queue_reg_save (label
, src
, dest
, 0);
2306 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
2310 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)))
2313 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2316 gcc_assert ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 1))
2318 offset
= cfa_temp
.offset
;
2324 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
2326 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
2327 gcc_assert (cfa
.reg
== (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
);
2328 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
2330 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
)
2331 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
2334 gcc_assert (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
);
2336 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
2338 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2339 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
2340 if (cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2341 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
2343 else if (dest
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
2346 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
2347 or adjusting the FP */
2348 gcc_assert (frame_pointer_needed
);
2350 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
2351 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
2352 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src
, 1)));
2353 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2354 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
2356 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
2357 cfa
.reg
= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
;
2361 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
);
2364 if (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
2365 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
2366 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src
, 1)))
2368 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
2369 into the FP later on. */
2370 offset
= - INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2371 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
2372 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2373 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
2374 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
2375 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
2379 else if (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
2380 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa_temp
.reg
2381 && XEXP (src
, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
2383 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
2384 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
2385 gcc_assert (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
2386 cfa_store
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2387 cfa_store
.offset
= cfa
.offset
- cfa_temp
.offset
;
2391 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
2392 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src
, 1)))
2394 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2395 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2404 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2405 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (src
);
2410 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
2411 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa_temp
.reg
2412 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src
, 1)));
2414 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest
) != cfa_temp
.reg
)
2415 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2416 cfa_temp
.offset
|= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2419 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
2420 which will fill in all of the bits. */
2427 case UNSPEC_VOLATILE
:
2428 gcc_assert (targetm
.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec
);
2429 targetm
.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec (label
, expr
, XINT (src
, 1));
2434 /* If this AND operation happens on stack pointer in prologue,
2435 we assume the stack is realigned and we extract the
2437 if (fde
&& XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
2439 gcc_assert (cfa_store
.reg
== REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)));
2440 fde
->stack_realign
= 1;
2441 fde
->stack_realignment
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2442 cfa_store
.offset
= 0;
2444 if (cfa
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2445 && cfa
.reg
!= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2446 fde
->drap_reg
= cfa
.reg
;
2454 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
2459 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
2461 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
2466 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
2467 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1))
2469 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1));
2471 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2472 && cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
2474 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
2475 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2476 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
2478 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
2484 offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
2485 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == PRE_INC
)
2488 gcc_assert ((REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0))
2489 == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2490 && cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
2492 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
2494 /* Rule 18: If stack is aligned, we will use FP as a
2495 reference to represent the address of the stored
2498 && fde
->stack_realign
2499 && src
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
2501 gcc_assert (cfa
.reg
!= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
);
2502 cfa_store
.offset
= 0;
2505 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2506 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
2508 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
2512 /* With an offset. */
2519 gcc_assert (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1))
2520 && REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)));
2521 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1));
2522 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == MINUS
)
2525 regno
= REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0));
2527 if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
)
2528 offset
-= cfa_store
.offset
;
2531 gcc_assert (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
);
2532 offset
-= cfa_temp
.offset
;
2538 /* Without an offset. */
2541 int regno
= REGNO (XEXP (dest
, 0));
2543 if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
)
2544 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
2547 gcc_assert (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
);
2548 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
2555 gcc_assert (cfa_temp
.reg
2556 == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)));
2557 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
2558 cfa_temp
.offset
-= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
2566 /* If the source operand of this MEM operation is not a
2567 register, basically the source is return address. Here
2568 we only care how much stack grew and we don't save it. */
2572 if (REGNO (src
) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2573 && REGNO (src
) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2574 && (unsigned) REGNO (src
) == cfa
.reg
)
2576 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
2578 if (cfa
.offset
== 0)
2581 /* If stack is aligned, putting CFA reg into stack means
2582 we can no longer use reg + offset to represent CFA.
2583 Here we use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instead. The
2584 result of this expression equals to the original CFA
2587 && fde
->stack_realign
2588 && cfa
.indirect
== 0
2589 && cfa
.reg
!= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2591 dw_cfa_location cfa_exp
;
2593 gcc_assert (fde
->drap_reg
== cfa
.reg
);
2595 cfa_exp
.indirect
= 1;
2596 cfa_exp
.reg
= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
;
2597 cfa_exp
.base_offset
= offset
;
2600 fde
->drap_reg_saved
= 1;
2602 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa_exp
);
2606 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
2607 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
2609 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
2610 queue_reg_save (label
, stack_pointer_rtx
, NULL_RTX
, offset
);
2615 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
2616 calculate the CFA. */
2617 rtx x
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
2621 gcc_assert (REG_P (x
));
2623 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (x
);
2624 cfa
.base_offset
= offset
;
2626 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
2631 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
2633 span
= targetm
.dwarf_register_span (src
);
2636 queue_reg_save (label
, src
, NULL_RTX
, offset
);
2639 /* We have a PARALLEL describing where the contents of SRC
2640 live. Queue register saves for each piece of the
2644 HOST_WIDE_INT span_offset
= offset
;
2646 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (span
) == PARALLEL
);
2648 limit
= XVECLEN (span
, 0);
2649 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
2651 rtx elem
= XVECEXP (span
, 0, par_index
);
2653 queue_reg_save (label
, elem
, NULL_RTX
, span_offset
);
2654 span_offset
+= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (elem
));
2665 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
2666 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
2667 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state.
2669 If AFTER_P is false, we're being called before the insn is emitted,
2670 otherwise after. Call instructions get invoked twice. */
2673 dwarf2out_frame_debug (rtx insn
, bool after_p
)
2677 bool handled_one
= false;
2679 if (insn
== NULL_RTX
)
2683 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
2684 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2686 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
2689 == (unsigned long)DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
));
2691 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
2694 cfa_temp
.offset
= 0;
2696 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
2698 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
= NULL_RTX
;
2699 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
= NULL_RTX
;
2701 num_regs_saved_in_regs
= 0;
2703 if (barrier_args_size
)
2705 XDELETEVEC (barrier_args_size
);
2706 barrier_args_size
= NULL
;
2711 if (!NONJUMP_INSN_P (insn
) || clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn
))
2712 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2714 if (!RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
))
2716 /* ??? This should be done unconditionally since stack adjustments
2717 matter if the stack pointer is not the CFA register anymore but
2718 is still used to save registers. */
2719 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS
)
2720 dwarf2out_notice_stack_adjust (insn
, after_p
);
2724 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
2726 for (note
= REG_NOTES (insn
); note
; note
= XEXP (note
, 1))
2727 switch (REG_NOTE_KIND (note
))
2729 case REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR
:
2730 insn
= XEXP (note
, 0);
2733 case REG_CFA_DEF_CFA
:
2734 dwarf2out_frame_debug_def_cfa (XEXP (note
, 0), label
);
2738 case REG_CFA_ADJUST_CFA
:
2743 if (GET_CODE (n
) == PARALLEL
)
2744 n
= XVECEXP (n
, 0, 0);
2746 dwarf2out_frame_debug_adjust_cfa (n
, label
);
2750 case REG_CFA_OFFSET
:
2753 n
= single_set (insn
);
2754 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_offset (n
, label
);
2758 case REG_CFA_REGISTER
:
2763 if (GET_CODE (n
) == PARALLEL
)
2764 n
= XVECEXP (n
, 0, 0);
2766 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_register (n
, label
);
2770 case REG_CFA_RESTORE
:
2775 if (GET_CODE (n
) == PARALLEL
)
2776 n
= XVECEXP (n
, 0, 0);
2779 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_restore (n
, label
);
2789 insn
= PATTERN (insn
);
2791 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn
, label
);
2794 /* Determine if we need to save and restore CFI information around this
2795 epilogue. If SIBCALL is true, then this is a sibcall epilogue. If
2796 we do need to save/restore, then emit the save now, and insert a
2797 NOTE_INSN_CFA_RESTORE_STATE at the appropriate place in the stream. */
2800 dwarf2out_begin_epilogue (rtx insn
)
2802 bool saw_frp
= false;
2805 /* Scan forward to the return insn, noticing if there are possible
2806 frame related insns. */
2807 for (i
= NEXT_INSN (insn
); i
; i
= NEXT_INSN (i
))
2812 /* Look for both regular and sibcalls to end the block. */
2813 if (returnjump_p (i
))
2815 if (CALL_P (i
) && SIBLING_CALL_P (i
))
2818 if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (i
)) == SEQUENCE
)
2821 rtx seq
= PATTERN (i
);
2823 if (returnjump_p (XVECEXP (seq
, 0, 0)))
2825 if (CALL_P (XVECEXP (seq
, 0, 0))
2826 && SIBLING_CALL_P (XVECEXP (seq
, 0, 0)))
2829 for (idx
= 0; idx
< XVECLEN (seq
, 0); idx
++)
2830 if (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (seq
, 0, idx
)))
2834 if (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (i
))
2838 /* If the port doesn't emit epilogue unwind info, we don't need a
2839 save/restore pair. */
2843 /* Otherwise, search forward to see if the return insn was the last
2844 basic block of the function. If so, we don't need save/restore. */
2845 gcc_assert (i
!= NULL
);
2846 i
= next_real_insn (i
);
2850 /* Insert the restore before that next real insn in the stream, and before
2851 a potential NOTE_INSN_EPILOGUE_BEG -- we do need these notes to be
2852 properly nested. This should be after any label or alignment. This
2853 will be pushed into the CFI stream by the function below. */
2856 rtx p
= PREV_INSN (i
);
2859 if (NOTE_KIND (p
) == NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK
)
2863 emit_note_before (NOTE_INSN_CFA_RESTORE_STATE
, i
);
2865 emit_cfa_remember
= true;
2867 /* And emulate the state save. */
2868 gcc_assert (!cfa_remember
.in_use
);
2870 cfa_remember
.in_use
= 1;
2873 /* A "subroutine" of dwarf2out_begin_epilogue. Emit the restore required. */
2876 dwarf2out_frame_debug_restore_state (void)
2878 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
2879 const char *label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
2881 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_restore_state
;
2882 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
2884 gcc_assert (cfa_remember
.in_use
);
2886 cfa_remember
.in_use
= 0;
2891 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
2892 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc
2893 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
);
2895 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
2896 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
)
2901 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
2902 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
2903 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
2904 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
2906 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
2907 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
2908 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
2909 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
2910 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
2911 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr
;
2914 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
2915 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
2916 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
2917 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
2918 case DW_CFA_restore
:
2919 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
2920 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
2921 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
2922 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
2923 case DW_CFA_register
:
2924 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
2926 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
2927 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
2928 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
2929 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
2931 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
2932 case DW_CFA_expression
:
2933 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc
;
2940 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
2941 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc
2942 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
);
2944 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
2945 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
)
2949 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
2950 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
2952 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
2953 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
2954 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
2956 case DW_CFA_register
:
2957 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
2960 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
2964 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2966 /* Switch [BACK] to eh_frame_section. If we don't have an eh_frame_section,
2967 switch to the data section instead, and write out a synthetic start label
2968 for collect2 the first time around. */
2971 switch_to_eh_frame_section (bool back
)
2975 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
2976 if (eh_frame_section
== 0)
2980 if (EH_TABLES_CAN_BE_READ_ONLY
)
2986 fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1,
2988 per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,
2990 lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,
2992 flags
= ((! flag_pic
2993 || ((fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2994 && (fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
2995 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2996 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
2997 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2998 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
))
2999 ? 0 : SECTION_WRITE
);
3002 flags
= SECTION_WRITE
;
3003 eh_frame_section
= get_section (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
, flags
, NULL
);
3007 if (eh_frame_section
)
3008 switch_to_section (eh_frame_section
);
3011 /* We have no special eh_frame section. Put the information in
3012 the data section and emit special labels to guide collect2. */
3013 switch_to_section (data_section
);
3017 label
= get_file_function_name ("F");
3018 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
3019 targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label (asm_out_file
,
3020 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
3021 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
3026 /* Switch [BACK] to the eh or debug frame table section, depending on
3030 switch_to_frame_table_section (int for_eh
, bool back
)
3033 switch_to_eh_frame_section (back
);
3036 if (!debug_frame_section
)
3037 debug_frame_section
= get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
,
3038 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
3039 switch_to_section (debug_frame_section
);
3043 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
3046 output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref cfi
, dw_fde_ref fde
, int for_eh
)
3051 if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_advance_loc
)
3052 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
3053 | (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
& 0x3f)),
3054 "DW_CFA_advance_loc " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX
,
3055 ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
)
3056 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
));
3057 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_offset
)
3059 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3060 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
| (r
& 0x3f)),
3061 "DW_CFA_offset, column 0x%lx", r
);
3062 off
= div_data_align (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3063 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (off
, NULL
);
3065 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_restore
)
3067 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3068 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
| (r
& 0x3f)),
3069 "DW_CFA_restore, column 0x%lx", r
);
3073 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
,
3074 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
));
3076 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
3078 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
3080 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
3081 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
3082 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
),
3085 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
3086 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
, NULL
);
3087 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
3090 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
3091 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
3092 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
3093 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
3096 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
3097 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
3098 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
3099 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
3102 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
3103 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
3104 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
3105 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
3108 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
3109 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
3110 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
3111 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
3114 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
3115 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3116 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3117 off
= div_data_align (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3118 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (off
, NULL
);
3121 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
3122 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3123 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3124 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
3127 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
3128 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3129 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3130 off
= div_data_align (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3131 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off
, NULL
);
3134 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
3135 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3136 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3137 off
= div_data_align (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3138 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off
, NULL
);
3141 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
3142 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
3143 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
3144 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
3145 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3146 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3149 case DW_CFA_register
:
3150 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3151 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3152 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3153 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3156 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
3157 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
3158 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
3161 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
3162 off
= div_data_align (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3163 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off
, NULL
);
3166 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
3169 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
3170 case DW_CFA_expression
:
3171 output_cfa_loc (cfi
);
3174 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
3175 /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
3184 /* Similar, but do it via assembler directives instead. */
3187 output_cfi_directive (dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
3189 unsigned long r
, r2
;
3191 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
3193 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
3194 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
3195 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
3196 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
3197 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
3198 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
3199 /* Should only be created by add_fde_cfi in a code path not
3200 followed when emitting via directives. The assembler is
3201 going to take care of this for us. */
3205 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
3206 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
3207 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3208 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_offset %lu, "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
"\n",
3209 r
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3212 case DW_CFA_restore
:
3213 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
3214 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3215 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_restore %lu\n", r
);
3218 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
3219 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3220 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_undefined %lu\n", r
);
3223 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
3224 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3225 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_same_value %lu\n", r
);
3228 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
3229 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
3230 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3231 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_def_cfa %lu, "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
"\n",
3232 r
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3235 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
3236 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3237 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_def_cfa_register %lu\n", r
);
3240 case DW_CFA_register
:
3241 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3242 r2
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3243 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_register %lu, %lu\n", r
, r2
);
3246 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
3247 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
3248 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_def_cfa_offset "
3249 HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
"\n",
3250 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3253 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
3254 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_remember_state\n");
3256 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
3257 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_restore_state\n");
3260 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
3261 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_escape 0x%x,", DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
);
3262 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3264 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t%s args_size "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
,
3265 ASM_COMMENT_START
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3266 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
3269 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
3270 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_window_save\n");
3273 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
3274 case DW_CFA_expression
:
3275 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_escape 0x%x,", cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
);
3276 output_cfa_loc_raw (cfi
);
3277 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
3285 DEF_VEC_P (dw_cfi_ref
);
3286 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P (dw_cfi_ref
, heap
);
3288 /* Output CFIs to bring current FDE to the same state as after executing
3289 CFIs in CFI chain. DO_CFI_ASM is true if .cfi_* directives shall
3290 be emitted, false otherwise. If it is false, FDE and FOR_EH are the
3291 other arguments to pass to output_cfi. */
3294 output_cfis (dw_cfi_ref cfi
, bool do_cfi_asm
, dw_fde_ref fde
, bool for_eh
)
3296 struct dw_cfi_struct cfi_buf
;
3298 dw_cfi_ref cfi_args_size
= NULL
, cfi_cfa
= NULL
, cfi_cfa_offset
= NULL
;
3299 VEC (dw_cfi_ref
, heap
) *regs
= VEC_alloc (dw_cfi_ref
, heap
, 32);
3300 unsigned int len
, idx
;
3302 for (;; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
3303 switch (cfi
? cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
: DW_CFA_nop
)
3305 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
3306 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
3307 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
3308 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
3309 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
3310 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
3311 /* All advances should be ignored. */
3313 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
3315 dw_cfi_ref args_size
= cfi_args_size
;
3317 /* Skip everything between .cfi_remember_state and
3318 .cfi_restore_state. */
3319 for (cfi2
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
; cfi2
; cfi2
= cfi2
->dw_cfi_next
)
3320 if (cfi2
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_restore_state
)
3322 else if (cfi2
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
)
3325 gcc_assert (cfi2
->dw_cfi_opc
!= DW_CFA_remember_state
);
3332 cfi_args_size
= args_size
;
3336 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
3337 cfi_args_size
= cfi
;
3339 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
3342 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
3343 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
3344 case DW_CFA_restore
:
3345 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
3346 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
3347 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
3348 case DW_CFA_register
:
3349 case DW_CFA_val_offset
:
3350 case DW_CFA_val_offset_sf
:
3351 case DW_CFA_expression
:
3352 case DW_CFA_val_expression
:
3353 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
3354 if (VEC_length (dw_cfi_ref
, regs
) <= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
)
3355 VEC_safe_grow_cleared (dw_cfi_ref
, heap
, regs
,
3356 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
+ 1);
3357 VEC_replace (dw_cfi_ref
, regs
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, cfi
);
3359 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
3360 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
3361 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
3363 cfi_cfa_offset
= cfi
;
3365 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
3368 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
3369 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
3370 cfi_cfa_offset
= cfi
;
3373 gcc_assert (cfi
== NULL
);
3375 len
= VEC_length (dw_cfi_ref
, regs
);
3376 for (idx
= 0; idx
< len
; idx
++)
3378 cfi2
= VEC_replace (dw_cfi_ref
, regs
, idx
, NULL
);
3380 && cfi2
->dw_cfi_opc
!= DW_CFA_restore
3381 && cfi2
->dw_cfi_opc
!= DW_CFA_restore_extended
)
3384 output_cfi_directive (cfi2
);
3386 output_cfi (cfi2
, fde
, for_eh
);
3389 if (cfi_cfa
&& cfi_cfa_offset
&& cfi_cfa_offset
!= cfi_cfa
)
3391 gcc_assert (cfi_cfa
->dw_cfi_opc
!= DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
);
3393 switch (cfi_cfa_offset
->dw_cfi_opc
)
3395 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
3396 cfi_buf
.dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa
;
3397 cfi_buf
.dw_cfi_oprnd2
= cfi_cfa_offset
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
;
3399 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
3400 cfi_buf
.dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
;
3401 cfi_buf
.dw_cfi_oprnd2
= cfi_cfa_offset
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
;
3403 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
3404 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
3405 cfi_buf
.dw_cfi_opc
= cfi_cfa_offset
->dw_cfi_opc
;
3406 cfi_buf
.dw_cfi_oprnd2
= cfi_cfa_offset
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
;
3413 else if (cfi_cfa_offset
)
3414 cfi_cfa
= cfi_cfa_offset
;
3418 output_cfi_directive (cfi_cfa
);
3420 output_cfi (cfi_cfa
, fde
, for_eh
);
3423 cfi_cfa_offset
= NULL
;
3425 && cfi_args_size
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
)
3428 output_cfi_directive (cfi_args_size
);
3430 output_cfi (cfi_args_size
, fde
, for_eh
);
3432 cfi_args_size
= NULL
;
3435 VEC_free (dw_cfi_ref
, heap
, regs
);
3438 else if (do_cfi_asm
)
3439 output_cfi_directive (cfi
);
3441 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
);
3448 /* Output one FDE. */
3451 output_fde (dw_fde_ref fde
, bool for_eh
, bool second
,
3452 char *section_start_label
, int fde_encoding
, char *augmentation
,
3453 bool any_lsda_needed
, int lsda_encoding
)
3455 const char *begin
, *end
;
3456 static unsigned int j
;
3457 char l1
[20], l2
[20];
3460 targetm
.asm_out
.unwind_label (asm_out_file
, fde
->decl
, for_eh
,
3462 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, FDE_LABEL
,
3464 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
+ j
);
3465 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, FDE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
+ j
);
3466 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4 && !for_eh
)
3467 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff, "Initial length escape value"
3468 " indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
3469 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
3471 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
3474 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1
, section_start_label
, "FDE CIE offset");
3476 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, section_start_label
,
3477 debug_frame_section
, "FDE CIE offset");
3479 if (!fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
)
3481 begin
= fde
->dw_fde_begin
;
3482 end
= fde
->dw_fde_end
;
3486 /* For the first section, prefer dw_fde_begin over
3487 dw_fde_{hot,cold}_section_label, as the latter
3488 might be separated from the real start of the
3489 function by alignment padding. */
3491 begin
= fde
->dw_fde_begin
;
3492 else if (fde
->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot
)
3493 begin
= fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
;
3495 begin
= fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
;
3496 if (second
^ fde
->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot
)
3497 end
= fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
;
3499 end
= fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
;
3504 rtx sym_ref
= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, begin
);
3505 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref
) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL
;
3506 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding
, sym_ref
, false,
3507 "FDE initial location");
3508 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
),
3509 end
, begin
, "FDE address range");
3513 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, begin
, "FDE initial location");
3514 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, end
, begin
, "FDE address range");
3517 if (augmentation
[0])
3519 if (any_lsda_needed
)
3521 int size
= size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
);
3523 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
3525 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
3526 + 4 /* CIE offset */
3527 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
)
3528 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
3529 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
3532 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (size
) == 1);
3535 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, "Augmentation size");
3537 if (fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
3539 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, second
? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA",
3540 fde
->funcdef_number
);
3541 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (lsda_encoding
,
3542 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, l1
),
3544 "Language Specific Data Area");
3548 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
3549 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
3550 dw2_asm_output_data (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
), 0,
3551 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
3555 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
3558 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
3560 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= begin
;
3561 if (!fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
)
3562 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
3563 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
);
3566 if (fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
)
3567 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
3569 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
);
3570 if (cfi
== fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
)
3576 dw_cfi_ref cfi_next
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
;
3578 if (fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
)
3580 cfi_next
= fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
->dw_cfi_next
;
3581 fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
->dw_cfi_next
= NULL
;
3582 output_cfis (fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, false, fde
, for_eh
);
3583 fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
->dw_cfi_next
= cfi_next
;
3585 for (cfi
= cfi_next
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
3586 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
);
3589 /* If we are to emit a ref/link from function bodies to their frame tables,
3590 do it now. This is typically performed to make sure that tables
3591 associated with functions are dragged with them and not discarded in
3592 garbage collecting links. We need to do this on a per function basis to
3593 cope with -ffunction-sections. */
3595 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF
3596 /* Switch to the function section, emit the ref to the tables, and
3597 switch *back* into the table section. */
3598 switch_to_section (function_section (fde
->decl
));
3599 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF (section_start_label
);
3600 switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh
, true);
3603 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
3604 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
3605 floor_log2 ((for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)));
3606 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
3611 /* Output the call frame information used to record information
3612 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
3613 location of saved registers. */
3616 output_call_frame_info (int for_eh
)
3621 char l1
[20], l2
[20], section_start_label
[20];
3622 bool any_lsda_needed
= false;
3623 char augmentation
[6];
3624 int augmentation_size
;
3625 int fde_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
3626 int per_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
3627 int lsda_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
3629 rtx personality
= NULL
;
3632 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
3633 if (fde_table_in_use
== 0)
3636 /* Nothing to do if the assembler's doing it all. */
3637 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
3640 /* If we make FDEs linkonce, we may have to emit an empty label for
3641 an FDE that wouldn't otherwise be emitted. We want to avoid
3642 having an FDE kept around when the function it refers to is
3643 discarded. Example where this matters: a primary function
3644 template in C++ requires EH information, but an explicit
3645 specialization doesn't. */
3646 if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
3647 && ! flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
3650 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
3651 if ((fde_table
[i
].nothrow
|| fde_table
[i
].all_throwers_are_sibcalls
)
3652 && !fde_table
[i
].uses_eh_lsda
3653 && ! DECL_WEAK (fde_table
[i
].decl
))
3654 targetm
.asm_out
.unwind_label (asm_out_file
, fde_table
[i
].decl
,
3655 for_eh
, /* empty */ 1);
3657 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't
3658 emit any EH unwind information. Note that if exceptions aren't
3659 enabled, we won't have collected nothrow information, and if we
3660 asked for asynchronous tables, we always want this info. */
3663 bool any_eh_needed
= !flag_exceptions
|| flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
;
3665 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
3666 if (fde_table
[i
].uses_eh_lsda
)
3667 any_eh_needed
= any_lsda_needed
= true;
3668 else if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
&& DECL_WEAK (fde_table
[i
].decl
))
3669 any_eh_needed
= true;
3670 else if (! fde_table
[i
].nothrow
3671 && ! fde_table
[i
].all_throwers_are_sibcalls
)
3672 any_eh_needed
= true;
3674 if (! any_eh_needed
)
3678 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
3682 /* Switch to the proper frame section, first time. */
3683 switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh
, false);
3685 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label
, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
, for_eh
);
3686 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, section_start_label
);
3688 /* Output the CIE. */
3689 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
);
3690 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, CIE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
);
3691 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4 && !for_eh
)
3692 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
3693 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
3694 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
3695 "Length of Common Information Entry");
3696 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
3698 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
3699 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
3700 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
),
3701 (for_eh
? 0 : DWARF_CIE_ID
),
3702 "CIE Identifier Tag");
3704 /* Use the CIE version 3 for DWARF3; allow DWARF2 to continue to
3705 use CIE version 1, unless that would produce incorrect results
3706 due to overflowing the return register column. */
3707 return_reg
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, for_eh
);
3709 if (return_reg
>= 256 || dwarf_version
> 2)
3711 dw2_asm_output_data (1, dw_cie_version
, "CIE Version");
3713 augmentation
[0] = 0;
3714 augmentation_size
= 0;
3716 personality
= current_unit_personality
;
3722 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
3723 augmentation section.
3724 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
3725 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
3726 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
3728 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
3729 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
3731 fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
3732 per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
3733 lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
3735 p
= augmentation
+ 1;
3739 augmentation_size
+= 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding
);
3740 assemble_external_libcall (personality
);
3742 if (any_lsda_needed
)
3745 augmentation_size
+= 1;
3747 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
3750 augmentation_size
+= 1;
3752 if (p
> augmentation
+ 1)
3754 augmentation
[0] = 'z';
3758 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
3759 if (personality
&& per_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
3761 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
3763 + 1 /* CIE version */
3764 + strlen (augmentation
) + 1 /* Augmentation */
3765 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
3766 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
)
3768 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
3769 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
3770 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
3772 augmentation_size
+= pad
;
3774 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
3775 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
3776 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size
) == 1);
3780 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation
, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
3781 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
3782 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
,
3783 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
3785 if (dw_cie_version
== 1)
3786 dw2_asm_output_data (1, return_reg
, "CIE RA Column");
3788 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (return_reg
, "CIE RA Column");
3790 if (augmentation
[0])
3792 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size
, "Augmentation size");
3795 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding
, "Personality (%s)",
3796 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding
));
3797 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding
,
3802 if (any_lsda_needed
)
3803 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding
, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
3804 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding
));
3806 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
3807 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding
, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
3808 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding
));
3811 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
3812 output_cfi (cfi
, NULL
, for_eh
);
3814 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
3815 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
3816 floor_log2 (for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
));
3817 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
3819 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
3820 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
3823 fde
= &fde_table
[i
];
3825 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
3826 if (for_eh
&& !flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& flag_exceptions
3827 && (fde
->nothrow
|| fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
)
3828 && ! (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
&& DECL_WEAK (fde_table
[i
].decl
))
3829 && !fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
3832 for (k
= 0; k
< (fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
? 2 : 1); k
++)
3833 output_fde (fde
, for_eh
, k
, section_start_label
, fde_encoding
,
3834 augmentation
, any_lsda_needed
, lsda_encoding
);
3837 if (for_eh
&& targetm
.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info
)
3838 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
3839 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
3840 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
3841 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
3842 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, 0);
3845 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
3850 /* Emit .cfi_startproc and .cfi_personality/.cfi_lsda if needed. */
3853 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (bool second
)
3857 rtx personality
= get_personality_function (current_function_decl
);
3859 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_startproc\n");
3863 enc
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
3866 /* ??? The GAS support isn't entirely consistent. We have to
3867 handle indirect support ourselves, but PC-relative is done
3868 in the assembler. Further, the assembler can't handle any
3869 of the weirder relocation types. */
3870 if (enc
& DW_EH_PE_indirect
)
3871 ref
= dw2_force_const_mem (ref
, true);
3873 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_personality 0x%x,", enc
);
3874 output_addr_const (asm_out_file
, ref
);
3875 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
3878 if (crtl
->uses_eh_lsda
)
3882 enc
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
3883 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (lab
, second
? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA",
3884 current_function_funcdef_no
);
3885 ref
= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, lab
);
3886 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (ref
) = SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL
;
3888 if (enc
& DW_EH_PE_indirect
)
3889 ref
= dw2_force_const_mem (ref
, true);
3891 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_lsda 0x%x,", enc
);
3892 output_addr_const (asm_out_file
, ref
);
3893 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
3897 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
3901 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
3902 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
3904 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3909 current_function_func_begin_label
= NULL
;
3911 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
3912 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
3913 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
3915 if ((! flag_exceptions
|| USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
)
3916 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
3919 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
3923 fnsec
= function_section (current_function_decl
);
3924 switch_to_section (fnsec
);
3925 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
3926 current_function_funcdef_no
);
3927 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
3928 current_function_funcdef_no
);
3929 dup_label
= xstrdup (label
);
3930 current_function_func_begin_label
= dup_label
;
3932 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
3933 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
3934 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
3938 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
3939 if (fde_table_in_use
== fde_table_allocated
)
3941 fde_table_allocated
+= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
3942 fde_table
= GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_fde_node
, fde_table
, fde_table_allocated
);
3943 memset (fde_table
+ fde_table_in_use
, 0,
3944 FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
3947 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
3948 current_funcdef_fde
= fde_table_in_use
;
3950 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
3951 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
++];
3952 fde
->decl
= current_function_decl
;
3953 fde
->dw_fde_begin
= dup_label
;
3954 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= dup_label
;
3955 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
= NULL
;
3956 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
= NULL
;
3957 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
= NULL
;
3958 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
= NULL
;
3959 fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
= 0;
3960 fde
->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot
= 0;
3961 fde
->dw_fde_end
= NULL
;
3962 fde
->dw_fde_cfi
= NULL
;
3963 fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
= NULL
;
3964 fde
->funcdef_number
= current_function_funcdef_no
;
3965 fde
->nothrow
= crtl
->nothrow
;
3966 fde
->uses_eh_lsda
= crtl
->uses_eh_lsda
;
3967 fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
= crtl
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
;
3968 fde
->drap_reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
3969 fde
->vdrap_reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
3970 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
)
3972 section
*unlikelysec
;
3973 if (first_function_block_is_cold
)
3974 fde
->in_std_section
= 1;
3977 = (fnsec
== text_section
3978 || (cold_text_section
&& fnsec
== cold_text_section
));
3979 unlikelysec
= unlikely_text_section ();
3980 fde
->cold_in_std_section
3981 = (unlikelysec
== text_section
3982 || (cold_text_section
&& unlikelysec
== cold_text_section
));
3987 = (fnsec
== text_section
3988 || (cold_text_section
&& fnsec
== cold_text_section
));
3989 fde
->cold_in_std_section
= 0;
3992 args_size
= old_args_size
= 0;
3994 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
3995 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
3996 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3998 dwarf2out_source_line (line
, file
, 0, true);
4001 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4002 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (false);
4005 rtx personality
= get_personality_function (current_function_decl
);
4006 if (!current_unit_personality
)
4007 current_unit_personality
= personality
;
4009 /* We cannot keep a current personality per function as without CFI
4010 asm at the point where we emit the CFI data there is no current
4011 function anymore. */
4013 && current_unit_personality
!= personality
)
4014 sorry ("Multiple EH personalities are supported only with assemblers "
4015 "supporting .cfi.personality directive.");
4019 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
4020 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
4024 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4025 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4028 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4030 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4031 last_var_location_insn
= NULL_RTX
;
4034 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4035 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
4037 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
4039 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
4040 current_function_funcdef_no
);
4041 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
4042 fde
= current_fde ();
4043 gcc_assert (fde
!= NULL
);
4044 fde
->dw_fde_end
= xstrdup (label
);
4048 dwarf2out_frame_init (void)
4050 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
4051 fde_table
= GGC_CNEWVEC (dw_fde_node
, FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
);
4052 fde_table_allocated
= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
4053 fde_table_in_use
= 0;
4055 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
4056 sake of lookup_cfa. */
4058 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
4059 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL
, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
);
4061 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
4062 if (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
|| DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
)
4063 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX
);
4068 dwarf2out_frame_finish (void)
4070 /* Output call frame information. */
4071 if (DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
)
4072 output_call_frame_info (0);
4074 #ifndef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
4075 /* Output another copy for the unwinder. */
4076 if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
&& (flag_unwind_tables
|| flag_exceptions
))
4077 output_call_frame_info (1);
4081 /* Note that the current function section is being used for code. */
4084 dwarf2out_note_section_used (void)
4086 section
*sec
= current_function_section ();
4087 if (sec
== text_section
)
4088 text_section_used
= true;
4089 else if (sec
== cold_text_section
)
4090 cold_text_section_used
= true;
4094 dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void)
4096 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
4098 gcc_assert (cfun
&& fde
&& !fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
);
4100 fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
= 1;
4101 fde
->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot
= !in_cold_section_p
;
4103 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
= crtl
->subsections
.hot_section_label
;
4104 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
= crtl
->subsections
.hot_section_end_label
;
4105 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
= crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_label
;
4106 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
= crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_end_label
;
4107 have_multiple_function_sections
= true;
4109 /* Reset the current label on switching text sections, so that we
4110 don't attempt to advance_loc4 between labels in different sections. */
4111 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= NULL
;
4113 /* There is no need to mark used sections when not debugging. */
4114 if (cold_text_section
!= NULL
)
4115 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
4117 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4118 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
4120 /* Now do the real section switch. */
4121 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
4123 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4125 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (true);
4126 /* As this is a different FDE, insert all current CFI instructions
4128 output_cfis (fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, true, fde
, true);
4132 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
;
4134 cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
;
4136 while (cfi
->dw_cfi_next
!= NULL
)
4137 cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
;
4138 fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
= cfi
;
4143 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
4144 for emitting location expressions. */
4146 /* Data about a single source file. */
4147 struct GTY(()) dwarf_file_data
{
4148 const char * filename
;
4152 typedef struct dw_val_struct
*dw_val_ref
;
4153 typedef struct die_struct
*dw_die_ref
;
4154 typedef const struct die_struct
*const_dw_die_ref
;
4155 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*dw_loc_descr_ref
;
4156 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct
*dw_loc_list_ref
;
4158 typedef struct GTY(()) deferred_locations_struct
4162 } deferred_locations
;
4164 DEF_VEC_O(deferred_locations
);
4165 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(deferred_locations
,gc
);
4167 static GTY(()) VEC(deferred_locations
, gc
) *deferred_locations_list
;
4169 DEF_VEC_P(dw_die_ref
);
4170 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P(dw_die_ref
,heap
);
4172 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
4173 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
4174 implementation are listed below. */
4179 dw_val_class_offset
,
4181 dw_val_class_loc_list
,
4182 dw_val_class_range_list
,
4184 dw_val_class_unsigned_const
,
4185 dw_val_class_const_double
,
4188 dw_val_class_die_ref
,
4189 dw_val_class_fde_ref
,
4190 dw_val_class_lbl_id
,
4191 dw_val_class_lineptr
,
4193 dw_val_class_macptr
,
4198 /* Describe a floating point constant value, or a vector constant value. */
4200 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_vec_struct
{
4201 unsigned char * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array
;
4207 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
4208 represented internally. */
4210 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_val_struct
{
4211 enum dw_val_class val_class
;
4212 union dw_val_struct_union
4214 rtx
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr
;
4215 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset
;
4216 dw_loc_list_ref
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list
;
4217 dw_loc_descr_ref
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc
;
4218 HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((default)) val_int
;
4219 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned
;
4220 double_int
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_const_double"))) val_double
;
4221 dw_vec_const
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_vec"))) val_vec
;
4222 struct dw_val_die_union
4226 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref
;
4227 unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index
;
4228 struct indirect_string_node
* GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str
;
4229 char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id
;
4230 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag
;
4231 struct dwarf_file_data
* GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_file"))) val_file
;
4232 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_data8"))) val_data8
[8];
4234 GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v
;
4238 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
4241 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_loc_descr_struct
{
4242 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next
;
4243 ENUM_BITFIELD (dwarf_location_atom
) dw_loc_opc
: 8;
4244 /* Used to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol relocation
4245 from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */
4246 unsigned int dtprel
: 1;
4248 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1
;
4249 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2
;
4253 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
4254 so you can track variables that are in different places over
4255 their entire life. */
4256 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_loc_list_struct
{
4257 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next
;
4258 const char *begin
; /* Label for begin address of range */
4259 const char *end
; /* Label for end address of range */
4260 char *ll_symbol
; /* Label for beginning of location list.
4261 Only on head of list */
4262 const char *section
; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
4263 dw_loc_descr_ref expr
;
4266 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
4268 static dw_loc_descr_ref
int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT
);
4270 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
4273 dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned int op
)
4278 return "DW_OP_addr";
4280 return "DW_OP_deref";
4282 return "DW_OP_const1u";
4284 return "DW_OP_const1s";
4286 return "DW_OP_const2u";
4288 return "DW_OP_const2s";
4290 return "DW_OP_const4u";
4292 return "DW_OP_const4s";
4294 return "DW_OP_const8u";
4296 return "DW_OP_const8s";
4298 return "DW_OP_constu";
4300 return "DW_OP_consts";
4304 return "DW_OP_drop";
4306 return "DW_OP_over";
4308 return "DW_OP_pick";
4310 return "DW_OP_swap";
4314 return "DW_OP_xderef";
4322 return "DW_OP_minus";
4334 return "DW_OP_plus";
4335 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
4336 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
4342 return "DW_OP_shra";
4360 return "DW_OP_skip";
4362 return "DW_OP_lit0";
4364 return "DW_OP_lit1";
4366 return "DW_OP_lit2";
4368 return "DW_OP_lit3";
4370 return "DW_OP_lit4";
4372 return "DW_OP_lit5";
4374 return "DW_OP_lit6";
4376 return "DW_OP_lit7";
4378 return "DW_OP_lit8";
4380 return "DW_OP_lit9";
4382 return "DW_OP_lit10";
4384 return "DW_OP_lit11";
4386 return "DW_OP_lit12";
4388 return "DW_OP_lit13";
4390 return "DW_OP_lit14";
4392 return "DW_OP_lit15";
4394 return "DW_OP_lit16";
4396 return "DW_OP_lit17";
4398 return "DW_OP_lit18";
4400 return "DW_OP_lit19";
4402 return "DW_OP_lit20";
4404 return "DW_OP_lit21";
4406 return "DW_OP_lit22";
4408 return "DW_OP_lit23";
4410 return "DW_OP_lit24";
4412 return "DW_OP_lit25";
4414 return "DW_OP_lit26";
4416 return "DW_OP_lit27";
4418 return "DW_OP_lit28";
4420 return "DW_OP_lit29";
4422 return "DW_OP_lit30";
4424 return "DW_OP_lit31";
4426 return "DW_OP_reg0";
4428 return "DW_OP_reg1";
4430 return "DW_OP_reg2";
4432 return "DW_OP_reg3";
4434 return "DW_OP_reg4";
4436 return "DW_OP_reg5";
4438 return "DW_OP_reg6";
4440 return "DW_OP_reg7";
4442 return "DW_OP_reg8";
4444 return "DW_OP_reg9";
4446 return "DW_OP_reg10";
4448 return "DW_OP_reg11";
4450 return "DW_OP_reg12";
4452 return "DW_OP_reg13";
4454 return "DW_OP_reg14";
4456 return "DW_OP_reg15";
4458 return "DW_OP_reg16";
4460 return "DW_OP_reg17";
4462 return "DW_OP_reg18";
4464 return "DW_OP_reg19";
4466 return "DW_OP_reg20";
4468 return "DW_OP_reg21";
4470 return "DW_OP_reg22";
4472 return "DW_OP_reg23";
4474 return "DW_OP_reg24";
4476 return "DW_OP_reg25";
4478 return "DW_OP_reg26";
4480 return "DW_OP_reg27";
4482 return "DW_OP_reg28";
4484 return "DW_OP_reg29";
4486 return "DW_OP_reg30";
4488 return "DW_OP_reg31";
4490 return "DW_OP_breg0";
4492 return "DW_OP_breg1";
4494 return "DW_OP_breg2";
4496 return "DW_OP_breg3";
4498 return "DW_OP_breg4";
4500 return "DW_OP_breg5";
4502 return "DW_OP_breg6";
4504 return "DW_OP_breg7";
4506 return "DW_OP_breg8";
4508 return "DW_OP_breg9";
4510 return "DW_OP_breg10";
4512 return "DW_OP_breg11";
4514 return "DW_OP_breg12";
4516 return "DW_OP_breg13";
4518 return "DW_OP_breg14";
4520 return "DW_OP_breg15";
4522 return "DW_OP_breg16";
4524 return "DW_OP_breg17";
4526 return "DW_OP_breg18";
4528 return "DW_OP_breg19";
4530 return "DW_OP_breg20";
4532 return "DW_OP_breg21";
4534 return "DW_OP_breg22";
4536 return "DW_OP_breg23";
4538 return "DW_OP_breg24";
4540 return "DW_OP_breg25";
4542 return "DW_OP_breg26";
4544 return "DW_OP_breg27";
4546 return "DW_OP_breg28";
4548 return "DW_OP_breg29";
4550 return "DW_OP_breg30";
4552 return "DW_OP_breg31";
4554 return "DW_OP_regx";
4556 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
4558 return "DW_OP_bregx";
4560 return "DW_OP_piece";
4561 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
4562 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
4563 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
4564 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
4568 case DW_OP_push_object_address
:
4569 return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
4571 return "DW_OP_call2";
4573 return "DW_OP_call4";
4574 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
4575 return "DW_OP_call_ref";
4576 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
4577 return "DW_OP_implicit_value";
4578 case DW_OP_stack_value
:
4579 return "DW_OP_stack_value";
4580 case DW_OP_form_tls_address
:
4581 return "DW_OP_form_tls_address";
4582 case DW_OP_call_frame_cfa
:
4583 return "DW_OP_call_frame_cfa";
4584 case DW_OP_bit_piece
:
4585 return "DW_OP_bit_piece";
4587 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
:
4588 return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
4589 case DW_OP_GNU_uninit
:
4590 return "DW_OP_GNU_uninit";
4591 case DW_OP_GNU_encoded_addr
:
4592 return "DW_OP_GNU_encoded_addr";
4595 return "OP_<unknown>";
4599 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
4600 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
4601 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
4603 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4604 new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom op
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd1
,
4605 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd2
)
4607 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
= GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_descr_node
);
4609 descr
->dw_loc_opc
= op
;
4610 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
4611 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd1
;
4612 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
4613 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd2
;
4618 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description for
4621 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4622 new_reg_loc_descr (unsigned int reg
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
4625 return new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_breg0
+ reg
),
4628 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, reg
, offset
);
4631 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
4634 add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
, dw_loc_descr_ref descr
)
4636 dw_loc_descr_ref
*d
;
4638 /* Find the end of the chain. */
4639 for (d
= list_head
; (*d
) != NULL
; d
= &(*d
)->dw_loc_next
)
4645 /* Add a constant OFFSET to a location expression. */
4648 loc_descr_plus_const (dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
4650 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
4653 gcc_assert (*list_head
!= NULL
);
4658 /* Find the end of the chain. */
4659 for (loc
= *list_head
; loc
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
4663 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_fbreg
4664 || (loc
->dw_loc_opc
>= DW_OP_breg0
&& loc
->dw_loc_opc
<= DW_OP_breg31
))
4665 p
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
4666 else if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_bregx
)
4667 p
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
;
4669 /* If the last operation is fbreg, breg{0..31,x}, optimize by adjusting its
4670 offset. Don't optimize if an signed integer overflow would happen. */
4672 && ((offset
> 0 && *p
<= INTTYPE_MAXIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT
) - offset
)
4673 || (offset
< 0 && *p
>= INTTYPE_MINIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT
) - offset
)))
4676 else if (offset
> 0)
4677 loc
->dw_loc_next
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, offset
, 0);
4681 loc
->dw_loc_next
= int_loc_descriptor (offset
);
4682 add_loc_descr (&loc
->dw_loc_next
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
4686 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4687 /* Add a constant OFFSET to a location list. */
4690 loc_list_plus_const (dw_loc_list_ref list_head
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
4693 for (d
= list_head
; d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->dw_loc_next
)
4694 loc_descr_plus_const (&d
->expr
, offset
);
4698 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
4700 static unsigned long
4701 size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
4703 unsigned long size
= 1;
4705 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
4708 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
4727 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
4730 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
4735 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
4736 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
4774 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
4777 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
4780 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
4783 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
4784 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
);
4787 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
4789 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
4790 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
4799 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
4800 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
4802 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
4803 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
)
4804 + loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
;
4813 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
4815 static unsigned long
4816 size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
4821 /* If there are no skip or bra opcodes, don't fill in the dw_loc_addr
4822 field, to avoid writing to a PCH file. */
4823 for (size
= 0, l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->dw_loc_next
)
4825 if (l
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_skip
|| l
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_bra
)
4827 size
+= size_of_loc_descr (l
);
4832 for (size
= 0, l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->dw_loc_next
)
4834 l
->dw_loc_addr
= size
;
4835 size
+= size_of_loc_descr (l
);
4841 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4842 static HOST_WIDE_INT
extract_int (const unsigned char *, unsigned);
4845 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
4848 output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
4850 dw_val_ref val1
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
4851 dw_val_ref val2
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
4853 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
4855 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4858 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
4862 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
4866 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
>= 64);
4867 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
4874 gcc_assert (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
);
4875 offset
= val1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
- (loc
->dw_loc_addr
+ 3);
4877 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset
, NULL
);
4880 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
4881 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
4882 switch (val2
->val_class
)
4884 case dw_val_class_const
:
4885 dw2_asm_output_data (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, val2
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
4887 case dw_val_class_vec
:
4889 unsigned int elt_size
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
;
4890 unsigned int len
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.length
;
4894 if (elt_size
> sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
4899 for (i
= 0, p
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.array
;
4902 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size
, extract_int (p
, elt_size
),
4903 "fp or vector constant word %u", i
);
4906 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
4908 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first
, second
;
4910 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
4912 first
= val2
->v
.val_double
.high
;
4913 second
= val2
->v
.val_double
.low
;
4917 first
= val2
->v
.val_double
.low
;
4918 second
= val2
->v
.val_double
.high
;
4920 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
4922 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
4926 case dw_val_class_addr
:
4927 gcc_assert (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
4928 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, val2
->v
.val_addr
, NULL
);
4943 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
4944 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
4945 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
4946 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
4947 only doing unwinding. */
4952 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
4955 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
4958 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
4961 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
4963 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
4964 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
4998 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5001 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
5004 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5007 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
5008 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5011 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
5013 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
5014 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
5015 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5021 if (targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
)
5023 targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file
,
5026 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
5033 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5034 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, val1
->v
.val_addr
, NULL
);
5042 /* Other codes have no operands. */
5047 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
5050 output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
5052 for (; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
5054 /* Output the opcode. */
5055 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc
->dw_loc_opc
,
5056 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc
->dw_loc_opc
));
5058 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
5059 output_loc_operands (loc
);
5063 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any).
5064 The output is single bytes on a line, suitable for .cfi_escape. */
5067 output_loc_operands_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
5069 dw_val_ref val1
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
5070 dw_val_ref val2
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
5072 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
5075 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
5076 /* We cannot output addresses in .cfi_escape, only bytes. */
5082 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
5083 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
5084 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5085 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (1, val1
->v
.val_int
);
5090 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5091 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, val1
->v
.val_int
);
5096 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5097 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (4, val1
->v
.val_int
);
5102 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
>= 64);
5103 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5104 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (8, val1
->v
.val_int
);
5112 gcc_assert (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
);
5113 offset
= val1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
- (loc
->dw_loc_addr
+ 3);
5115 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5116 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, offset
);
5121 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
5124 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5125 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
);
5162 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5163 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val1
->v
.val_int
);
5167 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5168 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
);
5169 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5170 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val2
->v
.val_int
);
5174 /* Other codes have no operands. */
5180 output_loc_sequence_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
5184 /* Output the opcode. */
5185 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "0x%x", loc
->dw_loc_opc
);
5186 output_loc_operands_raw (loc
);
5188 if (!loc
->dw_loc_next
)
5190 loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
;
5192 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5196 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
5197 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
5200 output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
5202 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
5205 if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_expression
)
5206 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, NULL
);
5208 /* Output the size of the block. */
5209 loc
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
;
5210 size
= size_of_locs (loc
);
5211 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, NULL
);
5213 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
5214 output_loc_sequence (loc
);
5217 /* Similar, but used for .cfi_escape. */
5220 output_cfa_loc_raw (dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
5222 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
5225 if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_expression
)
5226 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "0x%x,", cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
);
5228 /* Output the size of the block. */
5229 loc
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
;
5230 size
= size_of_locs (loc
);
5231 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (size
);
5232 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5234 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
5235 output_loc_sequence_raw (loc
);
5238 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from a
5239 dw_cfa_location, adding the given OFFSET to the result of the
5242 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*
5243 build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location
*cfa
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
5245 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*head
, *tmp
;
5247 offset
+= cfa
->offset
;
5251 head
= new_reg_loc_descr (cfa
->reg
, cfa
->base_offset
);
5252 head
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
5253 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
5254 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
5257 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, offset
, 0);
5258 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
5262 head
= new_reg_loc_descr (cfa
->reg
, offset
);
5267 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence for
5268 the address at OFFSET from the CFA when stack is aligned to
5271 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*
5272 build_cfa_aligned_loc (HOST_WIDE_INT offset
, HOST_WIDE_INT alignment
)
5274 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*head
;
5275 unsigned int dwarf_fp
5276 = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
);
5278 /* When CFA is defined as FP+OFFSET, emulate stack alignment. */
5279 if (cfa
.reg
== HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
&& cfa
.indirect
== 0)
5281 head
= new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp
, 0);
5282 add_loc_descr (&head
, int_loc_descriptor (alignment
));
5283 add_loc_descr (&head
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
5284 loc_descr_plus_const (&head
, offset
);
5287 head
= new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp
, offset
);
5291 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
5292 descriptor sequence. */
5295 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location
*cfa
, struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc
)
5297 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*ptr
;
5299 cfa
->base_offset
= 0;
5303 for (ptr
= loc
; ptr
!= NULL
; ptr
= ptr
->dw_loc_next
)
5305 enum dwarf_location_atom op
= ptr
->dw_loc_opc
;
5341 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_reg0
;
5344 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
5378 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_breg0
;
5379 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
5382 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
5383 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
;
5388 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
5389 cfa
->offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
;
5392 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented",
5393 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr
->dw_loc_opc
));
5397 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
5399 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
5400 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5402 /* .debug_str support. */
5403 static int output_indirect_string (void **, void *);
5405 static void dwarf2out_init (const char *);
5406 static void dwarf2out_finish (const char *);
5407 static void dwarf2out_assembly_start (void);
5408 static void dwarf2out_define (unsigned int, const char *);
5409 static void dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int, const char *);
5410 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned, const char *);
5411 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned);
5412 static void dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned, unsigned);
5413 static void dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned, unsigned);
5414 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree
);
5415 static void dwarf2out_global_decl (tree
);
5416 static void dwarf2out_type_decl (tree
, int);
5417 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree
, tree
, tree
, bool);
5418 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree
, tree
, tree
,
5420 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree
);
5421 static void dwarf2out_var_location (rtx
);
5422 static void dwarf2out_direct_call (tree
);
5423 static void dwarf2out_virtual_call_token (tree
, int);
5424 static void dwarf2out_copy_call_info (rtx
, rtx
);
5425 static void dwarf2out_virtual_call (int);
5426 static void dwarf2out_begin_function (tree
);
5427 static void dwarf2out_set_name (tree
, tree
);
5429 /* The debug hooks structure. */
5431 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks
=
5435 dwarf2out_assembly_start
,
5438 dwarf2out_start_source_file
,
5439 dwarf2out_end_source_file
,
5440 dwarf2out_begin_block
,
5441 dwarf2out_end_block
,
5442 dwarf2out_ignore_block
,
5443 dwarf2out_source_line
,
5444 dwarf2out_begin_prologue
,
5445 debug_nothing_int_charstar
, /* end_prologue */
5446 dwarf2out_end_epilogue
,
5447 dwarf2out_begin_function
,
5448 debug_nothing_int
, /* end_function */
5449 dwarf2out_decl
, /* function_decl */
5450 dwarf2out_global_decl
,
5451 dwarf2out_type_decl
, /* type_decl */
5452 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl
,
5453 debug_nothing_tree
, /* deferred_inline_function */
5454 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
5455 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
5456 something tries to reference them. */
5457 dwarf2out_abstract_function
, /* outlining_inline_function */
5458 debug_nothing_rtx
, /* label */
5459 debug_nothing_int
, /* handle_pch */
5460 dwarf2out_var_location
,
5461 dwarf2out_switch_text_section
,
5462 dwarf2out_direct_call
,
5463 dwarf2out_virtual_call_token
,
5464 dwarf2out_copy_call_info
,
5465 dwarf2out_virtual_call
,
5467 1 /* start_end_main_source_file */
5471 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
5472 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
5473 throughout the remainder of this file. */
5475 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
5476 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
5477 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
5478 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
5480 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
5481 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
5483 typedef long int dw_offset
;
5485 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
5487 typedef struct dw_attr_struct
*dw_attr_ref
;
5488 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct
*dw_line_info_ref
;
5489 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct
*dw_separate_line_info_ref
;
5490 typedef struct pubname_struct
*pubname_ref
;
5491 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct
*dw_ranges_ref
;
5492 typedef struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct
*dw_ranges_by_label_ref
;
5493 typedef struct comdat_type_struct
*comdat_type_node_ref
;
5495 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
5496 line number associated with the label generated for that
5497 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
5498 the line number entry. */
5500 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_line_info_struct
{
5501 unsigned long dw_file_num
;
5502 unsigned long dw_line_num
;
5506 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
5508 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_separate_line_info_struct
{
5509 unsigned long dw_file_num
;
5510 unsigned long dw_line_num
;
5511 unsigned long function
;
5513 dw_separate_line_info_entry
;
5515 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
5516 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
5517 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
5519 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_attr_struct
{
5520 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr
;
5521 dw_val_node dw_attr_val
;
5525 DEF_VEC_O(dw_attr_node
);
5526 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dw_attr_node
,gc
);
5528 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure. DIEs form a tree.
5529 The children of each node form a circular list linked by
5530 die_sib. die_child points to the node *before* the "first" child node. */
5532 typedef struct GTY((chain_circular ("%h.die_sib"))) die_struct
{
5533 enum dwarf_tag die_tag
;
5534 union die_symbol_or_type_node
5536 char * GTY ((tag ("0"))) die_symbol
;
5537 comdat_type_node_ref
GTY ((tag ("1"))) die_type_node
;
5539 GTY ((desc ("dwarf_version >= 4"))) die_id
;
5540 VEC(dw_attr_node
,gc
) * die_attr
;
5541 dw_die_ref die_parent
;
5542 dw_die_ref die_child
;
5544 dw_die_ref die_definition
; /* ref from a specification to its definition */
5545 dw_offset die_offset
;
5546 unsigned long die_abbrev
;
5548 /* Die is used and must not be pruned as unused. */
5549 int die_perennial_p
;
5550 unsigned int decl_id
;
5554 /* Evaluate 'expr' while 'c' is set to each child of DIE in order. */
5555 #define FOR_EACH_CHILD(die, c, expr) do { \
5556 c = die->die_child; \
5560 } while (c != die->die_child); \
5563 /* The pubname structure */
5565 typedef struct GTY(()) pubname_struct
{
5571 DEF_VEC_O(pubname_entry
);
5572 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(pubname_entry
, gc
);
5574 struct GTY(()) dw_ranges_struct
{
5575 /* If this is positive, it's a block number, otherwise it's a
5576 bitwise-negated index into dw_ranges_by_label. */
5580 struct GTY(()) dw_ranges_by_label_struct
{
5585 /* The comdat type node structure. */
5586 typedef struct GTY(()) comdat_type_struct
5588 dw_die_ref root_die
;
5589 dw_die_ref type_die
;
5590 char signature
[DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
];
5591 struct comdat_type_struct
*next
;
5595 /* The limbo die list structure. */
5596 typedef struct GTY(()) limbo_die_struct
{
5599 struct limbo_die_struct
*next
;
5603 typedef struct GTY(()) skeleton_chain_struct
5607 struct skeleton_chain_struct
*parent
;
5609 skeleton_chain_node
;
5611 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
5612 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
5613 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
5616 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
5617 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
5619 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
5620 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
5621 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
5622 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
5623 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
5624 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
5626 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
5627 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
5628 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
5629 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
5630 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
5631 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
5632 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
5633 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
5634 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
5635 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
5637 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
5638 language, and compiler version. */
5640 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
5641 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
5642 (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
5644 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF comdat type unit header. */
5645 #define DWARF_COMDAT_TYPE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
5646 (DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE \
5647 + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
5649 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
5650 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
5652 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
5653 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
5654 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
5655 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
5656 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
5658 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
5659 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
5660 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
5661 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
5662 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
5663 - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
5665 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
5666 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
5667 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
5668 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
5670 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
5674 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
5675 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
5676 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
5678 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
5679 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
5681 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
5682 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
5684 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
5685 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
5686 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
5687 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
5688 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
5690 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5691 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
5692 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
5693 static unsigned long next_die_offset
;
5696 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
5697 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref comp_unit_die
;
5699 /* A list of type DIEs that have been separated into comdat sections. */
5700 static GTY(()) comdat_type_node
*comdat_type_list
;
5702 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
5703 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node
*limbo_die_list
;
5705 /* A list of DIEs for which we may have to generate
5706 DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name once their DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAMEs are
5708 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node
*deferred_asm_name
;
5710 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
5711 static GTY((param_is (struct dwarf_file_data
))) htab_t file_table
;
5713 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe declarations.
5714 The key is a DECL_UID() which is a unique number identifying each decl. */
5715 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct
))) htab_t decl_die_table
;
5717 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe COMMON blocks.
5718 The key is DECL_UID() ^ die_parent. */
5719 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct
))) htab_t common_block_die_table
;
5721 typedef struct GTY(()) die_arg_entry_struct
{
5726 DEF_VEC_O(die_arg_entry
);
5727 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(die_arg_entry
,gc
);
5729 /* Node of the variable location list. */
5730 struct GTY ((chain_next ("%h.next"))) var_loc_node
{
5731 rtx
GTY (()) var_loc_note
;
5732 const char * GTY (()) label
;
5733 const char * GTY (()) section_label
;
5734 struct var_loc_node
* GTY (()) next
;
5737 /* Variable location list. */
5738 struct GTY (()) var_loc_list_def
{
5739 struct var_loc_node
* GTY (()) first
;
5741 /* Do not mark the last element of the chained list because
5742 it is marked through the chain. */
5743 struct var_loc_node
* GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last
;
5745 /* DECL_UID of the variable decl. */
5746 unsigned int decl_id
;
5748 typedef struct var_loc_list_def var_loc_list
;
5751 /* Table of decl location linked lists. */
5752 static GTY ((param_is (var_loc_list
))) htab_t decl_loc_table
;
5754 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
5755 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
5756 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
5757 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
5758 dw_die_ref
*abbrev_die_table
;
5760 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
5761 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated
;
5763 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
5764 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
5766 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5767 abbrev_die_table. */
5768 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
5770 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
5771 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
5772 static GTY((length ("line_info_table_allocated")))
5773 dw_line_info_ref line_info_table
;
5775 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
5776 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_allocated
;
5778 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
5779 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_in_use
;
5781 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
5782 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
5783 static GTY ((length ("separate_line_info_table_allocated")))
5784 dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table
;
5786 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
5787 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated
;
5789 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
5790 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use
;
5792 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5794 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
5796 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
5797 accessible names. */
5798 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry
, gc
) * pubname_table
;
5800 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
5801 accessible types. */
5802 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry
, gc
) * pubtype_table
;
5804 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
5805 static GTY((length ("arange_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref
*arange_table
;
5807 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
5808 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_allocated
;
5810 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
5811 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_in_use
;
5813 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5815 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
5817 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
5818 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table
;
5820 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
5821 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_allocated
;
5823 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
5824 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_in_use
;
5826 /* Array of pairs of labels referenced in ranges_table. */
5827 static GTY ((length ("ranges_by_label_allocated")))
5828 dw_ranges_by_label_ref ranges_by_label
;
5830 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_by_label. */
5831 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_allocated
;
5833 /* Number of elements in ranges_by_label currently in use. */
5834 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_in_use
;
5836 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5838 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
5840 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
5841 static GTY(()) bool have_location_lists
;
5843 /* Unique label counter. */
5844 static GTY(()) unsigned int loclabel_num
;
5846 /* Unique label counter for point-of-call tables. */
5847 static GTY(()) unsigned int poc_label_num
;
5849 /* The direct call table structure. */
5851 typedef struct GTY(()) dcall_struct
{
5852 unsigned int poc_label_num
;
5854 dw_die_ref targ_die
;
5858 DEF_VEC_O(dcall_entry
);
5859 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dcall_entry
, gc
);
5861 /* The virtual call table structure. */
5863 typedef struct GTY(()) vcall_struct
{
5864 unsigned int poc_label_num
;
5865 unsigned int vtable_slot
;
5869 DEF_VEC_O(vcall_entry
);
5870 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(vcall_entry
, gc
);
5872 /* Pointers to the direct and virtual call tables. */
5873 static GTY (()) VEC (dcall_entry
, gc
) * dcall_table
= NULL
;
5874 static GTY (()) VEC (vcall_entry
, gc
) * vcall_table
= NULL
;
5876 /* A hash table to map INSN_UIDs to vtable slot indexes. */
5878 struct GTY (()) vcall_insn
{
5880 unsigned int vtable_slot
;
5883 static GTY ((param_is (struct vcall_insn
))) htab_t vcall_insn_table
;
5885 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5886 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
5887 static int current_function_has_inlines
;
5889 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
5890 static int comp_unit_has_inlines
;
5893 /* The last file entry emitted by maybe_emit_file(). */
5894 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data
* last_emitted_file
;
5896 /* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym(). */
5897 static GTY(()) int label_num
;
5899 /* Cached result of previous call to lookup_filename. */
5900 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data
* file_table_last_lookup
;
5902 static GTY(()) VEC(die_arg_entry
,gc
) *tmpl_value_parm_die_table
;
5904 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5906 /* Offset from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the frame base,
5907 within the current function. */
5908 static HOST_WIDE_INT frame_pointer_fb_offset
;
5910 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
5912 static int is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx
);
5913 static tree
type_main_variant (tree
);
5914 static int is_tagged_type (const_tree
);
5915 static const char *dwarf_tag_name (unsigned);
5916 static const char *dwarf_attr_name (unsigned);
5917 static const char *dwarf_form_name (unsigned);
5918 static tree
decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree
);
5919 static tree
decl_class_context (tree
);
5920 static void add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref
, dw_attr_ref
);
5921 static inline enum dw_val_class
AT_class (dw_attr_ref
);
5922 static void add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned);
5923 static inline unsigned AT_flag (dw_attr_ref
);
5924 static void add_AT_int (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
5925 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
AT_int (dw_attr_ref
);
5926 static void add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
5927 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref
);
5928 static void add_AT_double (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
5929 HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
5930 static inline void add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned int,
5931 unsigned int, unsigned char *);
5932 static void add_AT_data8 (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned char *);
5933 static hashval_t
debug_str_do_hash (const void *);
5934 static int debug_str_eq (const void *, const void *);
5935 static void add_AT_string (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
5936 static inline const char *AT_string (dw_attr_ref
);
5937 static enum dwarf_form
AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref
);
5938 static void add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, dw_die_ref
);
5939 static void add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
5940 static inline dw_die_ref
AT_ref (dw_attr_ref
);
5941 static inline int AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref
);
5942 static inline void set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref
, int);
5943 static void add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned);
5944 static void add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, dw_loc_descr_ref
);
5945 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
AT_loc (dw_attr_ref
);
5946 static void add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
5948 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref
);
5949 static void add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, rtx
);
5950 static inline rtx
AT_addr (dw_attr_ref
);
5951 static void add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
5952 static void add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
5953 static void add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
5954 static void add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
5955 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
5956 static void add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
5958 static inline const char *AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref
);
5959 static dw_attr_ref
get_AT (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
5960 static const char *get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref
);
5961 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref
);
5962 static const char *get_AT_string (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
5963 static int get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
5964 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
5965 static inline dw_die_ref
get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
5966 static bool is_c_family (void);
5967 static bool is_cxx (void);
5968 static bool is_java (void);
5969 static bool is_fortran (void);
5970 static bool is_ada (void);
5971 static void remove_AT (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
5972 static void remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_tag
);
5973 static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
5974 static dw_die_ref
new_die (enum dwarf_tag
, dw_die_ref
, tree
);
5975 static dw_die_ref
lookup_type_die (tree
);
5976 static void equate_type_number_to_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
5977 static hashval_t
decl_die_table_hash (const void *);
5978 static int decl_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
5979 static dw_die_ref
lookup_decl_die (tree
);
5980 static hashval_t
common_block_die_table_hash (const void *);
5981 static int common_block_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
5982 static hashval_t
decl_loc_table_hash (const void *);
5983 static int decl_loc_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
5984 static var_loc_list
*lookup_decl_loc (const_tree
);
5985 static void equate_decl_number_to_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
5986 static void add_var_loc_to_decl (tree
, struct var_loc_node
*);
5987 static void print_spaces (FILE *);
5988 static void print_die (dw_die_ref
, FILE *);
5989 static void print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *);
5990 static dw_die_ref
push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
5991 static dw_die_ref
pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref
);
5992 static void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*);
5993 static void attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
5994 static void die_checksum (dw_die_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
5995 static void checksum_sleb128 (HOST_WIDE_INT
, struct md5_ctx
*);
5996 static void checksum_uleb128 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
, struct md5_ctx
*);
5997 static void loc_checksum_ordered (dw_loc_descr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*);
5998 static void attr_checksum_ordered (enum dwarf_tag
, dw_attr_ref
,
5999 struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
6000 struct checksum_attributes
;
6001 static void collect_checksum_attributes (struct checksum_attributes
*, dw_die_ref
);
6002 static void die_checksum_ordered (dw_die_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
6003 static void checksum_die_context (dw_die_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*);
6004 static void generate_type_signature (dw_die_ref
, comdat_type_node
*);
6005 static int same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref
, dw_loc_descr_ref
, int *);
6006 static int same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node
*, const dw_val_node
*, int *);
6007 static int same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref
, dw_attr_ref
, int *);
6008 static int same_die_p (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
, int *);
6009 static int same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
6010 static void compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref
);
6011 static int is_type_die (dw_die_ref
);
6012 static int is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref
);
6013 static int is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref
);
6014 static void assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref
);
6015 static void break_out_includes (dw_die_ref
);
6016 static int is_declaration_die (dw_die_ref
);
6017 static int should_move_die_to_comdat (dw_die_ref
);
6018 static dw_die_ref
clone_as_declaration (dw_die_ref
);
6019 static dw_die_ref
clone_die (dw_die_ref
);
6020 static dw_die_ref
clone_tree (dw_die_ref
);
6021 static void copy_declaration_context (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
6022 static void generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (skeleton_chain_node
*);
6023 static void generate_skeleton_bottom_up (skeleton_chain_node
*);
6024 static dw_die_ref
generate_skeleton (dw_die_ref
);
6025 static dw_die_ref
remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (dw_die_ref
,
6027 static void break_out_comdat_types (dw_die_ref
);
6028 static dw_die_ref
copy_ancestor_tree (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
, htab_t
);
6029 static void copy_decls_walk (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
, htab_t
);
6030 static void copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (dw_die_ref
);
6032 static hashval_t
htab_cu_hash (const void *);
6033 static int htab_cu_eq (const void *, const void *);
6034 static void htab_cu_del (void *);
6035 static int check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref
, htab_t
, unsigned *);
6036 static void record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref
, htab_t
, unsigned);
6037 static void add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref
);
6038 static void build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref
);
6039 static void output_location_lists (dw_die_ref
);
6040 static int constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
6041 static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref
);
6042 static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref
);
6043 static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
6044 static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
6045 static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref
);
6046 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry
,gc
) *);
6047 static unsigned long size_of_aranges (void);
6048 static enum dwarf_form
value_format (dw_attr_ref
);
6049 static void output_value_format (dw_attr_ref
);
6050 static void output_abbrev_section (void);
6051 static void output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref
);
6052 static void output_die (dw_die_ref
);
6053 static void output_compilation_unit_header (void);
6054 static void output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref
, int);
6055 static void output_comdat_type_unit (comdat_type_node
*);
6056 static const char *dwarf2_name (tree
, int);
6057 static void add_pubname (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6058 static void add_pubname_string (const char *, dw_die_ref
);
6059 static void add_pubtype (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6060 static void output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry
,gc
) *);
6061 static void add_arange (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6062 static void output_aranges (void);
6063 static unsigned int add_ranges_num (int);
6064 static unsigned int add_ranges (const_tree
);
6065 static void add_ranges_by_labels (dw_die_ref
, const char *, const char *,
6067 static void output_ranges (void);
6068 static void output_line_info (void);
6069 static void output_file_names (void);
6070 static dw_die_ref
base_type_die (tree
);
6071 static int is_base_type (tree
);
6072 static dw_die_ref
subrange_type_die (tree
, tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6073 static dw_die_ref
modified_type_die (tree
, int, int, dw_die_ref
);
6074 static dw_die_ref
generic_parameter_die (tree
, tree
, bool, dw_die_ref
);
6075 static dw_die_ref
template_parameter_pack_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6076 static int type_is_enum (const_tree
);
6077 static unsigned int dbx_reg_number (const_rtx
);
6078 static void add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref
*, int);
6079 static dw_loc_descr_ref
reg_loc_descriptor (rtx
, enum var_init_status
);
6080 static dw_loc_descr_ref
one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int,
6081 enum var_init_status
);
6082 static dw_loc_descr_ref
multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx
, rtx
,
6083 enum var_init_status
);
6084 static dw_loc_descr_ref
based_loc_descr (rtx
, HOST_WIDE_INT
,
6085 enum var_init_status
);
6086 static int is_based_loc (const_rtx
);
6087 static int resolve_one_addr (rtx
*, void *);
6088 static dw_loc_descr_ref
mem_loc_descriptor (rtx
, enum machine_mode mode
,
6089 enum var_init_status
);
6090 static dw_loc_descr_ref
concat_loc_descriptor (rtx
, rtx
,
6091 enum var_init_status
);
6092 static dw_loc_descr_ref
loc_descriptor (rtx
, enum machine_mode mode
,
6093 enum var_init_status
);
6094 static dw_loc_list_ref
loc_list_from_tree (tree
, int);
6095 static dw_loc_descr_ref
loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree
, int);
6096 static HOST_WIDE_INT
ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned int);
6097 static tree
field_type (const_tree
);
6098 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree
);
6099 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree
);
6100 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree
);
6101 static HOST_WIDE_INT
field_byte_offset (const_tree
);
6102 static void add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
6104 static void add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6105 static bool add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, rtx
);
6106 static void insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned, unsigned char *);
6107 static void insert_float (const_rtx
, unsigned char *);
6108 static rtx
rtl_for_decl_location (tree
);
6109 static bool add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
,
6110 enum dwarf_attribute
);
6111 static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6112 static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6113 static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref
, const char *);
6114 static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref
);
6115 static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, tree
);
6116 static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref
, tree
, bool);
6117 static void add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6118 static void add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6119 static void add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6120 static void add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6121 static dw_die_ref
add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6122 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6123 static void add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6124 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6125 static void push_decl_scope (tree
);
6126 static void pop_decl_scope (void);
6127 static dw_die_ref
scope_die_for (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6128 static inline int local_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
6129 static inline int class_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
6130 static inline int class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
6131 static void add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
, int, int, dw_die_ref
);
6132 static void add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6133 static const char *type_tag (const_tree
);
6134 static tree
member_declared_type (const_tree
);
6136 static const char *decl_start_label (tree
);
6138 static void gen_array_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6139 static void gen_descr_array_type_die (tree
, struct array_descr_info
*, dw_die_ref
);
6141 static void gen_entry_point_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6143 static dw_die_ref
gen_enumeration_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6144 static dw_die_ref
gen_formal_parameter_die (tree
, tree
, bool, dw_die_ref
);
6145 static dw_die_ref
gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
, tree
*);
6146 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6147 static void gen_formal_types_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6148 static void gen_subprogram_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6149 static void gen_variable_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6150 static void gen_const_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6151 static void gen_label_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6152 static void gen_lexical_block_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
6153 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
6154 static void gen_field_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6155 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6156 static dw_die_ref
gen_compile_unit_die (const char *);
6157 static void gen_inheritance_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6158 static void gen_member_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6159 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
,
6160 enum debug_info_usage
);
6161 static void gen_subroutine_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6162 static void gen_typedef_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6163 static void gen_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6164 static void gen_block_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
6165 static void decls_for_scope (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
6166 static int is_redundant_typedef (const_tree
);
6167 static inline dw_die_ref
get_context_die (tree
);
6168 static void gen_namespace_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6169 static void gen_decl_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6170 static dw_die_ref
force_decl_die (tree
);
6171 static dw_die_ref
force_type_die (tree
);
6172 static dw_die_ref
setup_namespace_context (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6173 static dw_die_ref
declare_in_namespace (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6174 static struct dwarf_file_data
* lookup_filename (const char *);
6175 static void retry_incomplete_types (void);
6176 static void gen_type_die_for_member (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6177 static void gen_generic_params_dies (tree
);
6178 static void splice_child_die (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
6179 static int file_info_cmp (const void *, const void *);
6180 static dw_loc_list_ref
new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref
, const char *,
6181 const char *, const char *);
6182 static void output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
);
6183 static char *gen_internal_sym (const char *);
6185 static void prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
6186 static void prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref
, int);
6187 static void prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref
);
6188 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref
);
6189 static void prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref
);
6190 static void prune_unused_types (void);
6191 static int maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data
*fd
);
6192 static void append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6193 static void gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute (void);
6195 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
6196 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
6197 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
6199 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
6200 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
6202 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
6203 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
6205 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
6206 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
6208 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
6209 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
6211 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
6212 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
6214 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
6215 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
6217 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION
6218 #define DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION ".debug_pubtypes"
6220 #ifndef DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION
6221 #define DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION ".debug_dcall"
6223 #ifndef DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION
6224 #define DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION ".debug_vcall"
6226 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
6227 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
6229 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
6230 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
6233 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
6234 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
6235 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
6238 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
6239 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
6240 (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_debug_strings \
6241 ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1 \
6244 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
6245 the section names themselves. */
6247 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
6248 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
6250 #ifndef COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
6251 #define COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext_cold"
6253 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
6254 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
6256 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
6257 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
6259 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
6260 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
6262 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
6263 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
6265 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
6266 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
6268 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
6269 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
6272 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
6273 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
6274 options is used and DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
6275 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
6276 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
6278 static char text_end_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6279 static char text_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6280 static char cold_text_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6281 static char cold_end_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6282 static char abbrev_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6283 static char debug_info_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6284 static char debug_line_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6285 static char macinfo_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6286 static char loc_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6287 static char ranges_section_label
[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6289 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
6290 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
6292 #ifndef COLD_END_LABEL
6293 #define COLD_END_LABEL "Letext_cold"
6295 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
6296 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
6298 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
6299 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
6301 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
6302 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
6304 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
6305 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
6309 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
6310 called to "demangle" any name before it is put into a DIE. */
6312 static const char *(*demangle_name_func
) (const char *);
6315 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (const char *(*func
) (const char *))
6317 demangle_name_func
= func
;
6320 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
6323 is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx rtl
)
6325 return ((REG_P (rtl
) && REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
6326 || (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SUBREG
6327 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl
)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
));
6330 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
6334 type_main_variant (tree type
)
6336 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
6338 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
6339 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
6340 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
6341 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
6343 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
6344 while (type
!= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
))
6345 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
6350 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
6353 is_tagged_type (const_tree type
)
6355 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
6357 return (code
== RECORD_TYPE
|| code
== UNION_TYPE
6358 || code
== QUAL_UNION_TYPE
|| code
== ENUMERAL_TYPE
);
6361 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
6364 dwarf_tag_name (unsigned int tag
)
6368 case DW_TAG_padding
:
6369 return "DW_TAG_padding";
6370 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
6371 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
6372 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
6373 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
6374 case DW_TAG_entry_point
:
6375 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
6376 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
6377 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
6378 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter
:
6379 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
6380 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration
:
6381 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
6383 return "DW_TAG_label";
6384 case DW_TAG_lexical_block
:
6385 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
6387 return "DW_TAG_member";
6388 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
6389 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
6390 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
6391 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
6392 case DW_TAG_compile_unit
:
6393 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
6394 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
6395 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
6396 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
6397 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
6398 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
6399 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
6400 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
6401 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
6402 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
6403 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
6404 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
:
6405 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
6406 case DW_TAG_variant
:
6407 return "DW_TAG_variant";
6408 case DW_TAG_common_block
:
6409 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
6410 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion
:
6411 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
6412 case DW_TAG_inheritance
:
6413 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
6414 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
:
6415 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
6417 return "DW_TAG_module";
6418 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
6419 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
6420 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
6421 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
6422 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
6423 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
6424 case DW_TAG_with_stmt
:
6425 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
6426 case DW_TAG_access_declaration
:
6427 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
6428 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
6429 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
6430 case DW_TAG_catch_block
:
6431 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
6432 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
6433 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
6434 case DW_TAG_constant
:
6435 return "DW_TAG_constant";
6436 case DW_TAG_enumerator
:
6437 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
6438 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
6439 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
6441 return "DW_TAG_friend";
6442 case DW_TAG_namelist
:
6443 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
6444 case DW_TAG_namelist_item
:
6445 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
6446 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
6447 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
6448 case DW_TAG_subprogram
:
6449 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
6450 case DW_TAG_template_type_param
:
6451 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
6452 case DW_TAG_template_value_param
:
6453 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
6454 case DW_TAG_thrown_type
:
6455 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
6456 case DW_TAG_try_block
:
6457 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
6458 case DW_TAG_variant_part
:
6459 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
6460 case DW_TAG_variable
:
6461 return "DW_TAG_variable";
6462 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
6463 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
6464 case DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure
:
6465 return "DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure";
6466 case DW_TAG_restrict_type
:
6467 return "DW_TAG_restrict_type";
6468 case DW_TAG_interface_type
:
6469 return "DW_TAG_interface_type";
6470 case DW_TAG_namespace
:
6471 return "DW_TAG_namespace";
6472 case DW_TAG_imported_module
:
6473 return "DW_TAG_imported_module";
6474 case DW_TAG_unspecified_type
:
6475 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_type";
6476 case DW_TAG_partial_unit
:
6477 return "DW_TAG_partial_unit";
6478 case DW_TAG_imported_unit
:
6479 return "DW_TAG_imported_unit";
6480 case DW_TAG_condition
:
6481 return "DW_TAG_condition";
6482 case DW_TAG_shared_type
:
6483 return "DW_TAG_shared_type";
6484 case DW_TAG_type_unit
:
6485 return "DW_TAG_type_unit";
6486 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
:
6487 return "DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type";
6488 case DW_TAG_template_alias
:
6489 return "DW_TAG_template_alias";
6490 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack
:
6491 return "DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack";
6492 case DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack
:
6493 return "DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack";
6494 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop
:
6495 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
6496 case DW_TAG_format_label
:
6497 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
6498 case DW_TAG_function_template
:
6499 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
6500 case DW_TAG_class_template
:
6501 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
6502 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
:
6503 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
6504 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
:
6505 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
6506 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param
:
6507 return "DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param";
6509 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
6513 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
6516 dwarf_attr_name (unsigned int attr
)
6521 return "DW_AT_sibling";
6522 case DW_AT_location
:
6523 return "DW_AT_location";
6525 return "DW_AT_name";
6526 case DW_AT_ordering
:
6527 return "DW_AT_ordering";
6528 case DW_AT_subscr_data
:
6529 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
6530 case DW_AT_byte_size
:
6531 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
6532 case DW_AT_bit_offset
:
6533 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
6534 case DW_AT_bit_size
:
6535 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
6536 case DW_AT_element_list
:
6537 return "DW_AT_element_list";
6538 case DW_AT_stmt_list
:
6539 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
6541 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
6543 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
6544 case DW_AT_language
:
6545 return "DW_AT_language";
6547 return "DW_AT_member";
6549 return "DW_AT_discr";
6550 case DW_AT_discr_value
:
6551 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
6552 case DW_AT_visibility
:
6553 return "DW_AT_visibility";
6555 return "DW_AT_import";
6556 case DW_AT_string_length
:
6557 return "DW_AT_string_length";
6558 case DW_AT_common_reference
:
6559 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
6560 case DW_AT_comp_dir
:
6561 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
6562 case DW_AT_const_value
:
6563 return "DW_AT_const_value";
6564 case DW_AT_containing_type
:
6565 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
6566 case DW_AT_default_value
:
6567 return "DW_AT_default_value";
6569 return "DW_AT_inline";
6570 case DW_AT_is_optional
:
6571 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
6572 case DW_AT_lower_bound
:
6573 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
6574 case DW_AT_producer
:
6575 return "DW_AT_producer";
6576 case DW_AT_prototyped
:
6577 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
6578 case DW_AT_return_addr
:
6579 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
6580 case DW_AT_start_scope
:
6581 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
6582 case DW_AT_bit_stride
:
6583 return "DW_AT_bit_stride";
6584 case DW_AT_upper_bound
:
6585 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
6586 case DW_AT_abstract_origin
:
6587 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
6588 case DW_AT_accessibility
:
6589 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
6590 case DW_AT_address_class
:
6591 return "DW_AT_address_class";
6592 case DW_AT_artificial
:
6593 return "DW_AT_artificial";
6594 case DW_AT_base_types
:
6595 return "DW_AT_base_types";
6596 case DW_AT_calling_convention
:
6597 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
6599 return "DW_AT_count";
6600 case DW_AT_data_member_location
:
6601 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
6602 case DW_AT_decl_column
:
6603 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
6604 case DW_AT_decl_file
:
6605 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
6606 case DW_AT_decl_line
:
6607 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
6608 case DW_AT_declaration
:
6609 return "DW_AT_declaration";
6610 case DW_AT_discr_list
:
6611 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
6612 case DW_AT_encoding
:
6613 return "DW_AT_encoding";
6614 case DW_AT_external
:
6615 return "DW_AT_external";
6616 case DW_AT_explicit
:
6617 return "DW_AT_explicit";
6618 case DW_AT_frame_base
:
6619 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
6621 return "DW_AT_friend";
6622 case DW_AT_identifier_case
:
6623 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
6624 case DW_AT_macro_info
:
6625 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
6626 case DW_AT_namelist_items
:
6627 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
6628 case DW_AT_priority
:
6629 return "DW_AT_priority";
6631 return "DW_AT_segment";
6632 case DW_AT_specification
:
6633 return "DW_AT_specification";
6634 case DW_AT_static_link
:
6635 return "DW_AT_static_link";
6637 return "DW_AT_type";
6638 case DW_AT_use_location
:
6639 return "DW_AT_use_location";
6640 case DW_AT_variable_parameter
:
6641 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
6642 case DW_AT_virtuality
:
6643 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
6644 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
:
6645 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
6647 case DW_AT_allocated
:
6648 return "DW_AT_allocated";
6649 case DW_AT_associated
:
6650 return "DW_AT_associated";
6651 case DW_AT_data_location
:
6652 return "DW_AT_data_location";
6653 case DW_AT_byte_stride
:
6654 return "DW_AT_byte_stride";
6655 case DW_AT_entry_pc
:
6656 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
6657 case DW_AT_use_UTF8
:
6658 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
6659 case DW_AT_extension
:
6660 return "DW_AT_extension";
6662 return "DW_AT_ranges";
6663 case DW_AT_trampoline
:
6664 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
6665 case DW_AT_call_column
:
6666 return "DW_AT_call_column";
6667 case DW_AT_call_file
:
6668 return "DW_AT_call_file";
6669 case DW_AT_call_line
:
6670 return "DW_AT_call_line";
6672 case DW_AT_signature
:
6673 return "DW_AT_signature";
6674 case DW_AT_main_subprogram
:
6675 return "DW_AT_main_subprogram";
6676 case DW_AT_data_bit_offset
:
6677 return "DW_AT_data_bit_offset";
6678 case DW_AT_const_expr
:
6679 return "DW_AT_const_expr";
6680 case DW_AT_enum_class
:
6681 return "DW_AT_enum_class";
6682 case DW_AT_linkage_name
:
6683 return "DW_AT_linkage_name";
6685 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde
:
6686 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
6687 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin
:
6688 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
6689 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin
:
6690 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
6691 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin
:
6692 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
6693 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor
:
6694 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
6695 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth
:
6696 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
6697 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
:
6698 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
6699 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride
:
6700 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
6701 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name
:
6702 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
6703 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin
:
6704 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
6705 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
:
6706 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
6708 case DW_AT_sf_names
:
6709 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
6710 case DW_AT_src_info
:
6711 return "DW_AT_src_info";
6712 case DW_AT_mac_info
:
6713 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
6714 case DW_AT_src_coords
:
6715 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
6716 case DW_AT_body_begin
:
6717 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
6718 case DW_AT_body_end
:
6719 return "DW_AT_body_end";
6720 case DW_AT_GNU_vector
:
6721 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
6722 case DW_AT_GNU_guarded_by
:
6723 return "DW_AT_GNU_guarded_by";
6724 case DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded_by
:
6725 return "DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded_by";
6726 case DW_AT_GNU_guarded
:
6727 return "DW_AT_GNU_guarded";
6728 case DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded
:
6729 return "DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded";
6730 case DW_AT_GNU_locks_excluded
:
6731 return "DW_AT_GNU_locks_excluded";
6732 case DW_AT_GNU_exclusive_locks_required
:
6733 return "DW_AT_GNU_exclusive_locks_required";
6734 case DW_AT_GNU_shared_locks_required
:
6735 return "DW_AT_GNU_shared_locks_required";
6736 case DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature
:
6737 return "DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature";
6738 case DW_AT_GNU_template_name
:
6739 return "DW_AT_GNU_template_name";
6741 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
:
6742 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
6745 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
6749 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
6752 dwarf_form_name (unsigned int form
)
6757 return "DW_FORM_addr";
6758 case DW_FORM_block2
:
6759 return "DW_FORM_block2";
6760 case DW_FORM_block4
:
6761 return "DW_FORM_block4";
6763 return "DW_FORM_data2";
6765 return "DW_FORM_data4";
6767 return "DW_FORM_data8";
6768 case DW_FORM_string
:
6769 return "DW_FORM_string";
6771 return "DW_FORM_block";
6772 case DW_FORM_block1
:
6773 return "DW_FORM_block1";
6775 return "DW_FORM_data1";
6777 return "DW_FORM_flag";
6779 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
6781 return "DW_FORM_strp";
6783 return "DW_FORM_udata";
6784 case DW_FORM_ref_addr
:
6785 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
6787 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
6789 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
6791 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
6793 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
6794 case DW_FORM_ref_udata
:
6795 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
6796 case DW_FORM_indirect
:
6797 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
6798 case DW_FORM_sec_offset
:
6799 return "DW_FORM_sec_offset";
6800 case DW_FORM_exprloc
:
6801 return "DW_FORM_exprloc";
6802 case DW_FORM_flag_present
:
6803 return "DW_FORM_flag_present";
6804 case DW_FORM_ref_sig8
:
6805 return "DW_FORM_ref_sig8";
6807 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
6811 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
6812 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
6813 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
6814 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
6818 decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree decl
)
6820 if (!CODE_CONTAINS_STRUCT (TREE_CODE (decl
), TS_DECL_COMMON
))
6823 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
6824 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
6825 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
6826 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) == decl
)
6829 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
6830 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
6831 gcc_assert (!DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl
)));
6833 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
);
6836 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
6837 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
6841 decl_class_context (tree decl
)
6843 tree context
= NULL_TREE
;
6845 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| ! DECL_VINDEX (decl
))
6846 context
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
6848 context
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
6849 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))));
6851 if (context
&& !TYPE_P (context
))
6852 context
= NULL_TREE
;
6857 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. */
6860 add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref die
, dw_attr_ref attr
)
6862 /* Maybe this should be an assert? */
6866 if (die
->die_attr
== NULL
)
6867 die
->die_attr
= VEC_alloc (dw_attr_node
, gc
, 1);
6868 VEC_safe_push (dw_attr_node
, gc
, die
->die_attr
, attr
);
6871 static inline enum dw_val_class
6872 AT_class (dw_attr_ref a
)
6874 return a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
;
6877 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
6880 add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, unsigned int flag
)
6884 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
6885 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_flag
;
6886 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
= flag
;
6887 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
6890 static inline unsigned
6891 AT_flag (dw_attr_ref a
)
6893 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_flag
);
6894 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
;
6897 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
6900 add_AT_int (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, HOST_WIDE_INT int_val
)
6904 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
6905 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
6906 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
= int_val
;
6907 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
6910 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
6911 AT_int (dw_attr_ref a
)
6913 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_const
);
6914 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
;
6917 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
6920 add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
6921 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned_val
)
6925 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
6926 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
6927 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
= unsigned_val
;
6928 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
6931 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
6932 AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref a
)
6934 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const
);
6935 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
;
6938 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
6941 add_AT_double (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
6942 HOST_WIDE_INT high
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT low
)
6946 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
6947 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const_double
;
6948 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.high
= high
;
6949 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.low
= low
;
6950 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
6953 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
6956 add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
6957 unsigned int length
, unsigned int elt_size
, unsigned char *array
)
6961 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
6962 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_vec
;
6963 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
= length
;
6964 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
= elt_size
;
6965 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.array
= array
;
6966 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
6969 /* Add an 8-byte data attribute value to a DIE. */
6972 add_AT_data8 (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
6973 unsigned char data8
[8])
6977 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
6978 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_data8
;
6979 memcpy (attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_data8
, data8
, 8);
6980 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
6983 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
6986 debug_str_do_hash (const void *x
)
6988 return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node
*)x
)->str
);
6992 debug_str_eq (const void *x1
, const void *x2
)
6994 return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node
*)x1
)->str
),
6995 (const char *)x2
) == 0;
6998 /* Add STR to the indirect string hash table. */
7000 static struct indirect_string_node
*
7001 find_AT_string (const char *str
)
7003 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
7006 if (! debug_str_hash
)
7007 debug_str_hash
= htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash
,
7008 debug_str_eq
, NULL
);
7010 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash
, str
,
7011 htab_hash_string (str
), INSERT
);
7014 node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*)
7015 ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct indirect_string_node
));
7016 node
->str
= ggc_strdup (str
);
7020 node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *slot
;
7026 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
7029 add_AT_string (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, const char *str
)
7032 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
7034 node
= find_AT_string (str
);
7036 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7037 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_str
;
7038 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
= node
;
7039 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7042 /* Create a label for an indirect string node, ensuring it is going to
7043 be output, unless its reference count goes down to zero. */
7046 gen_label_for_indirect_string (struct indirect_string_node
*node
)
7053 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LASF", dw2_string_counter
);
7054 ++dw2_string_counter
;
7055 node
->label
= xstrdup (label
);
7058 /* Create a SYMBOL_REF rtx whose value is the initial address of a
7059 debug string STR. */
7062 get_debug_string_label (const char *str
)
7064 struct indirect_string_node
*node
= find_AT_string (str
);
7066 debug_str_hash_forced
= true;
7068 gen_label_for_indirect_string (node
);
7070 return gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, node
->label
);
7073 static inline const char *
7074 AT_string (dw_attr_ref a
)
7076 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
);
7077 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
;
7080 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
7081 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
7083 static enum dwarf_form
7084 AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref a
)
7086 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
7089 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
);
7091 node
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
;
7095 len
= strlen (node
->str
) + 1;
7097 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
7098 always better to put it inline. */
7099 if (len
<= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
|| node
->refcount
== 0)
7100 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
7102 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
7103 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
7105 if (DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET
7106 || ((debug_str_section
->common
.flags
& SECTION_MERGE
) == 0
7107 && (len
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
) * node
->refcount
<= len
))
7108 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
7110 gen_label_for_indirect_string (node
);
7112 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_strp
;
7115 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
7118 add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_die_ref targ_die
)
7122 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7123 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
7124 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= targ_die
;
7125 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
7126 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7129 /* Add an AT_specification attribute to a DIE, and also make the back
7130 pointer from the specification to the definition. */
7133 add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref die
, dw_die_ref targ_die
)
7135 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
, targ_die
);
7136 gcc_assert (!targ_die
->die_definition
);
7137 targ_die
->die_definition
= die
;
7140 static inline dw_die_ref
7141 AT_ref (dw_attr_ref a
)
7143 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
);
7144 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
7148 AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a
)
7150 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
7151 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
;
7157 set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a
, int i
)
7159 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
);
7160 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= i
;
7163 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
7166 add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, unsigned int targ_fde
)
7170 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7171 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_fde_ref
;
7172 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
= targ_fde
;
7173 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7176 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
7179 add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
7183 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7184 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
7185 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
= loc
;
7186 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7189 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
7190 AT_loc (dw_attr_ref a
)
7192 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc
);
7193 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
;
7197 add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_loc_list_ref loc_list
)
7201 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7202 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc_list
;
7203 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
= loc_list
;
7204 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7205 have_location_lists
= true;
7208 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
7209 AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref a
)
7211 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
);
7212 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
;
7215 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
*
7216 AT_loc_list_ptr (dw_attr_ref a
)
7218 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
);
7219 return &a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
;
7222 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
7225 add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, rtx addr
)
7229 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7230 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
7231 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
= addr
;
7232 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7235 /* Get the RTX from to an address DIE attribute. */
7238 AT_addr (dw_attr_ref a
)
7240 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_addr
);
7241 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
;
7244 /* Add a file attribute value to a DIE. */
7247 add_AT_file (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7248 struct dwarf_file_data
*fd
)
7252 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7253 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_file
;
7254 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
= fd
;
7255 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7258 /* Get the dwarf_file_data from a file DIE attribute. */
7260 static inline struct dwarf_file_data
*
7261 AT_file (dw_attr_ref a
)
7263 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_file
);
7264 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
;
7267 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
7270 add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, const char *lbl_id
)
7274 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7275 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lbl_id
;
7276 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (lbl_id
);
7277 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7280 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
7281 debug_line section. */
7284 add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7289 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7290 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lineptr
;
7291 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (label
);
7292 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7295 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
7296 debug_macinfo section. */
7299 add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7304 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7305 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_macptr
;
7306 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (label
);
7307 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7310 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
7313 add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7314 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
7318 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7319 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_offset
;
7320 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
7321 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7324 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
7327 add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7328 long unsigned int offset
)
7332 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7333 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_range_list
;
7334 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
7335 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7338 static inline const char *
7339 AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref a
)
7341 gcc_assert (a
&& (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
7342 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lineptr
7343 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_macptr
));
7344 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
;
7347 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
7350 get_AT (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7354 dw_die_ref spec
= NULL
;
7359 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
7360 if (a
->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
7362 else if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_specification
7363 || a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_abstract_origin
)
7367 return get_AT (spec
, attr_kind
);
7372 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
7373 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
7374 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
7376 static inline const char *
7377 get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref die
)
7379 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_low_pc
);
7381 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
7384 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
7385 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
7386 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
7388 static inline const char *
7389 get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref die
)
7391 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_high_pc
);
7393 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
7396 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
7397 NULL if it is not present. */
7399 static inline const char *
7400 get_AT_string (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7402 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
7404 return a
? AT_string (a
) : NULL
;
7407 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
7408 if it is not present. */
7411 get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7413 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
7415 return a
? AT_flag (a
) : 0;
7418 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
7419 if it is not present. */
7421 static inline unsigned
7422 get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7424 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
7426 return a
? AT_unsigned (a
) : 0;
7429 static inline dw_die_ref
7430 get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7432 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
7434 return a
? AT_ref (a
) : NULL
;
7437 static inline struct dwarf_file_data
*
7438 get_AT_file (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7440 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
7442 return a
? AT_file (a
) : NULL
;
7445 /* Return TRUE if the language is C or C++. */
7450 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
7452 return (lang
== DW_LANG_C
|| lang
== DW_LANG_C89
|| lang
== DW_LANG_ObjC
7453 || lang
== DW_LANG_C99
7454 || lang
== DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
|| lang
== DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus
);
7457 /* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */
7462 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
7464 return lang
== DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
|| lang
== DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus
;
7467 /* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */
7472 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
7474 return (lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran77
7475 || lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran90
7476 || lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran95
);
7479 /* Return TRUE if the language is Java. */
7484 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
7486 return lang
== DW_LANG_Java
;
7489 /* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */
7494 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
7496 return lang
== DW_LANG_Ada95
|| lang
== DW_LANG_Ada83
;
7499 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
7502 remove_AT (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7510 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
7511 if (a
->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
7513 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
7514 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
)
7515 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
--;
7517 /* VEC_ordered_remove should help reduce the number of abbrevs
7519 VEC_ordered_remove (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
);
7524 /* Remove CHILD from its parent. PREV must have the property that
7525 PREV->DIE_SIB == CHILD. Does not alter CHILD. */
7528 remove_child_with_prev (dw_die_ref child
, dw_die_ref prev
)
7530 gcc_assert (child
->die_parent
== prev
->die_parent
);
7531 gcc_assert (prev
->die_sib
== child
);
7534 gcc_assert (child
->die_parent
->die_child
== child
);
7538 prev
->die_sib
= child
->die_sib
;
7539 if (child
->die_parent
->die_child
== child
)
7540 child
->die_parent
->die_child
= prev
;
7543 /* Replace OLD_CHILD with NEW_CHILD. PREV must have the property that
7544 PREV->DIE_SIB == OLD_CHILD. Does not alter OLD_CHILD. */
7547 replace_child (dw_die_ref old_child
, dw_die_ref new_child
, dw_die_ref prev
)
7549 dw_die_ref parent
= old_child
->die_parent
;
7551 gcc_assert (parent
== prev
->die_parent
);
7552 gcc_assert (prev
->die_sib
== old_child
);
7554 new_child
->die_parent
= parent
;
7555 if (prev
== old_child
)
7557 gcc_assert (parent
->die_child
== old_child
);
7558 new_child
->die_sib
= new_child
;
7562 prev
->die_sib
= new_child
;
7563 new_child
->die_sib
= old_child
->die_sib
;
7565 if (old_child
->die_parent
->die_child
== old_child
)
7566 old_child
->die_parent
->die_child
= new_child
;
7569 /* Move all children from OLD_PARENT to NEW_PARENT. */
7572 move_all_children (dw_die_ref old_parent
, dw_die_ref new_parent
)
7575 new_parent
->die_child
= old_parent
->die_child
;
7576 old_parent
->die_child
= NULL
;
7577 FOR_EACH_CHILD (new_parent
, c
, c
->die_parent
= new_parent
);
7580 /* Remove child DIE whose die_tag is TAG. Do nothing if no child
7584 remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_tag tag
)
7590 dw_die_ref prev
= c
;
7592 while (c
->die_tag
== tag
)
7594 remove_child_with_prev (c
, prev
);
7595 /* Might have removed every child. */
7596 if (c
== c
->die_sib
)
7600 } while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
7603 /* Add a CHILD_DIE as the last child of DIE. */
7606 add_child_die (dw_die_ref die
, dw_die_ref child_die
)
7608 /* FIXME this should probably be an assert. */
7609 if (! die
|| ! child_die
)
7611 gcc_assert (die
!= child_die
);
7613 child_die
->die_parent
= die
;
7616 child_die
->die_sib
= die
->die_child
->die_sib
;
7617 die
->die_child
->die_sib
= child_die
;
7620 child_die
->die_sib
= child_die
;
7621 die
->die_child
= child_die
;
7624 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
7625 is the specification, to the end of PARENT's list of children.
7626 This is done by removing and re-adding it. */
7629 splice_child_die (dw_die_ref parent
, dw_die_ref child
)
7633 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
7634 specification DIE at toplevel. */
7635 if (child
->die_parent
!= parent
)
7637 dw_die_ref tmp
= get_AT_ref (child
, DW_AT_specification
);
7643 gcc_assert (child
->die_parent
== parent
7644 || (child
->die_parent
7645 == get_AT_ref (parent
, DW_AT_specification
)));
7647 for (p
= child
->die_parent
->die_child
; ; p
= p
->die_sib
)
7648 if (p
->die_sib
== child
)
7650 remove_child_with_prev (child
, p
);
7654 add_child_die (parent
, child
);
7657 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
7659 static inline dw_die_ref
7660 new_die (enum dwarf_tag tag_value
, dw_die_ref parent_die
, tree t
)
7662 dw_die_ref die
= GGC_CNEW (die_node
);
7664 die
->die_tag
= tag_value
;
7666 if (parent_die
!= NULL
)
7667 add_child_die (parent_die
, die
);
7670 limbo_die_node
*limbo_node
;
7672 limbo_node
= GGC_CNEW (limbo_die_node
);
7673 limbo_node
->die
= die
;
7674 limbo_node
->created_for
= t
;
7675 limbo_node
->next
= limbo_die_list
;
7676 limbo_die_list
= limbo_node
;
7682 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
7684 static inline dw_die_ref
7685 lookup_type_die (tree type
)
7687 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
);
7690 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
7693 equate_type_number_to_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref type_die
)
7695 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
) = type_die
;
7698 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
7701 decl_die_table_hash (const void *x
)
7703 return (hashval_t
) ((const_dw_die_ref
) x
)->decl_id
;
7706 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of die_struct X is the same as UID of decl *Y. */
7709 decl_die_table_eq (const void *x
, const void *y
)
7711 return (((const_dw_die_ref
) x
)->decl_id
== DECL_UID ((const_tree
) y
));
7714 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
7716 static inline dw_die_ref
7717 lookup_decl_die (tree decl
)
7719 return (dw_die_ref
) htab_find_with_hash (decl_die_table
, decl
, DECL_UID (decl
));
7722 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a var_loc_list). */
7725 decl_loc_table_hash (const void *x
)
7727 return (hashval_t
) ((const var_loc_list
*) x
)->decl_id
;
7730 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of var_loc_list X is the same as
7734 decl_loc_table_eq (const void *x
, const void *y
)
7736 return (((const var_loc_list
*) x
)->decl_id
== DECL_UID ((const_tree
) y
));
7739 /* Return the var_loc list associated with a given declaration. */
7741 static inline var_loc_list
*
7742 lookup_decl_loc (const_tree decl
)
7744 if (!decl_loc_table
)
7746 return (var_loc_list
*)
7747 htab_find_with_hash (decl_loc_table
, decl
, DECL_UID (decl
));
7750 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
7753 equate_decl_number_to_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref decl_die
)
7755 unsigned int decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
7758 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_die_table
, decl
, decl_id
, INSERT
);
7760 decl_die
->decl_id
= decl_id
;
7763 /* Add a variable location node to the linked list for DECL. */
7766 add_var_loc_to_decl (tree decl
, struct var_loc_node
*loc
)
7768 unsigned int decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
7772 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_loc_table
, decl
, decl_id
, INSERT
);
7775 temp
= GGC_CNEW (var_loc_list
);
7776 temp
->decl_id
= decl_id
;
7780 temp
= (var_loc_list
*) *slot
;
7784 /* If the current location is the same as the end of the list,
7785 and either both or neither of the locations is uninitialized,
7786 we have nothing to do. */
7787 if ((!rtx_equal_p (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (temp
->last
->var_loc_note
),
7788 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc
->var_loc_note
)))
7789 || ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (temp
->last
->var_loc_note
)
7790 != NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc
->var_loc_note
))
7791 && ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (temp
->last
->var_loc_note
)
7792 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
7793 || (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc
->var_loc_note
)
7794 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
))))
7796 /* Add LOC to the end of list and update LAST. */
7797 temp
->last
->next
= loc
;
7808 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
7809 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
7810 the DIE internal representation. */
7811 static int print_indent
;
7813 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
7816 print_spaces (FILE *outfile
)
7818 fprintf (outfile
, "%*s", print_indent
, "");
7821 /* Print a type signature in hex. */
7824 print_signature (FILE *outfile
, char *sig
)
7828 for (i
= 0; i
< DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
; i
++)
7829 fprintf (outfile
, "%02x", sig
[i
] & 0xff);
7832 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
7833 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
7836 print_die (dw_die_ref die
, FILE *outfile
)
7842 print_spaces (outfile
);
7843 fprintf (outfile
, "DIE %4ld: %s\n",
7844 die
->die_offset
, dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
7845 print_spaces (outfile
);
7846 fprintf (outfile
, " abbrev id: %lu", die
->die_abbrev
);
7847 fprintf (outfile
, " offset: %ld\n", die
->die_offset
);
7848 if (dwarf_version
>= 4 && die
->die_id
.die_type_node
)
7850 print_spaces (outfile
);
7851 fprintf (outfile
, " signature: ");
7852 print_signature (outfile
, die
->die_id
.die_type_node
->signature
);
7853 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
7856 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
7858 print_spaces (outfile
);
7859 fprintf (outfile
, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
));
7861 switch (AT_class (a
))
7863 case dw_val_class_addr
:
7864 fprintf (outfile
, "address");
7866 case dw_val_class_offset
:
7867 fprintf (outfile
, "offset");
7869 case dw_val_class_loc
:
7870 fprintf (outfile
, "location descriptor");
7872 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
7873 fprintf (outfile
, "location list -> label:%s",
7874 AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
);
7876 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
7877 fprintf (outfile
, "range list");
7879 case dw_val_class_const
:
7880 fprintf (outfile
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
, AT_int (a
));
7882 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
7883 fprintf (outfile
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED
, AT_unsigned (a
));
7885 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
7886 fprintf (outfile
, "constant ("HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
","\
7887 HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED
")",
7888 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.high
,
7889 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.low
);
7891 case dw_val_class_vec
:
7892 fprintf (outfile
, "floating-point or vector constant");
7894 case dw_val_class_flag
:
7895 fprintf (outfile
, "%u", AT_flag (a
));
7897 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
7898 if (AT_ref (a
) != NULL
)
7900 if (dwarf_version
>= 4 && AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_type_node
)
7902 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> signature: ");
7903 print_signature (outfile
,
7904 AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_type_node
->signature
);
7906 else if (dwarf_version
< 4 && AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_symbol
)
7907 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> label: %s",
7908 AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_symbol
);
7910 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> %ld", AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
);
7913 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> <null>");
7915 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
7916 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
7917 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
7918 fprintf (outfile
, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a
));
7920 case dw_val_class_str
:
7921 if (AT_string (a
) != NULL
)
7922 fprintf (outfile
, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a
));
7924 fprintf (outfile
, "<null>");
7926 case dw_val_class_file
:
7927 fprintf (outfile
, "\"%s\" (%d)", AT_file (a
)->filename
,
7928 AT_file (a
)->emitted_number
);
7930 case dw_val_class_data8
:
7934 for (i
= 0; i
< 8; i
++)
7935 fprintf (outfile
, "%02x", a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_data8
[i
]);
7942 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
7945 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
7948 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, print_die (c
, outfile
));
7951 if (print_indent
== 0)
7952 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
7955 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
7956 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
7959 print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *outfile
)
7962 dw_line_info_ref line_info
;
7964 fprintf (outfile
, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
7965 for (i
= 1; i
< line_info_table_in_use
; i
++)
7967 line_info
= &line_info_table
[i
];
7968 fprintf (outfile
, "%5d: %4ld %6ld\n", i
,
7969 line_info
->dw_file_num
,
7970 line_info
->dw_line_num
);
7973 fprintf (outfile
, "\n\n");
7976 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
7979 debug_dwarf_die (dw_die_ref die
)
7981 print_die (die
, stderr
);
7984 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
7985 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
7991 print_die (comp_unit_die
, stderr
);
7992 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
7993 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr
);
7996 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
7997 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
7998 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
8001 push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit
, dw_die_ref bincl_die
)
8003 const char *filename
= get_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
);
8004 dw_die_ref new_unit
= gen_compile_unit_die (filename
);
8006 new_unit
->die_sib
= old_unit
;
8010 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
8013 pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit
)
8015 dw_die_ref new_unit
= old_unit
->die_sib
;
8017 old_unit
->die_sib
= NULL
;
8021 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
8022 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
8024 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
8027 loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
8031 tem
= (loc
->dtprel
<< 8) | ((unsigned int) loc
->dw_loc_opc
);
8033 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
);
8034 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
);
8037 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
8040 attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref at
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
8042 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
8045 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr
);
8047 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
8048 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
8049 if (at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
8052 switch (AT_class (at
))
8054 case dw_val_class_const
:
8055 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
);
8057 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
8058 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
);
8060 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
8061 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
);
8063 case dw_val_class_vec
:
8064 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
);
8066 case dw_val_class_flag
:
8067 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
);
8069 case dw_val_class_str
:
8070 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at
));
8073 case dw_val_class_addr
:
8075 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r
) == SYMBOL_REF
);
8076 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r
, 0));
8079 case dw_val_class_offset
:
8080 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
8083 case dw_val_class_loc
:
8084 for (loc
= AT_loc (at
); loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
8085 loc_checksum (loc
, ctx
);
8088 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
8089 die_checksum (AT_ref (at
), ctx
, mark
);
8092 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
8093 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
8094 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
8095 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
8098 case dw_val_class_file
:
8099 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at
)->filename
);
8102 case dw_val_class_data8
:
8103 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_data8
);
8111 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
8114 die_checksum (dw_die_ref die
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
8120 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
8123 CHECKSUM (die
->die_mark
);
8126 die
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
8128 CHECKSUM (die
->die_tag
);
8130 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
8131 attr_checksum (a
, ctx
, mark
);
8133 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, die_checksum (c
, ctx
, mark
));
8137 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
8139 /* For DWARF-4 types, include the trailing NULL when checksumming strings. */
8140 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
8141 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO) + 1, ctx)
8142 #define CHECKSUM_SLEB128(FOO) checksum_sleb128 ((FOO), ctx)
8143 #define CHECKSUM_ULEB128(FOO) checksum_uleb128 ((FOO), ctx)
8144 #define CHECKSUM_ATTR(FOO) \
8145 if (FOO) attr_checksum_ordered (die->die_tag, (FOO), ctx, mark)
8147 /* Calculate the checksum of a number in signed LEB128 format. */
8150 checksum_sleb128 (HOST_WIDE_INT value
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
8157 byte
= (value
& 0x7f);
8159 more
= !((value
== 0 && (byte
& 0x40) == 0)
8160 || (value
== -1 && (byte
& 0x40) != 0));
8169 /* Calculate the checksum of a number in unsigned LEB128 format. */
8172 checksum_uleb128 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
8176 unsigned char byte
= (value
& 0x7f);
8179 /* More bytes to follow. */
8187 /* Checksum the context of the DIE. This adds the names of any
8188 surrounding namespaces or structures to the checksum. */
8191 checksum_die_context (dw_die_ref die
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
8195 int tag
= die
->die_tag
;
8197 if (tag
!= DW_TAG_namespace
8198 && tag
!= DW_TAG_structure_type
8199 && tag
!= DW_TAG_class_type
)
8202 name
= get_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
);
8204 spec
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
8208 if (die
->die_parent
!= NULL
)
8209 checksum_die_context (die
->die_parent
, ctx
);
8211 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('C');
8212 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (tag
);
8214 CHECKSUM_STRING (name
);
8217 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
8220 loc_checksum_ordered (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
8222 /* Special case for lone DW_OP_plus_uconst: checksum as if the location
8223 were emitted as a DW_FORM_sdata instead of a location expression. */
8224 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_plus_uconst
&& loc
->dw_loc_next
== NULL
)
8226 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata
);
8227 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 ((HOST_WIDE_INT
) loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
8231 /* Otherwise, just checksum the raw location expression. */
8234 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (loc
->dw_loc_opc
);
8235 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
);
8236 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
);
8237 loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
;
8241 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
8244 attr_checksum_ordered (enum dwarf_tag tag
, dw_attr_ref at
,
8245 struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
8247 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
8250 if (AT_class (at
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
8252 dw_die_ref target_die
= AT_ref (at
);
8254 /* For pointer and reference types, we checksum only the (qualified)
8255 name of the target type (if there is a name). For friend entries,
8256 we checksum only the (qualified) name of the target type or function.
8257 This allows the checksum to remain the same whether the target type
8258 is complete or not. */
8259 if ((at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_type
8260 && (tag
== DW_TAG_pointer_type
8261 || tag
== DW_TAG_reference_type
8262 || tag
== DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
))
8263 || (at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_friend
8264 && tag
== DW_TAG_friend
))
8266 dw_attr_ref name_attr
= get_AT (target_die
, DW_AT_name
);
8268 if (name_attr
!= NULL
)
8270 dw_die_ref decl
= get_AT_ref (target_die
, DW_AT_specification
);
8274 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('N');
8275 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr
);
8276 if (decl
->die_parent
!= NULL
)
8277 checksum_die_context (decl
->die_parent
, ctx
);
8278 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('E');
8279 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (name_attr
));
8284 /* For all other references to another DIE, we check to see if the
8285 target DIE has already been visited. If it has, we emit a
8286 backward reference; if not, we descend recursively. */
8287 if (target_die
->die_mark
> 0)
8289 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('R');
8290 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr
);
8291 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (target_die
->die_mark
);
8295 dw_die_ref decl
= get_AT_ref (target_die
, DW_AT_specification
);
8299 target_die
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
8300 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('T');
8301 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr
);
8302 if (decl
->die_parent
!= NULL
)
8303 checksum_die_context (decl
->die_parent
, ctx
);
8304 die_checksum_ordered (target_die
, ctx
, mark
);
8309 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('A');
8310 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr
);
8312 switch (AT_class (at
))
8314 case dw_val_class_const
:
8315 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata
);
8316 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
);
8319 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
8320 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata
);
8321 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 ((int) at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
);
8324 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
8325 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block
);
8326 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (sizeof (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
));
8327 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
);
8330 case dw_val_class_vec
:
8331 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block
);
8332 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (sizeof (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
));
8333 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
);
8336 case dw_val_class_flag
:
8337 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_flag
);
8338 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
? 1 : 0);
8341 case dw_val_class_str
:
8342 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string
);
8343 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at
));
8346 case dw_val_class_addr
:
8348 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r
) == SYMBOL_REF
);
8349 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string
);
8350 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r
, 0));
8353 case dw_val_class_offset
:
8354 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata
);
8355 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
8358 case dw_val_class_loc
:
8359 for (loc
= AT_loc (at
); loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
8360 loc_checksum_ordered (loc
, ctx
);
8363 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
8364 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
8365 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
8366 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
8369 case dw_val_class_file
:
8370 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string
);
8371 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at
)->filename
);
8374 case dw_val_class_data8
:
8375 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_data8
);
8383 struct checksum_attributes
8385 dw_attr_ref at_name
;
8386 dw_attr_ref at_type
;
8387 dw_attr_ref at_friend
;
8388 dw_attr_ref at_accessibility
;
8389 dw_attr_ref at_address_class
;
8390 dw_attr_ref at_allocated
;
8391 dw_attr_ref at_artificial
;
8392 dw_attr_ref at_associated
;
8393 dw_attr_ref at_binary_scale
;
8394 dw_attr_ref at_bit_offset
;
8395 dw_attr_ref at_bit_size
;
8396 dw_attr_ref at_bit_stride
;
8397 dw_attr_ref at_byte_size
;
8398 dw_attr_ref at_byte_stride
;
8399 dw_attr_ref at_const_value
;
8400 dw_attr_ref at_containing_type
;
8401 dw_attr_ref at_count
;
8402 dw_attr_ref at_data_location
;
8403 dw_attr_ref at_data_member_location
;
8404 dw_attr_ref at_decimal_scale
;
8405 dw_attr_ref at_decimal_sign
;
8406 dw_attr_ref at_default_value
;
8407 dw_attr_ref at_digit_count
;
8408 dw_attr_ref at_discr
;
8409 dw_attr_ref at_discr_list
;
8410 dw_attr_ref at_discr_value
;
8411 dw_attr_ref at_encoding
;
8412 dw_attr_ref at_endianity
;
8413 dw_attr_ref at_explicit
;
8414 dw_attr_ref at_is_optional
;
8415 dw_attr_ref at_location
;
8416 dw_attr_ref at_lower_bound
;
8417 dw_attr_ref at_mutable
;
8418 dw_attr_ref at_ordering
;
8419 dw_attr_ref at_picture_string
;
8420 dw_attr_ref at_prototyped
;
8421 dw_attr_ref at_small
;
8422 dw_attr_ref at_segment
;
8423 dw_attr_ref at_string_length
;
8424 dw_attr_ref at_threads_scaled
;
8425 dw_attr_ref at_upper_bound
;
8426 dw_attr_ref at_use_location
;
8427 dw_attr_ref at_use_UTF8
;
8428 dw_attr_ref at_variable_parameter
;
8429 dw_attr_ref at_virtuality
;
8430 dw_attr_ref at_visibility
;
8431 dw_attr_ref at_vtable_elem_location
;
8434 /* Collect the attributes that we will want to use for the checksum. */
8437 collect_checksum_attributes (struct checksum_attributes
*attrs
, dw_die_ref die
)
8442 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
8453 attrs
->at_friend
= a
;
8455 case DW_AT_accessibility
:
8456 attrs
->at_accessibility
= a
;
8458 case DW_AT_address_class
:
8459 attrs
->at_address_class
= a
;
8461 case DW_AT_allocated
:
8462 attrs
->at_allocated
= a
;
8464 case DW_AT_artificial
:
8465 attrs
->at_artificial
= a
;
8467 case DW_AT_associated
:
8468 attrs
->at_associated
= a
;
8470 case DW_AT_binary_scale
:
8471 attrs
->at_binary_scale
= a
;
8473 case DW_AT_bit_offset
:
8474 attrs
->at_bit_offset
= a
;
8476 case DW_AT_bit_size
:
8477 attrs
->at_bit_size
= a
;
8479 case DW_AT_bit_stride
:
8480 attrs
->at_bit_stride
= a
;
8482 case DW_AT_byte_size
:
8483 attrs
->at_byte_size
= a
;
8485 case DW_AT_byte_stride
:
8486 attrs
->at_byte_stride
= a
;
8488 case DW_AT_const_value
:
8489 attrs
->at_const_value
= a
;
8491 case DW_AT_containing_type
:
8492 attrs
->at_containing_type
= a
;
8495 attrs
->at_count
= a
;
8497 case DW_AT_data_location
:
8498 attrs
->at_data_location
= a
;
8500 case DW_AT_data_member_location
:
8501 attrs
->at_data_member_location
= a
;
8503 case DW_AT_decimal_scale
:
8504 attrs
->at_decimal_scale
= a
;
8506 case DW_AT_decimal_sign
:
8507 attrs
->at_decimal_sign
= a
;
8509 case DW_AT_default_value
:
8510 attrs
->at_default_value
= a
;
8512 case DW_AT_digit_count
:
8513 attrs
->at_digit_count
= a
;
8516 attrs
->at_discr
= a
;
8518 case DW_AT_discr_list
:
8519 attrs
->at_discr_list
= a
;
8521 case DW_AT_discr_value
:
8522 attrs
->at_discr_value
= a
;
8524 case DW_AT_encoding
:
8525 attrs
->at_encoding
= a
;
8527 case DW_AT_endianity
:
8528 attrs
->at_endianity
= a
;
8530 case DW_AT_explicit
:
8531 attrs
->at_explicit
= a
;
8533 case DW_AT_is_optional
:
8534 attrs
->at_is_optional
= a
;
8536 case DW_AT_location
:
8537 attrs
->at_location
= a
;
8539 case DW_AT_lower_bound
:
8540 attrs
->at_lower_bound
= a
;
8543 attrs
->at_mutable
= a
;
8545 case DW_AT_ordering
:
8546 attrs
->at_ordering
= a
;
8548 case DW_AT_picture_string
:
8549 attrs
->at_picture_string
= a
;
8551 case DW_AT_prototyped
:
8552 attrs
->at_prototyped
= a
;
8555 attrs
->at_small
= a
;
8558 attrs
->at_segment
= a
;
8560 case DW_AT_string_length
:
8561 attrs
->at_string_length
= a
;
8563 case DW_AT_threads_scaled
:
8564 attrs
->at_threads_scaled
= a
;
8566 case DW_AT_upper_bound
:
8567 attrs
->at_upper_bound
= a
;
8569 case DW_AT_use_location
:
8570 attrs
->at_use_location
= a
;
8572 case DW_AT_use_UTF8
:
8573 attrs
->at_use_UTF8
= a
;
8575 case DW_AT_variable_parameter
:
8576 attrs
->at_variable_parameter
= a
;
8578 case DW_AT_virtuality
:
8579 attrs
->at_virtuality
= a
;
8581 case DW_AT_visibility
:
8582 attrs
->at_visibility
= a
;
8584 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
:
8585 attrs
->at_vtable_elem_location
= a
;
8593 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE, using an ordered subset of attributes. */
8596 die_checksum_ordered (dw_die_ref die
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
8600 struct checksum_attributes attrs
;
8602 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('D');
8603 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (die
->die_tag
);
8605 memset (&attrs
, 0, sizeof (attrs
));
8607 decl
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
8609 collect_checksum_attributes (&attrs
, decl
);
8610 collect_checksum_attributes (&attrs
, die
);
8612 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_name
);
8613 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_accessibility
);
8614 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_address_class
);
8615 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_allocated
);
8616 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_artificial
);
8617 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_associated
);
8618 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_binary_scale
);
8619 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_bit_offset
);
8620 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_bit_size
);
8621 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_bit_stride
);
8622 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_byte_size
);
8623 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_byte_stride
);
8624 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_const_value
);
8625 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_containing_type
);
8626 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_count
);
8627 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_data_location
);
8628 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_data_member_location
);
8629 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_decimal_scale
);
8630 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_decimal_sign
);
8631 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_default_value
);
8632 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_digit_count
);
8633 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_discr
);
8634 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_discr_list
);
8635 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_discr_value
);
8636 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_encoding
);
8637 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_endianity
);
8638 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_explicit
);
8639 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_is_optional
);
8640 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_location
);
8641 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_lower_bound
);
8642 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_mutable
);
8643 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_ordering
);
8644 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_picture_string
);
8645 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_prototyped
);
8646 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_small
);
8647 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_segment
);
8648 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_string_length
);
8649 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_threads_scaled
);
8650 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_upper_bound
);
8651 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_use_location
);
8652 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_use_UTF8
);
8653 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_variable_parameter
);
8654 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_virtuality
);
8655 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_visibility
);
8656 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_vtable_elem_location
);
8657 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_type
);
8658 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_friend
);
8660 /* Checksum the child DIEs, except for nested types and member functions. */
8663 dw_attr_ref name_attr
;
8666 name_attr
= get_AT (c
, DW_AT_name
);
8667 if ((is_type_die (c
) || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
8668 && name_attr
!= NULL
)
8670 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('S');
8671 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (c
->die_tag
);
8672 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (name_attr
));
8676 /* Mark this DIE so it gets processed when unmarking. */
8677 if (c
->die_mark
== 0)
8679 die_checksum_ordered (c
, ctx
, mark
);
8681 } while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
8683 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (0);
8687 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
8688 #undef CHECKSUM_ATTR
8689 #undef CHECKSUM_LEB128
8690 #undef CHECKSUM_ULEB128
8692 /* Generate the type signature for DIE. This is computed by generating an
8693 MD5 checksum over the DIE's tag, its relevant attributes, and its
8694 children. Attributes that are references to other DIEs are processed
8695 by recursion, using the MARK field to prevent infinite recursion.
8696 If the DIE is nested inside a namespace or another type, we also
8697 need to include that context in the signature. The lower 64 bits
8698 of the resulting MD5 checksum comprise the signature. */
8701 generate_type_signature (dw_die_ref die
, comdat_type_node
*type_node
)
8705 unsigned char checksum
[16];
8709 name
= get_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
);
8710 decl
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
8712 /* First, compute a signature for just the type name (and its surrounding
8713 context, if any. This is stored in the type unit DIE for link-time
8714 ODR (one-definition rule) checking. */
8716 if (is_cxx() && name
!= NULL
)
8718 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
8720 /* Checksum the names of surrounding namespaces and structures. */
8721 if (decl
!= NULL
&& decl
->die_parent
!= NULL
)
8722 checksum_die_context (decl
->die_parent
, &ctx
);
8724 md5_process_bytes (&die
->die_tag
, sizeof (die
->die_tag
), &ctx
);
8725 md5_process_bytes (name
, strlen (name
) + 1, &ctx
);
8726 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
8728 add_AT_data8 (type_node
->root_die
, DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature
, &checksum
[8]);
8731 /* Next, compute the complete type signature. */
8733 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
8735 die
->die_mark
= mark
;
8737 /* Checksum the names of surrounding namespaces and structures. */
8738 if (decl
!= NULL
&& decl
->die_parent
!= NULL
)
8739 checksum_die_context (decl
->die_parent
, &ctx
);
8741 /* Checksum the DIE and its children. */
8742 die_checksum_ordered (die
, &ctx
, &mark
);
8743 unmark_all_dies (die
);
8744 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
8746 /* Store the signature in the type node and link the type DIE and the
8747 type node together. */
8748 memcpy (type_node
->signature
, &checksum
[16 - DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
],
8749 DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
);
8750 die
->die_id
.die_type_node
= type_node
;
8751 type_node
->type_die
= die
;
8753 /* If the DIE is a specification, link its declaration to the type node
8756 decl
->die_id
.die_type_node
= type_node
;
8759 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
8761 same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
, dw_loc_descr_ref loc2
, int *mark
)
8763 return loc1
->dw_loc_opc
== loc2
->dw_loc_opc
8764 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, mark
)
8765 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, mark
);
8768 /* Do the values look the same? */
8770 same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node
*v1
, const dw_val_node
*v2
, int *mark
)
8772 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
, loc2
;
8775 if (v1
->val_class
!= v2
->val_class
)
8778 switch (v1
->val_class
)
8780 case dw_val_class_const
:
8781 return v1
->v
.val_int
== v2
->v
.val_int
;
8782 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
8783 return v1
->v
.val_unsigned
== v2
->v
.val_unsigned
;
8784 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
8785 return v1
->v
.val_double
.high
== v2
->v
.val_double
.high
8786 && v1
->v
.val_double
.low
== v2
->v
.val_double
.low
;
8787 case dw_val_class_vec
:
8788 if (v1
->v
.val_vec
.length
!= v2
->v
.val_vec
.length
8789 || v1
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
!= v2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
)
8791 if (memcmp (v1
->v
.val_vec
.array
, v2
->v
.val_vec
.array
,
8792 v1
->v
.val_vec
.length
* v1
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
))
8795 case dw_val_class_flag
:
8796 return v1
->v
.val_flag
== v2
->v
.val_flag
;
8797 case dw_val_class_str
:
8798 return !strcmp(v1
->v
.val_str
->str
, v2
->v
.val_str
->str
);
8800 case dw_val_class_addr
:
8801 r1
= v1
->v
.val_addr
;
8802 r2
= v2
->v
.val_addr
;
8803 if (GET_CODE (r1
) != GET_CODE (r2
))
8805 return !rtx_equal_p (r1
, r2
);
8807 case dw_val_class_offset
:
8808 return v1
->v
.val_offset
== v2
->v
.val_offset
;
8810 case dw_val_class_loc
:
8811 for (loc1
= v1
->v
.val_loc
, loc2
= v2
->v
.val_loc
;
8813 loc1
= loc1
->dw_loc_next
, loc2
= loc2
->dw_loc_next
)
8814 if (!same_loc_p (loc1
, loc2
, mark
))
8816 return !loc1
&& !loc2
;
8818 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
8819 return same_die_p (v1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, v2
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, mark
);
8821 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
8822 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
8823 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
8824 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
8827 case dw_val_class_file
:
8828 return v1
->v
.val_file
== v2
->v
.val_file
;
8830 case dw_val_class_data8
:
8831 return !memcmp (v1
->v
.val_data8
, v2
->v
.val_data8
, 8);
8838 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
8841 same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref at1
, dw_attr_ref at2
, int *mark
)
8843 if (at1
->dw_attr
!= at2
->dw_attr
)
8846 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
8847 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
8848 if (at1
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
8851 return same_dw_val_p (&at1
->dw_attr_val
, &at2
->dw_attr_val
, mark
);
8854 /* Do the dies look the same? */
8857 same_die_p (dw_die_ref die1
, dw_die_ref die2
, int *mark
)
8863 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
8865 return die1
->die_mark
== die2
->die_mark
;
8866 die1
->die_mark
= die2
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
8868 if (die1
->die_tag
!= die2
->die_tag
)
8871 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die1
->die_attr
)
8872 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die2
->die_attr
))
8875 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die1
->die_attr
, ix
, a1
); ix
++)
8876 if (!same_attr_p (a1
, VEC_index (dw_attr_node
, die2
->die_attr
, ix
), mark
))
8879 c1
= die1
->die_child
;
8880 c2
= die2
->die_child
;
8889 if (!same_die_p (c1
, c2
, mark
))
8893 if (c1
== die1
->die_child
)
8895 if (c2
== die2
->die_child
)
8905 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
8908 same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref die1
, dw_die_ref die2
)
8911 int ret
= same_die_p (die1
, die2
, &mark
);
8913 unmark_all_dies (die1
);
8914 unmark_all_dies (die2
);
8919 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
8921 static char *comdat_symbol_id
;
8923 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
8924 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number
;
8926 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
8927 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
8930 compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref unit_die
)
8932 const char *die_name
= get_AT_string (unit_die
, DW_AT_name
);
8933 const char *base
= die_name
? lbasename (die_name
) : "anonymous";
8934 char *name
= XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (base
) + 64);
8937 unsigned char checksum
[16];
8940 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
8941 the name filename of the unit. */
8943 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
8945 die_checksum (unit_die
, &ctx
, &mark
);
8946 unmark_all_dies (unit_die
);
8947 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
8949 sprintf (name
, "%s.", base
);
8950 clean_symbol_name (name
);
8952 p
= name
+ strlen (name
);
8953 for (i
= 0; i
< 4; i
++)
8955 sprintf (p
, "%.2x", checksum
[i
]);
8959 comdat_symbol_id
= unit_die
->die_id
.die_symbol
= xstrdup (name
);
8960 comdat_symbol_number
= 0;
8963 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
8966 is_type_die (dw_die_ref die
)
8968 switch (die
->die_tag
)
8970 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
8971 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
8972 case DW_TAG_interface_type
:
8973 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
8974 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
8975 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
8976 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
8977 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
8978 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
8979 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
8980 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
8981 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
8982 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
8983 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
8984 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
8985 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
8986 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
8987 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
8988 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
8995 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
8996 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
8997 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
8998 compilations (functions). */
9001 is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref c
)
9003 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
9004 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
9005 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
9006 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
9008 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_base_type
)
9011 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_pointer_type
9012 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_reference_type
9013 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_const_type
9014 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_volatile_type
)
9016 dw_die_ref t
= get_AT_ref (c
, DW_AT_type
);
9018 return t
? is_comdat_die (t
) : 0;
9021 return is_type_die (c
);
9024 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
9025 compilation unit. */
9028 is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref c
)
9030 return (is_type_die (c
)
9031 || is_declaration_die (c
)
9032 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
9033 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_module
);
9037 gen_internal_sym (const char *prefix
)
9041 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf
, prefix
, label_num
++);
9042 return xstrdup (buf
);
9045 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
9048 assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref die
)
9052 if (is_symbol_die (die
))
9054 if (comdat_symbol_id
)
9056 char *p
= XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (comdat_symbol_id
) + 64);
9058 sprintf (p
, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
,
9059 comdat_symbol_id
, comdat_symbol_number
++);
9060 die
->die_id
.die_symbol
= xstrdup (p
);
9063 die
->die_id
.die_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
9066 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, assign_symbol_names (c
));
9069 struct cu_hash_table_entry
9072 unsigned min_comdat_num
, max_comdat_num
;
9073 struct cu_hash_table_entry
*next
;
9076 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
9078 htab_cu_hash (const void *of
)
9080 const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*const entry
=
9081 (const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*) of
;
9083 return htab_hash_string (entry
->cu
->die_id
.die_symbol
);
9087 htab_cu_eq (const void *of1
, const void *of2
)
9089 const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*const entry1
=
9090 (const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*) of1
;
9091 const struct die_struct
*const entry2
= (const struct die_struct
*) of2
;
9093 return !strcmp (entry1
->cu
->die_id
.die_symbol
, entry2
->die_id
.die_symbol
);
9097 htab_cu_del (void *what
)
9099 struct cu_hash_table_entry
*next
,
9100 *entry
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
*) what
;
9110 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
9113 check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref cu
, htab_t htable
, unsigned int *sym_num
)
9115 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy
;
9116 struct cu_hash_table_entry
**slot
, *entry
, *last
= &dummy
;
9118 dummy
.max_comdat_num
= 0;
9120 slot
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
**)
9121 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable
, cu
, htab_hash_string (cu
->die_id
.die_symbol
),
9125 for (; entry
; last
= entry
, entry
= entry
->next
)
9127 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu
, entry
->cu
))
9133 *sym_num
= entry
->min_comdat_num
;
9137 entry
= XCNEW (struct cu_hash_table_entry
);
9139 entry
->min_comdat_num
= *sym_num
= last
->max_comdat_num
;
9140 entry
->next
= *slot
;
9146 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
9148 record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref cu
, htab_t htable
, unsigned int sym_num
)
9150 struct cu_hash_table_entry
**slot
, *entry
;
9152 slot
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
**)
9153 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable
, cu
, htab_hash_string (cu
->die_id
.die_symbol
),
9157 entry
->max_comdat_num
= sym_num
;
9160 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
9161 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
9162 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
9165 break_out_includes (dw_die_ref die
)
9168 dw_die_ref unit
= NULL
;
9169 limbo_die_node
*node
, **pnode
;
9170 htab_t cu_hash_table
;
9174 dw_die_ref prev
= c
;
9176 while (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
|| c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
9177 || (unit
&& is_comdat_die (c
)))
9179 dw_die_ref next
= c
->die_sib
;
9181 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
9182 remove_child_with_prev (c
, prev
);
9184 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
)
9185 unit
= push_new_compile_unit (unit
, c
);
9186 else if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
)
9187 unit
= pop_compile_unit (unit
);
9189 add_child_die (unit
, c
);
9191 if (c
== die
->die_child
)
9194 } while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
9197 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
9198 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
9202 assign_symbol_names (die
);
9203 cu_hash_table
= htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash
, htab_cu_eq
, htab_cu_del
);
9204 for (node
= limbo_die_list
, pnode
= &limbo_die_list
;
9210 compute_section_prefix (node
->die
);
9211 is_dupl
= check_duplicate_cu (node
->die
, cu_hash_table
,
9212 &comdat_symbol_number
);
9213 assign_symbol_names (node
->die
);
9215 *pnode
= node
->next
;
9218 pnode
= &node
->next
;
9219 record_comdat_symbol_number (node
->die
, cu_hash_table
,
9220 comdat_symbol_number
);
9223 htab_delete (cu_hash_table
);
9226 /* Return non-zero if this DIE is a declaration. */
9229 is_declaration_die (dw_die_ref die
)
9234 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
9235 if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_declaration
)
9241 /* Return non-zero if this is a type DIE that should be moved to a
9242 COMDAT .debug_types section. */
9245 should_move_die_to_comdat (dw_die_ref die
)
9247 switch (die
->die_tag
)
9249 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
9250 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
9251 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
9252 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
9253 /* Don't move declarations or inlined instances. */
9254 if (is_declaration_die (die
) || get_AT (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
))
9257 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
9258 case DW_TAG_interface_type
:
9259 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
9260 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
9261 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
9262 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
9263 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
9264 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
9265 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
9266 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
9267 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
9268 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
9269 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
9270 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
9271 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
9277 /* Make a clone of DIE. */
9280 clone_die (dw_die_ref die
)
9286 clone
= GGC_CNEW (die_node
);
9287 clone
->die_tag
= die
->die_tag
;
9289 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
9290 add_dwarf_attr (clone
, a
);
9295 /* Make a clone of the tree rooted at DIE. */
9298 clone_tree (dw_die_ref die
)
9301 dw_die_ref clone
= clone_die (die
);
9303 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, add_child_die (clone
, clone_tree(c
)));
9308 /* Make a clone of DIE as a declaration. */
9311 clone_as_declaration (dw_die_ref die
)
9318 /* If the DIE is already a declaration, just clone it. */
9319 if (is_declaration_die (die
))
9320 return clone_die (die
);
9322 /* If the DIE is a specification, just clone its declaration DIE. */
9323 decl
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
9325 return clone_die (decl
);
9327 clone
= GGC_CNEW (die_node
);
9328 clone
->die_tag
= die
->die_tag
;
9330 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
9332 /* We don't want to copy over all attributes.
9333 For example we don't want DW_AT_byte_size because otherwise we will no
9334 longer have a declaration and GDB will treat it as a definition. */
9338 case DW_AT_artificial
:
9339 case DW_AT_containing_type
:
9340 case DW_AT_external
:
9343 case DW_AT_virtuality
:
9344 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
:
9345 add_dwarf_attr (clone
, a
);
9347 case DW_AT_byte_size
:
9353 if (die
->die_id
.die_type_node
)
9354 add_AT_die_ref (clone
, DW_AT_signature
, die
);
9356 add_AT_flag (clone
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
9360 /* Copy the declaration context to the new compile unit DIE. This includes
9361 any surrounding namespace or type declarations. If the DIE has an
9362 AT_specification attribute, it also includes attributes and children
9363 attached to the specification. */
9366 copy_declaration_context (dw_die_ref unit
, dw_die_ref die
)
9369 dw_die_ref new_decl
;
9371 decl
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
9380 /* Copy the type node pointer from the new DIE to the original
9381 declaration DIE so we can forward references later. */
9382 decl
->die_id
.die_type_node
= die
->die_id
.die_type_node
;
9384 remove_AT (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
9386 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, decl
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
9388 if (a
->dw_attr
!= DW_AT_name
9389 && a
->dw_attr
!= DW_AT_declaration
9390 && a
->dw_attr
!= DW_AT_external
)
9391 add_dwarf_attr (die
, a
);
9394 FOR_EACH_CHILD (decl
, c
, add_child_die (die
, clone_tree(c
)));
9397 if (decl
->die_parent
!= NULL
9398 && decl
->die_parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_compile_unit
9399 && decl
->die_parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_type_unit
)
9401 new_decl
= copy_ancestor_tree (unit
, decl
, NULL
);
9402 if (new_decl
!= NULL
)
9404 remove_AT (new_decl
, DW_AT_signature
);
9405 add_AT_specification (die
, new_decl
);
9410 /* Generate the skeleton ancestor tree for the given NODE, then clone
9411 the DIE and add the clone into the tree. */
9414 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (skeleton_chain_node
*node
)
9416 if (node
->new_die
!= NULL
)
9419 node
->new_die
= clone_as_declaration (node
->old_die
);
9421 if (node
->parent
!= NULL
)
9423 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (node
->parent
);
9424 add_child_die (node
->parent
->new_die
, node
->new_die
);
9428 /* Generate a skeleton tree of DIEs containing any declarations that are
9429 found in the original tree. We traverse the tree looking for declaration
9430 DIEs, and construct the skeleton from the bottom up whenever we find one. */
9433 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (skeleton_chain_node
*parent
)
9435 skeleton_chain_node node
;
9438 dw_die_ref prev
= NULL
;
9439 dw_die_ref next
= NULL
;
9441 node
.parent
= parent
;
9443 first
= c
= parent
->old_die
->die_child
;
9447 if (prev
== NULL
|| prev
->die_sib
== c
)
9450 next
= (c
== first
? NULL
: c
->die_sib
);
9452 node
.new_die
= NULL
;
9453 if (is_declaration_die (c
))
9455 /* Clone the existing DIE, move the original to the skeleton
9456 tree (which is in the main CU), and put the clone, with
9457 all the original's children, where the original came from. */
9458 dw_die_ref clone
= clone_die (c
);
9459 move_all_children (c
, clone
);
9461 replace_child (c
, clone
, prev
);
9462 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (parent
);
9463 add_child_die (parent
->new_die
, c
);
9467 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (&node
);
9468 } while (next
!= NULL
);
9471 /* Wrapper function for generate_skeleton_bottom_up. */
9474 generate_skeleton (dw_die_ref die
)
9476 skeleton_chain_node node
;
9479 node
.new_die
= NULL
;
9482 /* If this type definition is nested inside another type,
9483 always leave at least a declaration in its place. */
9484 if (die
->die_parent
!= NULL
&& is_type_die (die
->die_parent
))
9485 node
.new_die
= clone_as_declaration (die
);
9487 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (&node
);
9488 return node
.new_die
;
9491 /* Remove the DIE from its parent, possibly replacing it with a cloned
9492 declaration. The original DIE will be moved to a new compile unit
9493 so that existing references to it follow it to the new location. If
9494 any of the original DIE's descendants is a declaration, we need to
9495 replace the original DIE with a skeleton tree and move the
9496 declarations back into the skeleton tree. */
9499 remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (dw_die_ref child
, dw_die_ref prev
)
9501 dw_die_ref skeleton
;
9503 skeleton
= generate_skeleton (child
);
9504 if (skeleton
== NULL
)
9505 remove_child_with_prev (child
, prev
);
9508 skeleton
->die_id
.die_type_node
= child
->die_id
.die_type_node
;
9509 replace_child (child
, skeleton
, prev
);
9515 /* Traverse the DIE and set up additional .debug_types sections for each
9516 type worthy of being placed in a COMDAT section. */
9519 break_out_comdat_types (dw_die_ref die
)
9523 dw_die_ref prev
= NULL
;
9524 dw_die_ref next
= NULL
;
9525 dw_die_ref unit
= NULL
;
9527 first
= c
= die
->die_child
;
9531 if (prev
== NULL
|| prev
->die_sib
== c
)
9534 next
= (c
== first
? NULL
: c
->die_sib
);
9535 if (should_move_die_to_comdat (c
))
9537 dw_die_ref replacement
;
9538 comdat_type_node_ref type_node
;
9540 /* Create a new type unit DIE as the root for the new tree, and
9541 add it to the list of comdat types. */
9542 unit
= new_die (DW_TAG_type_unit
, NULL
, NULL
);
9543 add_AT_unsigned (unit
, DW_AT_language
,
9544 get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
));
9545 type_node
= GGC_CNEW (comdat_type_node
);
9546 type_node
->root_die
= unit
;
9547 type_node
->next
= comdat_type_list
;
9548 comdat_type_list
= type_node
;
9550 /* Generate the type signature. */
9551 generate_type_signature (c
, type_node
);
9553 /* Copy the declaration context, attributes, and children of the
9554 declaration into the new compile unit DIE. */
9555 copy_declaration_context (unit
, c
);
9557 /* Remove this DIE from the main CU. */
9558 replacement
= remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (c
, prev
);
9560 /* Break out nested types into their own type units. */
9561 break_out_comdat_types (c
);
9563 /* Add the DIE to the new compunit. */
9564 add_child_die (unit
, c
);
9566 if (replacement
!= NULL
)
9569 else if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
9570 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_class_type
9571 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_structure_type
9572 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_union_type
)
9574 /* Look for nested types that can be broken out. */
9575 break_out_comdat_types (c
);
9577 } while (next
!= NULL
);
9580 /* Structure to map a DIE in one CU to its copy in a comdat type unit. */
9582 struct decl_table_entry
9588 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of copied declarations. */
9591 htab_decl_hash (const void *of
)
9593 const struct decl_table_entry
*const entry
=
9594 (const struct decl_table_entry
*) of
;
9596 return htab_hash_pointer (entry
->orig
);
9600 htab_decl_eq (const void *of1
, const void *of2
)
9602 const struct decl_table_entry
*const entry1
=
9603 (const struct decl_table_entry
*) of1
;
9604 const struct die_struct
*const entry2
= (const struct die_struct
*) of2
;
9606 return entry1
->orig
== entry2
;
9610 htab_decl_del (void *what
)
9612 struct decl_table_entry
*entry
= (struct decl_table_entry
*) what
;
9617 /* Copy DIE and its ancestors, up to, but not including, the compile unit
9618 or type unit entry, to a new tree. Adds the new tree to UNIT and returns
9619 a pointer to the copy of DIE. If DECL_TABLE is provided, it is used
9620 to check if the ancestor has already been copied into UNIT. */
9623 copy_ancestor_tree (dw_die_ref unit
, dw_die_ref die
, htab_t decl_table
)
9625 dw_die_ref parent
= die
->die_parent
;
9626 dw_die_ref new_parent
= unit
;
9629 struct decl_table_entry
*entry
= NULL
;
9633 /* Check if the entry has already been copied to UNIT. */
9634 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_table
, die
,
9635 htab_hash_pointer (die
), INSERT
);
9636 if (*slot
!= HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY
)
9638 entry
= (struct decl_table_entry
*) *slot
;
9642 /* Record in DECL_TABLE that DIE has been copied to UNIT. */
9643 entry
= XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry
);
9651 dw_die_ref spec
= get_AT_ref (parent
, DW_AT_specification
);
9654 if (parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_compile_unit
9655 && parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_type_unit
)
9656 new_parent
= copy_ancestor_tree (unit
, parent
, decl_table
);
9659 copy
= clone_as_declaration (die
);
9660 add_child_die (new_parent
, copy
);
9662 if (decl_table
!= NULL
)
9664 /* Make sure the copy is marked as part of the type unit. */
9666 /* Record the pointer to the copy. */
9673 /* Walk the DIE and its children, looking for references to incomplete
9674 or trivial types that are unmarked (i.e., that are not in the current
9678 copy_decls_walk (dw_die_ref unit
, dw_die_ref die
, htab_t decl_table
)
9684 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
9686 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
9688 dw_die_ref targ
= AT_ref (a
);
9689 comdat_type_node_ref type_node
= targ
->die_id
.die_type_node
;
9691 struct decl_table_entry
*entry
;
9693 if (targ
->die_mark
!= 0 || type_node
!= NULL
)
9696 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_table
, targ
,
9697 htab_hash_pointer (targ
), INSERT
);
9699 if (*slot
!= HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY
)
9701 /* TARG has already been copied, so we just need to
9702 modify the reference to point to the copy. */
9703 entry
= (struct decl_table_entry
*) *slot
;
9704 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= entry
->copy
;
9708 dw_die_ref parent
= unit
;
9709 dw_die_ref copy
= clone_tree (targ
);
9711 /* Make sure the cloned tree is marked as part of the
9715 /* Record in DECL_TABLE that TARG has been copied.
9716 Need to do this now, before the recursive call,
9717 because DECL_TABLE may be expanded and SLOT
9718 would no longer be a valid pointer. */
9719 entry
= XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry
);
9724 /* If TARG has surrounding context, copy its ancestor tree
9725 into the new type unit. */
9726 if (targ
->die_parent
!= NULL
9727 && targ
->die_parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_compile_unit
9728 && targ
->die_parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_type_unit
)
9729 parent
= copy_ancestor_tree (unit
, targ
->die_parent
,
9732 add_child_die (parent
, copy
);
9733 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= copy
;
9735 /* Make sure the newly-copied DIE is walked. If it was
9736 installed in a previously-added context, it won't
9737 get visited otherwise. */
9739 copy_decls_walk (unit
, parent
, decl_table
);
9744 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, copy_decls_walk (unit
, c
, decl_table
));
9747 /* Copy declarations for "unworthy" types into the new comdat section.
9748 Incomplete types, modified types, and certain other types aren't broken
9749 out into comdat sections of their own, so they don't have a signature,
9750 and we need to copy the declaration into the same section so that we
9751 don't have an external reference. */
9754 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (dw_die_ref unit
)
9759 decl_table
= htab_create (10, htab_decl_hash
, htab_decl_eq
, htab_decl_del
);
9760 copy_decls_walk (unit
, unit
, decl_table
);
9761 htab_delete (decl_table
);
9765 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
9766 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
9767 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
9770 add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref die
)
9774 if (! die
->die_child
)
9777 if (die
->die_parent
&& die
!= die
->die_parent
->die_child
)
9778 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_sibling
, die
->die_sib
);
9780 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, add_sibling_attributes (c
));
9783 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
9786 output_location_lists (dw_die_ref die
)
9792 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
9793 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
9794 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (a
));
9796 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, output_location_lists (c
));
9799 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
9800 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
9801 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
9802 die are visited recursively. */
9805 build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref die
)
9807 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
9808 unsigned int n_alloc
;
9813 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
9814 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
9815 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
9816 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
9817 && AT_ref (a
)->die_mark
== 0)
9819 gcc_assert (dwarf_version
>= 4 || AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_symbol
);
9820 set_AT_ref_external (a
, 1);
9823 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
9825 dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
9826 dw_attr_ref die_a
, abbrev_a
;
9830 if (abbrev
->die_tag
!= die
->die_tag
)
9832 if ((abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
) != (die
->die_child
!= NULL
))
9835 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, abbrev
->die_attr
)
9836 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
))
9839 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, die_a
); ix
++)
9841 abbrev_a
= VEC_index (dw_attr_node
, abbrev
->die_attr
, ix
);
9842 if ((abbrev_a
->dw_attr
!= die_a
->dw_attr
)
9843 || (value_format (abbrev_a
) != value_format (die_a
)))
9853 if (abbrev_id
>= abbrev_die_table_in_use
)
9855 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use
>= abbrev_die_table_allocated
)
9857 n_alloc
= abbrev_die_table_allocated
+ ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
9858 abbrev_die_table
= GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_die_ref
, abbrev_die_table
,
9861 memset (&abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_die_table_allocated
], 0,
9862 (n_alloc
- abbrev_die_table_allocated
) * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
9863 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= n_alloc
;
9866 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
9867 abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
] = die
;
9870 die
->die_abbrev
= abbrev_id
;
9871 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, build_abbrev_table (c
));
9874 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
9877 constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value
)
9884 log
= floor_log2 (value
);
9887 log
= 1 << (floor_log2 (log
) + 1);
9892 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
9893 .debug_info section. */
9895 static unsigned long
9896 size_of_die (dw_die_ref die
)
9898 unsigned long size
= 0;
9902 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
);
9903 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
9905 switch (AT_class (a
))
9907 case dw_val_class_addr
:
9908 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
9910 case dw_val_class_offset
:
9911 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
9913 case dw_val_class_loc
:
9915 unsigned long lsize
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
9918 size
+= constant_size (lsize
);
9922 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
9923 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
9925 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
9926 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
9928 case dw_val_class_const
:
9929 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a
));
9931 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
9932 size
+= constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
));
9934 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
9935 size
+= 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
;
9936 if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
>= 64)
9939 case dw_val_class_vec
:
9940 size
+= constant_size (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
9941 * a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
)
9942 + a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
9943 * a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
; /* block */
9945 case dw_val_class_flag
:
9948 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
9949 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
9951 /* In DWARF4, we use DW_FORM_sig8; for earlier versions
9952 we use DW_FORM_ref_addr. In DWARF2, DW_FORM_ref_addr
9953 is sized by target address length, whereas in DWARF3
9954 it's always sized as an offset. */
9955 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
9956 size
+= DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
;
9957 else if (dwarf_version
== 2)
9958 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
9960 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
9963 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
9965 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
9966 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
9968 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
9969 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
9971 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
9972 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
9973 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
9975 case dw_val_class_str
:
9976 if (AT_string_form (a
) == DW_FORM_strp
)
9977 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
9979 size
+= strlen (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
) + 1;
9981 case dw_val_class_file
:
9982 size
+= constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
));
9984 case dw_val_class_data8
:
9995 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
9996 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
9997 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
9998 die_offset field in each DIE. */
10001 calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref die
)
10005 die
->die_offset
= next_die_offset
;
10006 next_die_offset
+= size_of_die (die
);
10008 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, calc_die_sizes (c
));
10010 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
10011 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
10012 next_die_offset
+= 1;
10015 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
10016 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
10017 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
10018 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
10021 mark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
10025 gcc_assert (!die
->die_mark
);
10028 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, mark_dies (c
));
10031 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
10034 unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
10038 if (dwarf_version
< 4)
10039 gcc_assert (die
->die_mark
);
10042 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, unmark_dies (c
));
10045 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
10048 unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
10054 if (!die
->die_mark
)
10058 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, unmark_all_dies (c
));
10060 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
10061 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
10062 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a
));
10065 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames or .debug_pubtypes table
10066 generated for the compilation unit. */
10068 static unsigned long
10069 size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry
, gc
) * names
)
10071 unsigned long size
;
10075 size
= DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE
;
10076 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry
, names
, i
, p
); i
++)
10077 if (names
!= pubtype_table
10078 || p
->die
->die_offset
!= 0
10079 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
10080 size
+= strlen (p
->name
) + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
+ 1;
10082 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10086 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
10088 static unsigned long
10089 size_of_aranges (void)
10091 unsigned long size
;
10093 size
= DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE
;
10095 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
10096 if (text_section_used
)
10097 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
10098 if (cold_text_section_used
)
10099 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
10100 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* arange_table_in_use
;
10102 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
10103 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
10107 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
10109 static enum dwarf_form
10110 value_format (dw_attr_ref a
)
10112 switch (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
)
10114 case dw_val_class_addr
:
10115 /* Only very few attributes allow DW_FORM_addr. */
10116 switch (a
->dw_attr
)
10119 case DW_AT_high_pc
:
10120 case DW_AT_entry_pc
:
10121 case DW_AT_trampoline
:
10122 return DW_FORM_addr
;
10126 switch (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
10129 return DW_FORM_data1
;
10131 return DW_FORM_data2
;
10133 return DW_FORM_data4
;
10135 return DW_FORM_data8
;
10137 gcc_unreachable ();
10139 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
10140 case dw_val_class_offset
:
10141 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
10142 switch (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
)
10145 return DW_FORM_data4
;
10147 return DW_FORM_data8
;
10149 gcc_unreachable ();
10151 case dw_val_class_loc
:
10152 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
))))
10155 return DW_FORM_block1
;
10157 return DW_FORM_block2
;
10159 gcc_unreachable ();
10161 case dw_val_class_const
:
10162 return DW_FORM_sdata
;
10163 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
10164 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)))
10167 return DW_FORM_data1
;
10169 return DW_FORM_data2
;
10171 return DW_FORM_data4
;
10173 return DW_FORM_data8
;
10175 gcc_unreachable ();
10177 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
10178 switch (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
10181 return DW_FORM_data2
;
10183 return DW_FORM_data4
;
10185 return DW_FORM_data8
;
10188 return DW_FORM_block1
;
10190 case dw_val_class_vec
:
10191 switch (constant_size (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
10192 * a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
))
10195 return DW_FORM_block1
;
10197 return DW_FORM_block2
;
10199 return DW_FORM_block4
;
10201 gcc_unreachable ();
10203 case dw_val_class_flag
:
10204 return DW_FORM_flag
;
10205 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
10206 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
10207 return dwarf_version
>= 4 ? DW_FORM_sig8
: DW_FORM_ref_addr
;
10209 return DW_FORM_ref
;
10210 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
10211 return DW_FORM_data
;
10212 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
10213 return DW_FORM_addr
;
10214 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
10215 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
10216 return DW_FORM_data
;
10217 case dw_val_class_str
:
10218 return AT_string_form (a
);
10219 case dw_val_class_file
:
10220 switch (constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
)))
10223 return DW_FORM_data1
;
10225 return DW_FORM_data2
;
10227 return DW_FORM_data4
;
10229 gcc_unreachable ();
10232 case dw_val_class_data8
:
10233 return DW_FORM_data8
;
10236 gcc_unreachable ();
10240 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
10243 output_value_format (dw_attr_ref a
)
10245 enum dwarf_form form
= value_format (a
);
10247 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form
, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form
));
10250 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
10254 output_abbrev_section (void)
10256 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
10258 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
10260 dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
10262 dw_attr_ref a_attr
;
10264 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id
, "(abbrev code)");
10265 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev
->die_tag
, "(TAG: %s)",
10266 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev
->die_tag
));
10268 if (abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
)
10269 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes
, "DW_children_yes");
10271 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no
, "DW_children_no");
10273 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, abbrev
->die_attr
, ix
, a_attr
);
10276 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr
->dw_attr
, "(%s)",
10277 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr
->dw_attr
));
10278 output_value_format (a_attr
);
10281 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
10282 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
10285 /* Terminate the table. */
10286 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
10289 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
10292 output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref die
)
10294 char *sym
= die
->die_id
.die_symbol
;
10299 if (strncmp (sym
, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
) - 1) == 0)
10300 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
10301 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
10303 targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label (asm_out_file
, sym
);
10305 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, sym
);
10308 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
10311 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
10312 new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref expr
, const char *begin
, const char *end
,
10313 const char *section
)
10315 dw_loc_list_ref retlist
= GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_list_node
);
10317 retlist
->begin
= begin
;
10318 retlist
->end
= end
;
10319 retlist
->expr
= expr
;
10320 retlist
->section
= section
;
10325 /* Generate a new internal symbol for this location list node, if it
10326 hasn't got one yet. */
10329 gen_llsym (dw_loc_list_ref list
)
10331 gcc_assert (!list
->ll_symbol
);
10332 list
->ll_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
10335 /* Output the location list given to us. */
10338 output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head
)
10340 dw_loc_list_ref curr
= list_head
;
10342 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10344 /* Walk the location list, and output each range + expression. */
10345 for (curr
= list_head
; curr
!= NULL
; curr
= curr
->dw_loc_next
)
10347 unsigned long size
;
10348 /* Don't output an entry that starts and ends at the same address. */
10349 if (strcmp (curr
->begin
, curr
->end
) == 0)
10351 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
)
10353 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->begin
, curr
->section
,
10354 "Location list begin address (%s)",
10355 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10356 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->end
, curr
->section
,
10357 "Location list end address (%s)",
10358 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10362 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->begin
,
10363 "Location list begin address (%s)",
10364 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10365 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->end
,
10366 "Location list end address (%s)",
10367 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10369 size
= size_of_locs (curr
->expr
);
10371 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
10372 gcc_assert (size
<= 0xffff);
10373 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size
, "%s", "Location expression size");
10375 output_loc_sequence (curr
->expr
);
10378 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0,
10379 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
10380 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10381 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0,
10382 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
10383 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10386 /* Output a type signature. */
10389 output_signature (const char *sig
, const char *name
)
10393 for (i
= 0; i
< DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
; i
++)
10394 dw2_asm_output_data (1, sig
[i
], i
== 0 ? "%s" : NULL
, name
);
10397 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
10398 the definitions of each child DIE. */
10401 output_die (dw_die_ref die
)
10405 unsigned long size
;
10408 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
10409 them to point to. */
10410 if (dwarf_version
< 4 && die
->die_id
.die_symbol
)
10411 output_die_symbol (die
);
10413 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
, "(DIE (0x%lx) %s)",
10414 (unsigned long)die
->die_offset
,
10415 dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
10417 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
10419 const char *name
= dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
);
10421 switch (AT_class (a
))
10423 case dw_val_class_addr
:
10424 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_addr (a
), "%s", name
);
10427 case dw_val_class_offset
:
10428 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
,
10432 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
10434 char *p
= strchr (ranges_section_label
, '\0');
10436 sprintf (p
, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX
,
10437 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
10438 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, ranges_section_label
,
10439 debug_ranges_section
, "%s", name
);
10444 case dw_val_class_loc
:
10445 size
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
10447 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
10448 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size
), size
, "%s", name
);
10450 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a
));
10453 case dw_val_class_const
:
10454 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
10455 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
10456 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
10457 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a
), "%s", name
);
10460 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
10461 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)),
10462 AT_unsigned (a
), "%s", name
);
10465 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
10467 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first
, second
;
10469 if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
>= 64)
10470 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
10471 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
10472 / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
10475 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
10477 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.high
;
10478 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.low
;
10482 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.low
;
10483 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.high
;
10486 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
10488 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
10493 case dw_val_class_vec
:
10495 unsigned int elt_size
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
;
10496 unsigned int len
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
;
10500 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (len
* elt_size
),
10501 len
* elt_size
, "%s", name
);
10502 if (elt_size
> sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
10507 for (i
= 0, p
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.array
;
10509 i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
10510 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size
, extract_int (p
, elt_size
),
10511 "fp or vector constant word %u", i
);
10515 case dw_val_class_flag
:
10516 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a
), "%s", name
);
10519 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
10521 char *sym
= AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
;
10524 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, sym
, debug_loc_section
,
10529 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
10530 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
10532 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
10534 comdat_type_node_ref type_node
=
10535 AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_type_node
;
10537 gcc_assert (type_node
);
10538 output_signature (type_node
->signature
, name
);
10542 char *sym
= AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_symbol
;
10546 /* In DWARF2, DW_FORM_ref_addr is sized by target address
10547 length, whereas in DWARF3 it's always sized as an
10549 if (dwarf_version
== 2)
10550 size
= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
10552 size
= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10553 dw2_asm_output_offset (size
, sym
, debug_info_section
, "%s",
10559 gcc_assert (AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
);
10560 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
,
10565 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
10569 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_LABEL
,
10570 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
* 2);
10571 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l1
, debug_frame_section
,
10576 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
10577 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
), "%s", name
);
10580 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
10581 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
),
10582 debug_line_section
, "%s", name
);
10585 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
10586 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
),
10587 debug_macinfo_section
, "%s", name
);
10590 case dw_val_class_str
:
10591 if (AT_string_form (a
) == DW_FORM_strp
)
10592 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
10593 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->label
,
10595 "%s: \"%s\"", name
, AT_string (a
));
10597 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a
), -1, "%s", name
);
10600 case dw_val_class_file
:
10602 int f
= maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
);
10604 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (f
), f
, "%s (%s)", name
,
10605 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
->filename
);
10609 case dw_val_class_data8
:
10613 for (i
= 0; i
< 8; i
++)
10614 dw2_asm_output_data (1, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_data8
[i
],
10615 i
== 0 ? "%s" : NULL
, name
);
10620 gcc_unreachable ();
10624 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, output_die (c
));
10626 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
10627 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
10628 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE 0x%lx",
10629 (unsigned long) die
->die_offset
);
10632 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
10633 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
10636 output_compilation_unit_header (void)
10638 int ver
= dwarf_version
;
10640 /* Don't mark the output as DWARF-4 until we make full use of the
10641 version 4 extensions, and gdb supports them. For now, -gdwarf-4
10642 selects only a few extensions from the DWARF-4 spec. */
10645 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
10646 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
10647 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
10648 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
10649 next_die_offset
- DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
,
10650 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
10651 dw2_asm_output_data (2, ver
, "DWARF version number");
10652 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, abbrev_section_label
,
10653 debug_abbrev_section
,
10654 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
10655 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
10658 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
10661 output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref die
, int output_if_empty
)
10663 const char *secname
;
10664 char *oldsym
, *tmp
;
10666 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
10667 if (!output_if_empty
&& die
->die_child
== NULL
)
10670 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
10671 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
10672 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
10673 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
10674 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
10677 build_abbrev_table (die
);
10679 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
10680 next_die_offset
= DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE
;
10681 calc_die_sizes (die
);
10683 oldsym
= die
->die_id
.die_symbol
;
10686 tmp
= XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (oldsym
) + 24);
10688 sprintf (tmp
, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym
);
10690 die
->die_id
.die_symbol
= NULL
;
10691 switch_to_section (get_section (secname
, SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
));
10694 switch_to_section (debug_info_section
);
10696 /* Output debugging information. */
10697 output_compilation_unit_header ();
10700 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
10701 output_pubnames. */
10705 die
->die_id
.die_symbol
= oldsym
;
10709 /* Output a comdat type unit DIE and its children. */
10712 output_comdat_type_unit (comdat_type_node
*node
)
10714 const char *secname
;
10717 #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
10721 /* First mark all the DIEs in this CU so we know which get local refs. */
10722 mark_dies (node
->root_die
);
10724 build_abbrev_table (node
->root_die
);
10726 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
10727 next_die_offset
= DWARF_COMDAT_TYPE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE
;
10728 calc_die_sizes (node
->root_die
);
10730 #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
10731 secname
= ".debug_types";
10732 tmp
= XALLOCAVEC (char, 4 + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
* 2);
10733 sprintf (tmp
, "wt.");
10734 for (i
= 0; i
< DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
; i
++)
10735 sprintf (tmp
+ 3 + i
* 2, "%02x", node
->signature
[i
] & 0xff);
10736 comdat_key
= get_identifier (tmp
);
10737 targetm
.asm_out
.named_section (secname
,
10738 SECTION_DEBUG
| SECTION_LINKONCE
,
10741 tmp
= XALLOCAVEC (char, 18 + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
* 2);
10742 sprintf (tmp
, ".gnu.linkonce.wt.");
10743 for (i
= 0; i
< DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
; i
++)
10744 sprintf (tmp
+ 17 + i
* 2, "%02x", node
->signature
[i
] & 0xff);
10746 switch_to_section (get_section (secname
, SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
));
10749 /* Output debugging information. */
10750 output_compilation_unit_header ();
10751 output_signature (node
->signature
, "Type Signature");
10752 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, node
->type_die
->die_offset
,
10753 "Offset to Type DIE");
10754 output_die (node
->root_die
);
10756 unmark_dies (node
->root_die
);
10759 /* Return the DWARF2/3 pubname associated with a decl. */
10761 static const char *
10762 dwarf2_name (tree decl
, int scope
)
10764 return lang_hooks
.dwarf_name (decl
, scope
? 1 : 0);
10767 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
10770 add_pubname_string (const char *str
, dw_die_ref die
)
10775 e
.name
= xstrdup (str
);
10776 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry
, gc
, pubname_table
, &e
);
10780 add_pubname (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
10782 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
10784 const char *name
= dwarf2_name (decl
, 1);
10786 add_pubname_string (name
, die
);
10790 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubtypes if appropriate. */
10793 add_pubtype (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
10798 if ((TREE_PUBLIC (decl
)
10799 || die
->die_parent
== comp_unit_die
)
10800 && (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_typedef
|| COMPLETE_TYPE_P (decl
)))
10805 if (TYPE_NAME (decl
))
10807 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl
)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE
)
10808 e
.name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TYPE_NAME (decl
));
10809 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl
)) == TYPE_DECL
10810 && DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl
)))
10811 e
.name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl
)));
10813 e
.name
= xstrdup ((const char *) get_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
));
10818 e
.name
= dwarf2_name (decl
, 1);
10820 e
.name
= xstrdup (e
.name
);
10823 /* If we don't have a name for the type, there's no point in adding
10824 it to the table. */
10825 if (e
.name
&& e
.name
[0] != '\0')
10826 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry
, gc
, pubtype_table
, &e
);
10830 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
10831 visible names; or the public types table used to find type definitions. */
10834 output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry
, gc
) * names
)
10837 unsigned long pubnames_length
= size_of_pubnames (names
);
10840 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
10841 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
10842 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
10843 if (names
== pubname_table
)
10844 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pubnames_length
,
10845 "Length of Public Names Info");
10847 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pubnames_length
,
10848 "Length of Public Type Names Info");
10849 /* Version number for pubnames/pubtypes is still 2, even in DWARF3. */
10850 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 2, "DWARF Version");
10851 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
10852 debug_info_section
,
10853 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
10854 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, next_die_offset
,
10855 "Compilation Unit Length");
10857 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry
, names
, i
, pub
); i
++)
10859 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
10860 if (names
== pubname_table
)
10861 gcc_assert (pub
->die
->die_mark
);
10863 if (names
!= pubtype_table
10864 || pub
->die
->die_offset
!= 0
10865 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
10867 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pub
->die
->die_offset
,
10870 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub
->name
, -1, "external name");
10874 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
10877 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
10880 add_arange (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
10882 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
))
10885 if (arange_table_in_use
== arange_table_allocated
)
10887 arange_table_allocated
+= ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
10888 arange_table
= GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_die_ref
, arange_table
,
10889 arange_table_allocated
);
10890 memset (arange_table
+ arange_table_in_use
, 0,
10891 ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
10894 arange_table
[arange_table_in_use
++] = die
;
10897 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
10898 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
10899 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
10902 output_aranges (void)
10905 unsigned long aranges_length
= size_of_aranges ();
10907 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
10908 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
10909 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
10910 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, aranges_length
,
10911 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
10912 /* Version number for aranges is still 2, even in DWARF3. */
10913 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 2, "DWARF Version");
10914 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
10915 debug_info_section
,
10916 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
10917 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Size of Address");
10918 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
10920 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
10921 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
)
10923 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
10925 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
10926 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
10927 for (i
= 2; i
< (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
; i
+= 2)
10928 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL
);
10931 /* It is necessary not to output these entries if the sections were
10932 not used; if the sections were not used, the length will be 0 and
10933 the address may end up as 0 if the section is discarded by ld
10934 --gc-sections, leaving an invalid (0, 0) entry that can be
10935 confused with the terminator. */
10936 if (text_section_used
)
10938 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_section_label
, "Address");
10939 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
,
10940 text_section_label
, "Length");
10942 if (cold_text_section_used
)
10944 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, cold_text_section_label
,
10946 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, cold_end_label
,
10947 cold_text_section_label
, "Length");
10950 for (i
= 0; i
< arange_table_in_use
; i
++)
10952 dw_die_ref die
= arange_table
[i
];
10954 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
10955 gcc_assert (die
->die_mark
);
10957 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
10959 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, get_AT_low_pc (die
),
10961 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, get_AT_hi_pc (die
),
10962 get_AT_low_pc (die
), "Length");
10966 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
10967 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
10968 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
10969 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_location
);
10970 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
10972 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc
);
10975 gcc_assert (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_addr
);
10977 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
10978 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
, "Address");
10979 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
10980 get_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
),
10985 /* Output the terminator words. */
10986 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
10987 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
10990 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
10993 static unsigned int
10994 add_ranges_num (int num
)
10996 unsigned int in_use
= ranges_table_in_use
;
10998 if (in_use
== ranges_table_allocated
)
11000 ranges_table_allocated
+= RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
11001 ranges_table
= GGC_RESIZEVEC (struct dw_ranges_struct
, ranges_table
,
11002 ranges_table_allocated
);
11003 memset (ranges_table
+ ranges_table_in_use
, 0,
11004 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct
));
11007 ranges_table
[in_use
].num
= num
;
11008 ranges_table_in_use
= in_use
+ 1;
11010 return in_use
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
11013 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a block, or a
11014 range terminator if BLOCK is NULL. */
11016 static unsigned int
11017 add_ranges (const_tree block
)
11019 return add_ranges_num (block
? BLOCK_NUMBER (block
) : 0);
11022 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a pair of
11026 add_ranges_by_labels (dw_die_ref die
, const char *begin
, const char *end
,
11029 unsigned int in_use
= ranges_by_label_in_use
;
11030 unsigned int offset
;
11032 if (in_use
== ranges_by_label_allocated
)
11034 ranges_by_label_allocated
+= RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
11035 ranges_by_label
= GGC_RESIZEVEC (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct
,
11037 ranges_by_label_allocated
);
11038 memset (ranges_by_label
+ ranges_by_label_in_use
, 0,
11039 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
11040 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct
));
11043 ranges_by_label
[in_use
].begin
= begin
;
11044 ranges_by_label
[in_use
].end
= end
;
11045 ranges_by_label_in_use
= in_use
+ 1;
11047 offset
= add_ranges_num (-(int)in_use
- 1);
11050 add_AT_range_list (die
, DW_AT_ranges
, offset
);
11056 output_ranges (void)
11059 static const char *const start_fmt
= "Offset 0x%x";
11060 const char *fmt
= start_fmt
;
11062 for (i
= 0; i
< ranges_table_in_use
; i
++)
11064 int block_num
= ranges_table
[i
].num
;
11068 char blabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11069 char elabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11071 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, block_num
);
11072 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, block_num
);
11074 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
11075 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
11076 base of the text section. */
11077 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
)
11079 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
11080 text_section_label
,
11081 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
11082 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
,
11083 text_section_label
, NULL
);
11086 /* Otherwise, the compilation unit base address is zero,
11087 which allows us to use absolute addresses, and not worry
11088 about whether the target supports cross-section
11092 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
11093 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
11094 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
, NULL
);
11100 /* Negative block_num stands for an index into ranges_by_label. */
11101 else if (block_num
< 0)
11103 int lab_idx
= - block_num
- 1;
11105 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
)
11107 gcc_unreachable ();
11109 /* If we ever use add_ranges_by_labels () for a single
11110 function section, all we have to do is to take out
11111 the #if 0 above. */
11112 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
11113 ranges_by_label
[lab_idx
].begin
,
11114 text_section_label
,
11115 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
11116 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
11117 ranges_by_label
[lab_idx
].end
,
11118 text_section_label
, NULL
);
11123 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
11124 ranges_by_label
[lab_idx
].begin
,
11125 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
11126 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
11127 ranges_by_label
[lab_idx
].end
,
11133 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
11134 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
11140 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
11143 const char *path
; /* Complete file name. */
11144 const char *fname
; /* File name part. */
11145 int length
; /* Length of entire string. */
11146 struct dwarf_file_data
* file_idx
; /* Index in input file table. */
11147 int dir_idx
; /* Index in directory table. */
11150 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
11154 const char *path
; /* Path including directory name. */
11155 int length
; /* Path length. */
11156 int prefix
; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
11157 int count
; /* Number of files in this directory. */
11158 int dir_idx
; /* Index of directory used as base. */
11161 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
11162 the directories in the path. */
11165 file_info_cmp (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
11167 const struct file_info
*const s1
= (const struct file_info
*) p1
;
11168 const struct file_info
*const s2
= (const struct file_info
*) p2
;
11169 const unsigned char *cp1
;
11170 const unsigned char *cp2
;
11172 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
11173 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
11174 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
11175 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
11176 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
11177 if ((s1
->path
== s1
->fname
|| s2
->path
== s2
->fname
))
11178 return (s2
->path
== s2
->fname
) - (s1
->path
== s1
->fname
);
11180 cp1
= (const unsigned char *) s1
->path
;
11181 cp2
= (const unsigned char *) s2
->path
;
11187 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
11188 if ((cp1
== (const unsigned char *) s1
->fname
)
11189 || (cp2
== (const unsigned char *) s2
->fname
))
11190 return ((cp2
== (const unsigned char *) s2
->fname
)
11191 - (cp1
== (const unsigned char *) s1
->fname
));
11193 /* Character of current path component the same? */
11194 else if (*cp1
!= *cp2
)
11195 return *cp1
- *cp2
;
11199 struct file_name_acquire_data
11201 struct file_info
*files
;
11206 /* Traversal function for the hash table. */
11209 file_name_acquire (void ** slot
, void *data
)
11211 struct file_name_acquire_data
*fnad
= (struct file_name_acquire_data
*) data
;
11212 struct dwarf_file_data
*d
= (struct dwarf_file_data
*) *slot
;
11213 struct file_info
*fi
;
11216 gcc_assert (fnad
->max_files
>= d
->emitted_number
);
11218 if (! d
->emitted_number
)
11221 gcc_assert (fnad
->max_files
!= fnad
->used_files
);
11223 fi
= fnad
->files
+ fnad
->used_files
++;
11225 /* Skip all leading "./". */
11227 while (f
[0] == '.' && IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (f
[1]))
11230 /* Create a new array entry. */
11232 fi
->length
= strlen (f
);
11235 /* Search for the file name part. */
11236 f
= strrchr (f
, DIR_SEPARATOR
);
11237 #if defined (DIR_SEPARATOR_2)
11239 char *g
= strrchr (fi
->path
, DIR_SEPARATOR_2
);
11243 if (f
== NULL
|| f
< g
)
11249 fi
->fname
= f
== NULL
? fi
->path
: f
+ 1;
11253 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
11254 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
11255 slowdowns with many input files. */
11258 output_file_names (void)
11260 struct file_name_acquire_data fnad
;
11262 struct file_info
*files
;
11263 struct dir_info
*dirs
;
11271 if (!last_emitted_file
)
11273 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
11274 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
11278 numfiles
= last_emitted_file
->emitted_number
;
11280 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
11281 files
= XALLOCAVEC (struct file_info
, numfiles
);
11282 dirs
= XALLOCAVEC (struct dir_info
, numfiles
);
11284 fnad
.files
= files
;
11285 fnad
.used_files
= 0;
11286 fnad
.max_files
= numfiles
;
11287 htab_traverse (file_table
, file_name_acquire
, &fnad
);
11288 gcc_assert (fnad
.used_files
== fnad
.max_files
);
11290 qsort (files
, numfiles
, sizeof (files
[0]), file_info_cmp
);
11292 /* Find all the different directories used. */
11293 dirs
[0].path
= files
[0].path
;
11294 dirs
[0].length
= files
[0].fname
- files
[0].path
;
11295 dirs
[0].prefix
= -1;
11297 dirs
[0].dir_idx
= 0;
11298 files
[0].dir_idx
= 0;
11301 for (i
= 1; i
< numfiles
; i
++)
11302 if (files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
== dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
11303 && memcmp (dirs
[ndirs
- 1].path
, files
[i
].path
,
11304 dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
) == 0)
11306 /* Same directory as last entry. */
11307 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
- 1;
11308 ++dirs
[ndirs
- 1].count
;
11314 /* This is a new directory. */
11315 dirs
[ndirs
].path
= files
[i
].path
;
11316 dirs
[ndirs
].length
= files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
;
11317 dirs
[ndirs
].count
= 1;
11318 dirs
[ndirs
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
11319 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
11321 /* Search for a prefix. */
11322 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= -1;
11323 for (j
= 0; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
11324 if (dirs
[j
].length
< dirs
[ndirs
].length
11325 && dirs
[j
].length
> 1
11326 && (dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
== -1
11327 || dirs
[j
].length
> dirs
[dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
].length
)
11328 && memcmp (dirs
[j
].path
, dirs
[ndirs
].path
, dirs
[j
].length
) == 0)
11329 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= j
;
11334 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
11335 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
11336 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
11337 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
11338 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
11339 results in most cases and never is much off. */
11340 saved
= XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs
);
11341 savehere
= XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs
);
11343 memset (saved
, '\0', ndirs
* sizeof (saved
[0]));
11344 for (i
= 0; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
11349 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
11350 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
11351 savehere
[i
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
11352 total
= (savehere
[i
] - saved
[i
]) * dirs
[i
].count
;
11354 for (j
= i
+ 1; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
11357 if (saved
[j
] < dirs
[i
].length
)
11359 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
11363 k
= dirs
[j
].prefix
;
11364 while (k
!= -1 && k
!= (int) i
)
11365 k
= dirs
[k
].prefix
;
11369 /* Yes it is. We can possibly save some memory by
11370 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
11372 savehere
[j
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
11373 total
+= (savehere
[j
] - saved
[j
]) * dirs
[j
].count
;
11378 /* Check whether we can save enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
11380 if (total
> dirs
[i
].length
+ 1)
11382 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
11383 for (j
= i
; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
11384 if (savehere
[j
] > 0)
11386 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
11387 saved
[j
] = savehere
[j
];
11389 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
11390 dirs
[j
].dir_idx
= i
;
11395 /* Emit the directory name table. */
11396 idx_offset
= dirs
[0].length
> 0 ? 1 : 0;
11397 for (i
= 1 - idx_offset
; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
11398 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs
[i
].path
,
11400 - !DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR
,
11401 "Directory Entry: 0x%x", i
+ idx_offset
);
11403 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
11405 /* We have to emit them in the order of emitted_number since that's
11406 used in the debug info generation. To do this efficiently we
11407 generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
11408 backmap
= XALLOCAVEC (int, numfiles
);
11409 for (i
= 0; i
< numfiles
; i
++)
11410 backmap
[files
[i
].file_idx
->emitted_number
- 1] = i
;
11412 /* Now write all the file names. */
11413 for (i
= 0; i
< numfiles
; i
++)
11415 int file_idx
= backmap
[i
];
11416 int dir_idx
= dirs
[files
[file_idx
].dir_idx
].dir_idx
;
11418 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11419 #define MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN 6 /* ";32768" */
11421 /* Setting these fields can lead to debugger miscomparisons,
11422 but VMS Debug requires them to be set correctly. */
11427 int maxfilelen
= strlen (files
[file_idx
].path
)
11428 + dirs
[dir_idx
].length
11429 + MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN
+ 1;
11430 char *filebuf
= XALLOCAVEC (char, maxfilelen
);
11432 vms_file_stats_name (files
[file_idx
].path
, 0, 0, 0, &ver
);
11433 snprintf (filebuf
, maxfilelen
, "%s;%d",
11434 files
[file_idx
].path
+ dirs
[dir_idx
].length
, ver
);
11436 dw2_asm_output_nstring
11437 (filebuf
, -1, "File Entry: 0x%x", (unsigned) i
+ 1);
11439 /* Include directory index. */
11440 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx
+ idx_offset
, NULL
);
11442 /* Modification time. */
11443 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128
11444 ((vms_file_stats_name (files
[file_idx
].path
, &cdt
, 0, 0, 0) == 0)
11448 /* File length in bytes. */
11449 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128
11450 ((vms_file_stats_name (files
[file_idx
].path
, 0, &siz
, 0, 0) == 0)
11454 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files
[file_idx
].path
+ dirs
[dir_idx
].length
, -1,
11455 "File Entry: 0x%x", (unsigned) i
+ 1);
11457 /* Include directory index. */
11458 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx
+ idx_offset
, NULL
);
11460 /* Modification time. */
11461 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
11463 /* File length in bytes. */
11464 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
11468 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
11472 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
11473 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
11476 output_line_info (void)
11478 char l1
[20], l2
[20], p1
[20], p2
[20];
11479 char line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11480 char prev_line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11482 unsigned n_op_args
;
11483 unsigned long lt_index
;
11484 unsigned long current_line
;
11487 unsigned long current_file
;
11488 unsigned long function
;
11489 int ver
= dwarf_version
;
11491 /* Don't mark the output as DWARF-4 until we make full use of the
11492 version 4 extensions, and gdb supports them. For now, -gdwarf-4
11493 selects only a few extensions from the DWARF-4 spec. */
11497 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL
, 0);
11498 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL
, 0);
11499 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1
, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL
, 0);
11500 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2
, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL
, 0);
11502 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
11503 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11504 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11505 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
11506 "Length of Source Line Info");
11507 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
11509 dw2_asm_output_data (2, ver
, "DWARF Version");
11510 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, p2
, p1
, "Prolog Length");
11511 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p1
);
11513 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in
11514 bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for
11515 information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language,
11516 we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are
11517 generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the
11518 DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information
11519 commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct
11520 enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */
11521 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1,
11522 "Minimum Instruction Length");
11524 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START
,
11525 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
11526 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE
,
11527 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
11528 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE
,
11529 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
11530 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
,
11531 "Special Opcode Base");
11533 for (opc
= 1; opc
< DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
; opc
++)
11537 case DW_LNS_advance_pc
:
11538 case DW_LNS_advance_line
:
11539 case DW_LNS_set_file
:
11540 case DW_LNS_set_column
:
11541 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
:
11549 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args
, "opcode: 0x%x has %d args",
11553 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
11554 output_file_names ();
11555 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p2
);
11557 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
11558 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
11559 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
11561 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
11562 a series of state machine operations. */
11566 if (cfun
&& in_cold_section_p
)
11567 strcpy (prev_line_label
, crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_label
);
11569 strcpy (prev_line_label
, text_section_label
);
11570 for (lt_index
= 1; lt_index
< line_info_table_in_use
; ++lt_index
)
11572 dw_line_info_ref line_info
= &line_info_table
[lt_index
];
11575 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
11576 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
11579 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
11580 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
11581 that anything after the last address is this line. */
11582 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
== current_line
11583 && line_info
->dw_file_num
== current_file
)
11587 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
11589 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
11590 use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
11591 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
11592 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
11593 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
11594 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
11596 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
, lt_index
);
11599 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
11600 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
11601 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
11602 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
11606 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
11607 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
11608 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11609 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
11610 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
11611 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
11614 strcpy (prev_line_label
, line_label
);
11616 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
11617 different from the previous line. */
11618 if (line_info
->dw_file_num
!= current_file
)
11620 current_file
= line_info
->dw_file_num
;
11621 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "DW_LNS_set_file");
11622 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file
, "%lu", current_file
);
11625 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
11626 that uses the least amount of space. */
11627 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
!= current_line
)
11629 line_offset
= line_info
->dw_line_num
- current_line
;
11630 line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
11631 current_line
= line_info
->dw_line_num
;
11632 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
11633 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
11634 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
11636 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
11637 "line %lu", current_line
);
11640 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
11641 depending on the value being encoded. */
11642 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
11643 "advance to line %lu", current_line
);
11644 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
11645 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
11649 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
11650 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
11653 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
11656 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
11657 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
11658 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
11662 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11663 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
11664 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
11665 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
, NULL
);
11668 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
11669 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
11670 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
11675 for (lt_index
= 0; lt_index
< separate_line_info_table_in_use
;)
11677 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
11678 = &separate_line_info_table
[lt_index
];
11681 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
11682 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
== current_line
11683 && line_info
->dw_file_num
== current_file
11684 && line_info
->function
== function
)
11688 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
11689 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
11690 to handle it differently. */
11691 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
11693 if (function
!= line_info
->function
)
11695 function
= line_info
->function
;
11697 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function. */
11698 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11699 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
11700 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
11701 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
11705 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
11708 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
11709 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
11710 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
11714 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11715 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
11716 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
11717 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
11721 strcpy (prev_line_label
, line_label
);
11723 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
11724 different from the previous line. */
11725 if (line_info
->dw_file_num
!= current_file
)
11727 current_file
= line_info
->dw_file_num
;
11728 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "DW_LNS_set_file");
11729 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file
, "%lu", current_file
);
11732 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
11733 that uses the least amount of space. */
11734 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
!= current_line
)
11736 line_offset
= line_info
->dw_line_num
- current_line
;
11737 line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
11738 current_line
= line_info
->dw_line_num
;
11739 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
11740 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
11741 "line %lu", current_line
);
11744 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
11745 "advance to line %lu", current_line
);
11746 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
11747 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
11751 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
11759 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
11760 if (lt_index
== separate_line_info_table_in_use
11761 || separate_line_info_table
[lt_index
].function
!= function
)
11766 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
11767 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
, function
);
11770 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
11771 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
11772 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
11776 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11777 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
11778 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
11779 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
11782 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
11783 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
11784 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
11785 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
11789 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
11790 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
11793 /* Return the size of the .debug_dcall table for the compilation unit. */
11795 static unsigned long
11796 size_of_dcall_table (void)
11798 unsigned long size
;
11801 tree last_poc_decl
= NULL
;
11803 /* Header: version + debug info section pointer + pointer size. */
11804 size
= 2 + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
+ 1;
11806 /* Each entry: code label + DIE offset. */
11807 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (dcall_entry
, dcall_table
, i
, p
); i
++)
11809 gcc_assert (p
->targ_die
!= NULL
);
11810 /* Insert a "from" entry when the point-of-call DIE offset changes. */
11811 if (p
->poc_decl
!= last_poc_decl
)
11813 dw_die_ref poc_die
= lookup_decl_die (p
->poc_decl
);
11814 gcc_assert (poc_die
);
11815 last_poc_decl
= p
->poc_decl
;
11817 size
+= (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
11818 + size_of_uleb128 (poc_die
->die_offset
));
11820 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
+ size_of_uleb128 (p
->targ_die
->die_offset
);
11826 /* Output the direct call table used to disambiguate PC values when
11827 identical function have been merged. */
11830 output_dcall_table (void)
11833 unsigned long dcall_length
= size_of_dcall_table ();
11835 char poc_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11836 tree last_poc_decl
= NULL
;
11838 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
11839 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11840 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11841 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, dcall_length
,
11842 "Length of Direct Call Table");
11843 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 4, "Version number");
11844 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
11845 debug_info_section
,
11846 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
11847 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
11849 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (dcall_entry
, dcall_table
, i
, p
); i
++)
11851 /* Insert a "from" entry when the point-of-call DIE offset changes. */
11852 if (p
->poc_decl
!= last_poc_decl
)
11854 dw_die_ref poc_die
= lookup_decl_die (p
->poc_decl
);
11855 last_poc_decl
= p
->poc_decl
;
11858 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0, "New caller");
11859 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (poc_die
->die_offset
,
11860 "Caller DIE offset");
11863 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (poc_label
, "LPOC", p
->poc_label_num
);
11864 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, poc_label
, "Point of call");
11865 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (p
->targ_die
->die_offset
,
11866 "Callee DIE offset");
11870 /* Return the size of the .debug_vcall table for the compilation unit. */
11872 static unsigned long
11873 size_of_vcall_table (void)
11875 unsigned long size
;
11879 /* Header: version + pointer size. */
11882 /* Each entry: code label + vtable slot index. */
11883 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (vcall_entry
, vcall_table
, i
, p
); i
++)
11884 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
+ size_of_uleb128 (p
->vtable_slot
);
11889 /* Output the virtual call table used to disambiguate PC values when
11890 identical function have been merged. */
11893 output_vcall_table (void)
11896 unsigned long vcall_length
= size_of_vcall_table ();
11898 char poc_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11900 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
11901 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11902 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11903 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, vcall_length
,
11904 "Length of Virtual Call Table");
11905 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 4, "Version number");
11906 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
11908 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (vcall_entry
, vcall_table
, i
, p
); i
++)
11910 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (poc_label
, "LPOC", p
->poc_label_num
);
11911 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, poc_label
, "Point of call");
11912 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (p
->vtable_slot
, "Vtable slot");
11916 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
11917 a DIE that describes the given type.
11919 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
11920 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
11923 base_type_die (tree type
)
11925 dw_die_ref base_type_result
;
11926 enum dwarf_type encoding
;
11928 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
|| TREE_CODE (type
) == VOID_TYPE
)
11931 /* If this is a subtype that should not be emitted as a subrange type,
11932 use the base type. See subrange_type_for_debug_p. */
11933 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == INTEGER_TYPE
&& TREE_TYPE (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
11934 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
11936 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
11939 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
))
11941 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type
))
11942 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned_char
;
11944 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed_char
;
11946 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type
))
11947 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned
;
11949 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed
;
11953 if (DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (type
)))
11955 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
11956 encoding
= DW_ATE_decimal_float
;
11958 encoding
= DW_ATE_lo_user
;
11961 encoding
= DW_ATE_float
;
11964 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE
:
11965 if (!(dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
11966 encoding
= DW_ATE_lo_user
;
11967 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type
))
11968 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned_fixed
;
11970 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed_fixed
;
11973 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
11974 a user defined type for it. */
11976 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == REAL_TYPE
)
11977 encoding
= DW_ATE_complex_float
;
11979 encoding
= DW_ATE_lo_user
;
11983 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
11984 encoding
= DW_ATE_boolean
;
11988 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
11989 gcc_unreachable ();
11992 base_type_result
= new_die (DW_TAG_base_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
11994 /* This probably indicates a bug. */
11995 if (! TYPE_NAME (type
))
11996 add_name_attribute (base_type_result
, "__unknown__");
11998 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
11999 int_size_in_bytes (type
));
12000 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_encoding
, encoding
);
12002 return base_type_result
;
12005 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
12006 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
12009 is_base_type (tree type
)
12011 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
12017 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE
:
12025 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
12026 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
12027 case FUNCTION_TYPE
:
12030 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
12037 gcc_unreachable ();
12043 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
12044 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
12045 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
12046 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
12047 ERROR_MARK node. */
12049 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
12050 simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree type
)
12052 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
)
12053 return BITS_PER_WORD
;
12054 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type
) == NULL_TREE
)
12056 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type
), 1))
12057 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type
), 1);
12059 return TYPE_ALIGN (type
);
12062 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
12063 to a DIE that describes the given type. */
12066 subrange_type_die (tree type
, tree low
, tree high
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12068 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
12069 const HOST_WIDE_INT size_in_bytes
= int_size_in_bytes (type
);
12071 if (context_die
== NULL
)
12072 context_die
= comp_unit_die
;
12074 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, context_die
, type
);
12076 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type
)) != size_in_bytes
)
12078 /* The size of the subrange type and its base type do not match,
12079 so we need to generate a size attribute for the subrange type. */
12080 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size_in_bytes
);
12084 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
, low
);
12086 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
, high
);
12088 return subrange_die
;
12091 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
12092 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
12095 modified_type_die (tree type
, int is_const_type
, int is_volatile_type
,
12096 dw_die_ref context_die
)
12098 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
12099 dw_die_ref mod_type_die
;
12100 dw_die_ref sub_die
= NULL
;
12101 tree item_type
= NULL
;
12102 tree qualified_type
;
12103 tree name
, low
, high
;
12105 if (code
== ERROR_MARK
)
12108 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
12111 = get_qualified_type (type
,
12112 ((is_const_type
? TYPE_QUAL_CONST
: 0)
12113 | (is_volatile_type
? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE
: 0)));
12115 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
12116 if (qualified_type
)
12118 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
12120 return mod_type_die
;
12123 name
= qualified_type
? TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
) : NULL
;
12125 /* Handle C typedef types. */
12126 if (name
&& TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
&& DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name
))
12128 tree dtype
= TREE_TYPE (name
);
12130 if (qualified_type
== dtype
)
12132 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
12133 gen_type_die (qualified_type
, context_die
);
12134 return lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
12136 else if (is_const_type
< TYPE_READONLY (dtype
)
12137 || is_volatile_type
< TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype
)
12138 || (is_const_type
<= TYPE_READONLY (dtype
)
12139 && is_volatile_type
<= TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype
)
12140 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name
) != type
))
12141 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
12142 type to which it refers. */
12143 return modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name
),
12144 is_const_type
, is_volatile_type
,
12146 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
12151 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_const_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
12152 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, 0, is_volatile_type
, context_die
);
12154 else if (is_volatile_type
)
12156 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
12157 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
12159 else if (code
== POINTER_TYPE
)
12161 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
12162 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
12163 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
);
12164 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
12165 if (!ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type
)))
12166 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_address_class
,
12167 TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type
));
12169 else if (code
== REFERENCE_TYPE
)
12171 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
12172 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
12173 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
);
12174 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
12175 if (!ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type
)))
12176 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_address_class
,
12177 TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type
));
12179 else if (code
== INTEGER_TYPE
12180 && TREE_TYPE (type
) != NULL_TREE
12181 && subrange_type_for_debug_p (type
, &low
, &high
))
12183 mod_type_die
= subrange_type_die (type
, low
, high
, context_die
);
12184 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
12186 else if (is_base_type (type
))
12187 mod_type_die
= base_type_die (type
);
12190 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12192 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
12193 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
12194 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
12195 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
12196 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
12198 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
)
12199 return lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type
));
12201 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
12202 not the main variant. */
12203 return lookup_type_die (type
);
12206 /* Builtin types don't have a DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE. For those,
12207 don't output a DW_TAG_typedef, since there isn't one in the
12208 user's program; just attach a DW_AT_name to the type.
12209 Don't attach a DW_AT_name to DW_TAG_const_type or DW_TAG_volatile_type
12210 if the base type already has the same name. */
12212 && ((TREE_CODE (name
) != TYPE_DECL
12213 && (qualified_type
== TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
)
12214 || (!is_const_type
&& !is_volatile_type
)))
12215 || (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
12216 && TREE_TYPE (name
) == qualified_type
12217 && DECL_NAME (name
))))
12219 if (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
12220 /* Could just call add_name_and_src_coords_attributes here,
12221 but since this is a builtin type it doesn't have any
12222 useful source coordinates anyway. */
12223 name
= DECL_NAME (name
);
12224 add_name_attribute (mod_type_die
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
));
12227 if (qualified_type
)
12228 equate_type_number_to_die (qualified_type
, mod_type_die
);
12231 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
12232 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
12233 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
12234 types are possible in Ada. */
12235 sub_die
= modified_type_die (item_type
,
12236 TYPE_READONLY (item_type
),
12237 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type
),
12240 if (sub_die
!= NULL
)
12241 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_type
, sub_die
);
12243 return mod_type_die
;
12246 /* Generate DIEs for the generic parameters of T.
12247 T must be either a generic type or a generic function.
12248 See http://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/TemplateParmsDwarf for more. */
12251 gen_generic_params_dies (tree t
)
12255 dw_die_ref die
= NULL
;
12257 if (!t
|| (TYPE_P (t
) && !COMPLETE_TYPE_P (t
)))
12261 die
= lookup_type_die (t
);
12262 else if (DECL_P (t
))
12263 die
= lookup_decl_die (t
);
12267 parms
= lang_hooks
.get_innermost_generic_parms (t
);
12269 /* T has no generic parameter. It means T is neither a generic type
12270 or function. End of story. */
12273 parms_num
= TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parms
);
12274 args
= lang_hooks
.get_innermost_generic_args (t
);
12275 for (i
= 0; i
< parms_num
; i
++)
12277 tree parm
, arg
, arg_pack_elems
;
12279 parm
= TREE_VEC_ELT (parms
, i
);
12280 arg
= TREE_VEC_ELT (args
, i
);
12281 arg_pack_elems
= lang_hooks
.types
.get_argument_pack_elems (arg
);
12282 gcc_assert (parm
&& TREE_VALUE (parm
) && arg
);
12284 if (parm
&& TREE_VALUE (parm
) && arg
)
12286 /* If PARM represents a template parameter pack,
12287 emit a DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE, followed
12288 by DW_TAG_template_*_parameter DIEs for the argument
12289 pack elements of ARG. Note that ARG would then be
12290 an argument pack. */
12291 if (arg_pack_elems
)
12292 template_parameter_pack_die (TREE_VALUE (parm
),
12296 generic_parameter_die (TREE_VALUE (parm
), arg
,
12297 true /* Emit DW_AT_name */, die
);
12302 /* Create and return a DIE for PARM which should be
12303 the representation of a generic type parameter.
12304 For instance, in the C++ front end, PARM would be a template parameter.
12305 ARG is the argument to PARM.
12306 EMIT_NAME_P if tree, the DIE will have DW_AT_name attribute set to the
12308 PARENT_DIE is the parent DIE which the new created DIE should be added to,
12309 as a child node. */
12312 generic_parameter_die (tree parm
, tree arg
,
12314 dw_die_ref parent_die
)
12316 dw_die_ref tmpl_die
= NULL
;
12317 const char *name
= NULL
;
12319 if (!parm
|| !DECL_NAME (parm
) || !arg
)
12322 /* We support non-type generic parameters and arguments,
12323 type generic parameters and arguments, as well as
12324 generic generic parameters (a.k.a. template template parameters in C++)
12326 if (TREE_CODE (parm
) == PARM_DECL
)
12327 /* PARM is a nontype generic parameter */
12328 tmpl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_template_value_param
, parent_die
, parm
);
12329 else if (TREE_CODE (parm
) == TYPE_DECL
)
12330 /* PARM is a type generic parameter. */
12331 tmpl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_template_type_param
, parent_die
, parm
);
12332 else if (lang_hooks
.decls
.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm
))
12333 /* PARM is a generic generic parameter.
12334 Its DIE is a GNU extension. It shall have a
12335 DW_AT_name attribute to represent the name of the template template
12336 parameter, and a DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute to represent the
12337 name of the template template argument. */
12338 tmpl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param
,
12341 gcc_unreachable ();
12347 /* If PARM is a generic parameter pack, it means we are
12348 emitting debug info for a template argument pack element.
12349 In other terms, ARG is a template argument pack element.
12350 In that case, we don't emit any DW_AT_name attribute for
12354 name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm
));
12356 add_AT_string (tmpl_die
, DW_AT_name
, name
);
12359 if (!lang_hooks
.decls
.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm
))
12361 /* DWARF3, 5.6.8 says if PARM is a non-type generic parameter
12362 TMPL_DIE should have a child DW_AT_type attribute that is set
12363 to the type of the argument to PARM, which is ARG.
12364 If PARM is a type generic parameter, TMPL_DIE should have a
12365 child DW_AT_type that is set to ARG. */
12366 tmpl_type
= TYPE_P (arg
) ? arg
: TREE_TYPE (arg
);
12367 add_type_attribute (tmpl_die
, tmpl_type
, 0,
12368 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (tmpl_type
),
12373 /* So TMPL_DIE is a DIE representing a
12374 a generic generic template parameter, a.k.a template template
12375 parameter in C++ and arg is a template. */
12377 /* The DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute of the DIE must be set
12378 to the name of the argument. */
12379 name
= dwarf2_name (TYPE_P (arg
) ? TYPE_NAME (arg
) : arg
, 1);
12381 add_AT_string (tmpl_die
, DW_AT_GNU_template_name
, name
);
12384 if (TREE_CODE (parm
) == PARM_DECL
)
12385 /* So PARM is a non-type generic parameter.
12386 DWARF3 5.6.8 says we must set a DW_AT_const_value child
12387 attribute of TMPL_DIE which value represents the value
12389 We must be careful here:
12390 The value of ARG might reference some function decls.
12391 We might currently be emitting debug info for a generic
12392 type and types are emitted before function decls, we don't
12393 know if the function decls referenced by ARG will actually be
12394 emitted after cgraph computations.
12395 So must defer the generation of the DW_AT_const_value to
12396 after cgraph is ready. */
12397 append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (tmpl_die
, arg
);
12403 /* Generate and return a DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE representing.
12404 PARM_PACK must be a template parameter pack. The returned DIE
12405 will be child DIE of PARENT_DIE. */
12408 template_parameter_pack_die (tree parm_pack
,
12409 tree parm_pack_args
,
12410 dw_die_ref parent_die
)
12415 gcc_assert (parent_die
&& parm_pack
);
12417 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack
, parent_die
, parm_pack
);
12418 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (die
, parm_pack
);
12419 for (j
= 0; j
< TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parm_pack_args
); j
++)
12420 generic_parameter_die (parm_pack
,
12421 TREE_VEC_ELT (parm_pack_args
, j
),
12422 false /* Don't emit DW_AT_name */,
12427 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
12428 an enumerated type. */
12431 type_is_enum (const_tree type
)
12433 return TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
;
12436 /* Return the DBX register number described by a given RTL node. */
12438 static unsigned int
12439 dbx_reg_number (const_rtx rtl
)
12441 unsigned regno
= REGNO (rtl
);
12443 gcc_assert (regno
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
);
12445 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
12446 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs
)
12448 int leaf_reg
= LEAF_REG_REMAP (regno
);
12449 if (leaf_reg
!= -1)
12450 regno
= (unsigned) leaf_reg
;
12454 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno
);
12457 /* Optionally add a DW_OP_piece term to a location description expression.
12458 DW_OP_piece is only added if the location description expression already
12459 doesn't end with DW_OP_piece. */
12462 add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
, int size
)
12464 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
12466 if (*list_head
!= NULL
)
12468 /* Find the end of the chain. */
12469 for (loc
= *list_head
; loc
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
12472 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_piece
)
12473 loc
->dw_loc_next
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, size
, 0);
12477 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
12478 zero if there is none. */
12480 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12481 reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, enum var_init_status initialized
)
12485 if (REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
12488 regs
= targetm
.dwarf_register_span (rtl
);
12490 if (hard_regno_nregs
[REGNO (rtl
)][GET_MODE (rtl
)] > 1 || regs
)
12491 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
, regs
, initialized
);
12493 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (dbx_reg_number (rtl
), initialized
);
12496 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
12497 a given hard register number. */
12499 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12500 one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno
, enum var_init_status initialized
)
12502 dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descr
;
12506 = new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_reg0
+ regno
), 0, 0);
12508 reg_loc_descr
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx
, regno
, 0);
12510 if (initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
12511 add_loc_descr (®_loc_descr
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
12513 return reg_loc_descr
;
12516 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
12517 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
12519 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12520 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, rtx regs
,
12521 enum var_init_status initialized
)
12523 int nregs
, size
, i
;
12525 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
12528 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
12529 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs
)
12531 int leaf_reg
= LEAF_REG_REMAP (reg
);
12532 if (leaf_reg
!= -1)
12533 reg
= (unsigned) leaf_reg
;
12536 gcc_assert ((unsigned) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg
) == dbx_reg_number (rtl
));
12537 nregs
= hard_regno_nregs
[REGNO (rtl
)][GET_MODE (rtl
)];
12539 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
12540 if (regs
== NULL_RTX
)
12542 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) / nregs
;
12547 dw_loc_descr_ref t
;
12549 t
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg
),
12550 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
12551 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, t
);
12552 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, size
);
12558 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
12560 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (regs
) == PARALLEL
);
12562 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, 0)));
12565 for (i
= 0; i
< XVECLEN (regs
, 0); ++i
)
12567 dw_loc_descr_ref t
;
12569 t
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, i
)),
12570 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
12571 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, t
);
12572 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, 0)));
12573 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, size
);
12576 if (loc_result
&& initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
12577 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
12581 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
12583 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
12585 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
12587 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12588 int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i
)
12590 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
12592 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
12593 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
12597 op
= (enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_lit0
+ i
);
12598 else if (i
<= 0xff)
12599 op
= DW_OP_const1u
;
12600 else if (i
<= 0xffff)
12601 op
= DW_OP_const2u
;
12602 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
12603 || i
<= 0xffffffff)
12604 op
= DW_OP_const4u
;
12611 op
= DW_OP_const1s
;
12612 else if (i
>= -0x8000)
12613 op
= DW_OP_const2s
;
12614 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
12615 || i
>= -0x80000000)
12616 op
= DW_OP_const4s
;
12621 return new_loc_descr (op
, i
, 0);
12625 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
12626 /* Return loc description representing "address" of integer value.
12627 This can appear only as toplevel expression. */
12629 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12630 address_of_int_loc_descriptor (int size
, HOST_WIDE_INT i
)
12633 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
12635 if (!(dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
12642 else if (i
<= 0xff)
12644 else if (i
<= 0xffff)
12646 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
12647 || i
<= 0xffffffff)
12650 litsize
= 1 + size_of_uleb128 ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) i
);
12656 else if (i
>= -0x8000)
12658 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
12659 || i
>= -0x80000000)
12662 litsize
= 1 + size_of_sleb128 (i
);
12664 /* Determine if DW_OP_stack_value or DW_OP_implicit_value
12665 is more compact. For DW_OP_stack_value we need:
12666 litsize + 1 (DW_OP_stack_value)
12667 and for DW_OP_implicit_value:
12668 1 (DW_OP_implicit_value) + 1 (length) + size. */
12669 if ((int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
>= size
&& litsize
+ 1 <= 1 + 1 + size
)
12671 loc_result
= int_loc_descriptor (i
);
12672 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
,
12673 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
12677 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value
,
12679 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
12680 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
= i
;
12684 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
12686 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12687 based_loc_descr (rtx reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
,
12688 enum var_init_status initialized
)
12690 unsigned int regno
;
12691 dw_loc_descr_ref result
;
12692 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
12694 /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the
12695 post-prologue local stack frame. We do this by *not* running
12696 register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special
12697 argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's. */
12698 if (reg
== arg_pointer_rtx
|| reg
== frame_pointer_rtx
)
12700 rtx elim
= eliminate_regs (reg
, VOIDmode
, NULL_RTX
);
12704 if (GET_CODE (elim
) == PLUS
)
12706 offset
+= INTVAL (XEXP (elim
, 1));
12707 elim
= XEXP (elim
, 0);
12709 gcc_assert ((SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT
12710 && (elim
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
12711 || elim
== stack_pointer_rtx
))
12712 || elim
== (frame_pointer_needed
12713 ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
12714 : stack_pointer_rtx
));
12716 /* If drap register is used to align stack, use frame
12717 pointer + offset to access stack variables. If stack
12718 is aligned without drap, use stack pointer + offset to
12719 access stack variables. */
12720 if (crtl
->stack_realign_tried
12721 && reg
== frame_pointer_rtx
)
12724 = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM ((fde
&& fde
->drap_reg
!= INVALID_REGNUM
)
12725 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
12726 : STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
12727 return new_reg_loc_descr (base_reg
, offset
);
12730 offset
+= frame_pointer_fb_offset
;
12731 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg
, offset
, 0);
12735 && fde
->drap_reg
!= INVALID_REGNUM
12736 && (fde
->drap_reg
== REGNO (reg
)
12737 || fde
->vdrap_reg
== REGNO (reg
)))
12739 /* Use cfa+offset to represent the location of arguments passed
12740 on stack when drap is used to align stack. */
12741 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg
, offset
, 0);
12744 regno
= dbx_reg_number (reg
);
12746 result
= new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_breg0
+ regno
),
12749 result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, regno
, offset
);
12751 if (initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
12752 add_loc_descr (&result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
12757 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
12760 is_based_loc (const_rtx rtl
)
12762 return (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PLUS
12763 && ((REG_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
12764 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
12765 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))));
12768 /* Try to handle TLS MEMs, for which mem_loc_descriptor on XEXP (mem, 0)
12771 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12772 tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtx mem
)
12775 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
;
12777 if (MEM_EXPR (mem
) == NULL_TREE
|| MEM_OFFSET (mem
) == NULL_RTX
)
12780 base
= get_base_address (MEM_EXPR (mem
));
12782 || TREE_CODE (base
) != VAR_DECL
12783 || !DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (base
))
12786 loc_result
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (MEM_EXPR (mem
), 1);
12787 if (loc_result
== NULL
)
12790 if (INTVAL (MEM_OFFSET (mem
)))
12791 loc_descr_plus_const (&loc_result
, INTVAL (MEM_OFFSET (mem
)));
12796 /* Output debug info about reason why we failed to expand expression as dwarf
12800 expansion_failed (tree expr
, rtx rtl
, char const *reason
)
12802 if (dump_file
&& (dump_flags
& TDF_DETAILS
))
12804 fprintf (dump_file
, "Failed to expand as dwarf: ");
12806 print_generic_expr (dump_file
, expr
, dump_flags
);
12809 fprintf (dump_file
, "\n");
12810 print_rtl (dump_file
, rtl
);
12812 fprintf (dump_file
, "\nReason: %s\n", reason
);
12816 /* Helper function for const_ok_for_output, called either directly
12817 or via for_each_rtx. */
12820 const_ok_for_output_1 (rtx
*rtlp
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12824 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) != SYMBOL_REF
)
12827 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl
))
12830 get_pool_constant_mark (rtl
, &marked
);
12831 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
12832 it was not output and thus we can't represent it. */
12835 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, rtl
,
12836 "Constant was removed from constant pool.\n");
12841 if (SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rtl
) != TLS_MODEL_NONE
)
12844 /* Avoid references to external symbols in debug info, on several targets
12845 the linker might even refuse to link when linking a shared library,
12846 and in many other cases the relocations for .debug_info/.debug_loc are
12847 dropped, so the address becomes zero anyway. Hidden symbols, guaranteed
12848 to be defined within the same shared library or executable are fine. */
12849 if (SYMBOL_REF_EXTERNAL_P (rtl
))
12851 tree decl
= SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
);
12853 if (decl
== NULL
|| !targetm
.binds_local_p (decl
))
12855 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, rtl
,
12856 "Symbol not defined in current TU.\n");
12864 /* Return true if constant RTL can be emitted in DW_OP_addr or
12865 DW_AT_const_value. TLS SYMBOL_REFs, external SYMBOL_REFs or
12866 non-marked constant pool SYMBOL_REFs can't be referenced in it. */
12869 const_ok_for_output (rtx rtl
)
12871 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
)
12872 return const_ok_for_output_1 (&rtl
, NULL
) == 0;
12874 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST
)
12875 return for_each_rtx (&XEXP (rtl
, 0), const_ok_for_output_1
, NULL
) == 0;
12880 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
12881 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
12882 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
12883 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
12885 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
12886 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
12887 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
12888 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
12890 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
12891 autoincrement addressing modes.
12893 CAN_USE_FBREG is a flag whether we can use DW_AT_frame_base in the
12894 location list for RTL.
12896 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
12898 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12899 mem_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, enum machine_mode mode
,
12900 enum var_init_status initialized
)
12902 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result
= NULL
;
12903 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
12904 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
, op1
;
12906 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
12907 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
12908 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
12909 zeroth element of the array. */
12911 rtl
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (rtl
);
12913 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
12918 return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, initialized
);
12921 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
12922 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
12923 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
12924 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
12925 contains the given subreg. */
12926 if (!subreg_lowpart_p (rtl
))
12928 rtl
= SUBREG_REG (rtl
);
12929 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
12931 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (rtl
)) != MODE_INT
)
12933 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
, initialized
);
12937 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
12938 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
12939 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
12940 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
12941 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
12942 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
12943 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
12944 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
12945 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
12946 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
12947 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
12948 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
12949 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
12950 if (REGNO (rtl
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
12951 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (rtl
, 0, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
12952 else if (stack_realign_drap
12954 && crtl
->args
.internal_arg_pointer
== rtl
12955 && REGNO (crtl
->drap_reg
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
12957 /* If RTL is internal_arg_pointer, which has been optimized
12958 out, use DRAP instead. */
12959 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (crtl
->drap_reg
, 0,
12960 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
12966 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
12967 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
12972 int shift
= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
12973 - GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)));
12974 shift
*= BITS_PER_UNIT
;
12975 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SIGN_EXTEND
)
12979 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
12980 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
12981 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
12982 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
12983 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
12988 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (rtl
),
12989 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
12990 if (mem_loc_result
== NULL
)
12991 mem_loc_result
= tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
);
12992 if (mem_loc_result
!= 0)
12994 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
12996 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, rtl
, "DWARF address size mismatch");
12999 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13000 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0));
13002 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
13003 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref_size
,
13004 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)), 0));
13008 rtx new_rtl
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl
);
13009 if (new_rtl
!= rtl
)
13010 return mem_loc_descriptor (new_rtl
, mode
, initialized
);
13015 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
13017 /* ... fall through ... */
13020 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
13021 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
13025 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
13026 && SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rtl
) != TLS_MODEL_NONE
)
13028 dw_loc_descr_ref temp
;
13030 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
13031 if (!targetm
.have_tls
|| !targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
)
13034 temp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
13035 temp
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
13036 temp
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
13037 temp
->dtprel
= true;
13039 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
, 0, 0);
13040 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, temp
);
13045 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl
))
13049 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
13050 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
13051 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
13052 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
13058 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, rtl
,
13059 "CONCAT/CONCATN/VAR_LOCATION is handled only by loc_descriptor");
13063 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
13064 PLUS code below. */
13065 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
13070 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
13072 rtl
= gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode
, XEXP (rtl
, 0),
13073 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PRE_INC
13074 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
)
13075 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
)));
13077 /* ... fall through ... */
13081 if (is_based_loc (rtl
))
13082 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (XEXP (rtl
, 0),
13083 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)),
13084 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13087 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
13088 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13089 if (mem_loc_result
== 0)
13092 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
13093 loc_descr_plus_const (&mem_loc_result
, INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)));
13096 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result2
13097 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
13098 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13099 if (mem_loc_result2
== 0)
13101 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, mem_loc_result2
);
13102 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
13103 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
13108 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
13109 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply or shift. */
13151 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
13152 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13153 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
13154 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13156 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
13159 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
13160 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
13161 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
13165 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
13166 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13167 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
13168 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13170 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
13173 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
13174 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
13175 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
13176 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
13177 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_div
, 0, 0));
13178 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul
, 0, 0));
13179 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0));
13195 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
13196 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13201 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
13202 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
13206 mem_loc_result
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl
));
13234 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13235 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13239 enum machine_mode op_mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0));
13241 if (op_mode
== VOIDmode
)
13242 op_mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
13243 if (op_mode
!= VOIDmode
&& GET_MODE_CLASS (op_mode
) != MODE_INT
)
13246 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
13247 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13248 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
13249 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13251 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
13254 if (op_mode
!= VOIDmode
13255 && GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13257 int shift
= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
- GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
);
13258 shift
*= BITS_PER_UNIT
;
13259 /* For eq/ne, if the operands are known to be zero-extended,
13260 there is no need to do the fancy shifting up. */
13261 if (op
== DW_OP_eq
|| op
== DW_OP_ne
)
13263 dw_loc_descr_ref last0
, last1
;
13265 last0
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
;
13266 last0
= last0
->dw_loc_next
)
13269 last1
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
;
13270 last1
= last1
->dw_loc_next
)
13272 /* deref_size zero extends, and for constants we can check
13273 whether they are zero extended or not. */
13274 if (((last0
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_deref_size
13275 && last0
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
13276 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
))
13277 || (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
13278 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
13279 == (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
13280 & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode
))))
13281 && ((last1
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_deref_size
13282 && last1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
13283 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
))
13284 || (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
13285 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
)
13286 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
13287 == (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
13288 & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode
)))))
13291 add_loc_descr (&op0
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
13292 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
13293 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
13294 op1
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) << shift
);
13297 add_loc_descr (&op1
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
13298 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
13304 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
13305 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
13306 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
13307 if (STORE_FLAG_VALUE
!= 1)
13309 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
13310 int_loc_descriptor (STORE_FLAG_VALUE
));
13311 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul
, 0, 0));
13332 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13333 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13337 enum machine_mode op_mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0));
13339 if (op_mode
== VOIDmode
)
13340 op_mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
13341 if (op_mode
!= VOIDmode
&& GET_MODE_CLASS (op_mode
) != MODE_INT
)
13344 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
13345 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13346 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
13347 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13349 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
13352 if (op_mode
!= VOIDmode
13353 && GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13355 HOST_WIDE_INT mask
= GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode
);
13356 dw_loc_descr_ref last0
, last1
;
13358 last0
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
;
13359 last0
= last0
->dw_loc_next
)
13362 last1
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
;
13363 last1
= last1
->dw_loc_next
)
13365 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
13366 op0
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) & mask
);
13367 /* deref_size zero extends, so no need to mask it again. */
13368 else if (last0
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_deref_size
13369 || last0
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
13370 > GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
))
13372 add_loc_descr (&op0
, int_loc_descriptor (mask
));
13373 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
13375 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
13376 op1
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) & mask
);
13377 /* deref_size zero extends, so no need to mask it again. */
13378 else if (last1
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_deref_size
13379 || last1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
13380 > GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
))
13382 add_loc_descr (&op1
, int_loc_descriptor (mask
));
13383 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
13388 HOST_WIDE_INT bias
= 1;
13389 bias
<<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* BITS_PER_UNIT
- 1);
13390 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bias
, 0));
13391 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
13392 op1
= int_loc_descriptor ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) bias
13393 + INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)));
13395 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
13405 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) != MODE_INT
13406 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13407 || GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
13410 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
13411 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13412 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
13413 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13415 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
13418 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0));
13419 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
13420 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
13421 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == UMIN
|| GET_CODE (rtl
) == UMAX
)
13423 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13425 HOST_WIDE_INT mask
= GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)));
13426 add_loc_descr (&op0
, int_loc_descriptor (mask
));
13427 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
13428 add_loc_descr (&op1
, int_loc_descriptor (mask
));
13429 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
13433 HOST_WIDE_INT bias
= 1;
13434 bias
<<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* BITS_PER_UNIT
- 1);
13435 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bias
, 0));
13436 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bias
, 0));
13439 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13441 int shift
= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13442 - GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)));
13443 shift
*= BITS_PER_UNIT
;
13444 add_loc_descr (&op0
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
13445 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
13446 add_loc_descr (&op1
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
13447 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
13450 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SMIN
|| GET_CODE (rtl
) == UMIN
)
13454 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
13455 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
13456 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
13458 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node
, drop_node
;
13460 bra_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
13461 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, bra_node
);
13462 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
13463 drop_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop
, 0, 0);
13464 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, drop_node
);
13465 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
13466 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= drop_node
;
13472 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
13473 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 2))
13474 && ((unsigned) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
13475 + (unsigned) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 2))
13476 <= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)))
13477 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13478 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13481 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
13482 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13485 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SIGN_EXTRACT
)
13489 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
13490 size
= INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
13491 shift
= INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 2));
13492 if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
13493 shift
= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
13495 if (shift
+ size
!= (int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13497 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
13498 int_loc_descriptor (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13500 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
13502 if (size
!= (int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13504 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
13505 int_loc_descriptor (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
- size
));
13506 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
13516 /* In theory, we could implement the above. */
13517 /* DWARF cannot represent the unsigned compare operations
13544 case FLOAT_TRUNCATE
:
13546 case UNSIGNED_FLOAT
:
13549 case FRACT_CONVERT
:
13550 case UNSIGNED_FRACT_CONVERT
:
13552 case UNSIGNED_SAT_FRACT
:
13563 /* If delegitimize_address couldn't do anything with the UNSPEC, we
13564 can't express it in the debug info. This can happen e.g. with some
13569 resolve_one_addr (&rtl
, NULL
);
13573 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
13574 print_rtl (stderr
, rtl
);
13575 gcc_unreachable ();
13581 if (mem_loc_result
&& initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
13582 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
13584 return mem_loc_result
;
13587 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
13588 This is typically a complex variable. */
13590 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13591 concat_loc_descriptor (rtx x0
, rtx x1
, enum var_init_status initialized
)
13593 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result
= NULL
;
13594 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref
13595 = loc_descriptor (x0
, VOIDmode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13596 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref
13597 = loc_descriptor (x1
, VOIDmode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13599 if (x0_ref
== 0 || x1_ref
== 0)
13602 cc_loc_result
= x0_ref
;
13603 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0
)));
13605 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, x1_ref
);
13606 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1
)));
13608 if (initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
13609 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
13611 return cc_loc_result
;
13614 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of N
13617 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13618 concatn_loc_descriptor (rtx concatn
, enum var_init_status initialized
)
13621 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result
= NULL
;
13622 unsigned int n
= XVECLEN (concatn
, 0);
13624 for (i
= 0; i
< n
; ++i
)
13626 dw_loc_descr_ref ref
;
13627 rtx x
= XVECEXP (concatn
, 0, i
);
13629 ref
= loc_descriptor (x
, VOIDmode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13633 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, ref
);
13634 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x
)));
13637 if (cc_loc_result
&& initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
13638 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
13640 return cc_loc_result
;
13643 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
13644 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
13645 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
13646 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
13647 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
13649 MODE is mode of the decl if this loc_descriptor is going to be used in
13650 .debug_loc section where DW_OP_stack_value and DW_OP_implicit_value are
13651 allowed, VOIDmode otherwise.
13653 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
13655 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13656 loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, enum machine_mode mode
,
13657 enum var_init_status initialized
)
13659 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
13661 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
13664 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
13665 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
13666 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
13667 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
13668 contains the given subreg. */
13669 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (SUBREG_REG (rtl
), mode
, initialized
);
13673 loc_result
= reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
, initialized
);
13678 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, initialized
);
13682 loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (rtl
),
13684 if (loc_result
== NULL
)
13685 loc_result
= tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
);
13686 if (loc_result
== NULL
)
13688 rtx new_rtl
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl
);
13689 if (new_rtl
!= rtl
)
13690 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (new_rtl
, mode
, initialized
);
13695 loc_result
= concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), XEXP (rtl
, 1),
13700 loc_result
= concatn_loc_descriptor (rtl
, initialized
);
13705 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) != PARALLEL
)
13707 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (rtl
, 1), 0), mode
,
13712 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
13717 rtvec par_elems
= XVEC (rtl
, 0);
13718 int num_elem
= GET_NUM_ELEM (par_elems
);
13719 enum machine_mode mode
;
13722 /* Create the first one, so we have something to add to. */
13723 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, 0), 0),
13724 VOIDmode
, initialized
);
13725 if (loc_result
== NULL
)
13727 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, 0), 0));
13728 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
));
13729 for (i
= 1; i
< num_elem
; i
++)
13731 dw_loc_descr_ref temp
;
13733 temp
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, i
), 0),
13734 VOIDmode
, initialized
);
13737 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, temp
);
13738 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, i
), 0));
13739 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
));
13745 if (mode
!= VOIDmode
&& mode
!= BLKmode
)
13746 loc_result
= address_of_int_loc_descriptor (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
),
13751 if (mode
== VOIDmode
)
13752 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
13754 if (mode
!= VOIDmode
&& (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
13756 gcc_assert (mode
== GET_MODE (rtl
) || VOIDmode
== GET_MODE (rtl
));
13758 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer
13759 or a floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever
13760 the constant requires more than one word in order to be
13761 adequately represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
13762 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value
,
13763 GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
), 0);
13764 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode
))
13766 unsigned int length
= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
13767 unsigned char *array
= GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length
);
13769 insert_float (rtl
, array
);
13770 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_vec
;
13771 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.length
= length
/ 4;
13772 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
= 4;
13773 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.array
= array
;
13777 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const_double
;
13778 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_double
.high
13779 = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl
);
13780 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_double
.low
13781 = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl
);
13787 if (mode
== VOIDmode
)
13788 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
13790 if (mode
!= VOIDmode
&& (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
13792 unsigned int elt_size
= GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
));
13793 unsigned int length
= CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl
);
13794 unsigned char *array
= GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length
* elt_size
);
13798 gcc_assert (mode
== GET_MODE (rtl
) || VOIDmode
== GET_MODE (rtl
));
13799 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
))
13801 case MODE_VECTOR_INT
:
13802 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
13804 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
13805 HOST_WIDE_INT lo
, hi
;
13807 switch (GET_CODE (elt
))
13815 lo
= CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (elt
);
13816 hi
= CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (elt
);
13820 gcc_unreachable ();
13823 if (elt_size
<= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
13824 insert_int (lo
, elt_size
, p
);
13827 unsigned char *p0
= p
;
13828 unsigned char *p1
= p
+ sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
);
13830 gcc_assert (elt_size
== 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
));
13831 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
13836 insert_int (lo
, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
), p0
);
13837 insert_int (hi
, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
), p1
);
13842 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT
:
13843 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
13845 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
13846 insert_float (elt
, p
);
13851 gcc_unreachable ();
13854 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value
,
13855 length
* elt_size
, 0);
13856 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_vec
;
13857 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.length
= length
;
13858 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
= elt_size
;
13859 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.array
= array
;
13864 if (mode
== VOIDmode
13865 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == CONST_INT
13866 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == CONST_DOUBLE
13867 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == CONST_VECTOR
)
13869 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, initialized
);
13874 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl
))
13877 if (mode
!= VOIDmode
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13878 && (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
13880 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
13881 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
13882 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
13883 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
13884 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
13889 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
&& GET_MODE (rtl
) == mode
13890 && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13891 && (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
13893 /* Value expression. */
13894 loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, VOIDmode
, initialized
);
13896 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
,
13897 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
13905 /* We need to figure out what section we should use as the base for the
13906 address ranges where a given location is valid.
13907 1. If this particular DECL has a section associated with it, use that.
13908 2. If this function has a section associated with it, use that.
13909 3. Otherwise, use the text section.
13910 XXX: If you split a variable across multiple sections, we won't notice. */
13912 static const char *
13913 secname_for_decl (const_tree decl
)
13915 const char *secname
;
13917 if (VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (decl
) && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
))
13919 tree sectree
= DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
);
13920 secname
= TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree
);
13922 else if (current_function_decl
&& DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
))
13924 tree sectree
= DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
);
13925 secname
= TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree
);
13927 else if (cfun
&& in_cold_section_p
)
13928 secname
= crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_label
;
13930 secname
= text_section_label
;
13935 /* Return true when DECL_BY_REFERENCE is defined and set for DECL. */
13938 decl_by_reference_p (tree decl
)
13940 return ((TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == RESULT_DECL
13941 || TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
)
13942 && DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl
));
13945 /* Helper function for dw_loc_list. Compute proper Dwarf location descriptor
13948 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13949 dw_loc_list_1 (tree loc
, rtx varloc
, int want_address
,
13950 enum var_init_status initialized
)
13952 int have_address
= 0;
13953 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
13954 enum machine_mode mode
;
13956 if (want_address
!= 2)
13958 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (varloc
) == VAR_LOCATION
);
13960 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (varloc
, 1)) != PARALLEL
)
13962 varloc
= XEXP (XEXP (varloc
, 1), 0);
13963 mode
= GET_MODE (varloc
);
13964 if (MEM_P (varloc
))
13966 rtx addr
= XEXP (varloc
, 0);
13967 descr
= mem_loc_descriptor (addr
, mode
, initialized
);
13972 rtx x
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (varloc
);
13974 descr
= mem_loc_descriptor (x
, mode
, initialized
);
13978 descr
= mem_loc_descriptor (varloc
, mode
, initialized
);
13985 descr
= loc_descriptor (varloc
, DECL_MODE (loc
), initialized
);
13992 if (want_address
== 2 && !have_address
13993 && (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
13995 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13997 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
13998 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14001 add_loc_descr (&descr
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
14004 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
14005 if (want_address
&& !have_address
)
14007 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14008 "Want address and only have value");
14012 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
14013 if (!want_address
&& have_address
)
14015 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
14016 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
14018 if (size
> DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
|| size
== -1)
14020 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14021 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14024 else if (size
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14027 op
= DW_OP_deref_size
;
14029 add_loc_descr (&descr
, new_loc_descr (op
, size
, 0));
14035 /* Return the dwarf representation of the location list LOC_LIST of
14036 DECL. WANT_ADDRESS has the same meaning as in loc_list_from_tree
14039 static dw_loc_list_ref
14040 dw_loc_list (var_loc_list
*loc_list
, tree decl
, int want_address
)
14042 const char *endname
, *secname
;
14044 enum var_init_status initialized
;
14045 struct var_loc_node
*node
;
14046 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
14047 char label_id
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
14048 dw_loc_list_ref list
= NULL
;
14049 dw_loc_list_ref
*listp
= &list
;
14051 /* Now that we know what section we are using for a base,
14052 actually construct the list of locations.
14053 The first location information is what is passed to the
14054 function that creates the location list, and the remaining
14055 locations just get added on to that list.
14056 Note that we only know the start address for a location
14057 (IE location changes), so to build the range, we use
14058 the range [current location start, next location start].
14059 This means we have to special case the last node, and generate
14060 a range of [last location start, end of function label]. */
14062 secname
= secname_for_decl (decl
);
14064 for (node
= loc_list
->first
; node
->next
; node
= node
->next
)
14065 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node
->var_loc_note
) != NULL_RTX
)
14067 /* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and
14068 NODE->NEXT->LABEL. */
14069 initialized
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node
->var_loc_note
);
14070 varloc
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node
->var_loc_note
);
14071 descr
= dw_loc_list_1 (decl
, varloc
, want_address
, initialized
);
14074 *listp
= new_loc_list (descr
, node
->label
, node
->next
->label
,
14076 listp
= &(*listp
)->dw_loc_next
;
14080 /* If the variable has a location at the last label
14081 it keeps its location until the end of function. */
14082 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node
->var_loc_note
) != NULL_RTX
)
14084 initialized
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node
->var_loc_note
);
14085 varloc
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node
->var_loc_note
);
14086 descr
= dw_loc_list_1 (decl
, varloc
, want_address
, initialized
);
14089 if (!current_function_decl
)
14090 endname
= text_end_label
;
14093 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
14094 current_function_funcdef_no
);
14095 endname
= ggc_strdup (label_id
);
14098 *listp
= new_loc_list (descr
, node
->label
, endname
, secname
);
14099 listp
= &(*listp
)->dw_loc_next
;
14103 /* Try to avoid the overhead of a location list emitting a location
14104 expression instead, but only if we didn't have more than one
14105 location entry in the first place. If some entries were not
14106 representable, we don't want to pretend a single entry that was
14107 applies to the entire scope in which the variable is
14109 if (list
&& loc_list
->first
->next
)
14115 /* Return if the loc_list has only single element and thus can be represented
14116 as location description. */
14119 single_element_loc_list_p (dw_loc_list_ref list
)
14121 gcc_assert (!list
->dw_loc_next
|| list
->ll_symbol
);
14122 return !list
->ll_symbol
;
14125 /* To each location in list LIST add loc descr REF. */
14128 add_loc_descr_to_each (dw_loc_list_ref list
, dw_loc_descr_ref ref
)
14130 dw_loc_descr_ref copy
;
14131 add_loc_descr (&list
->expr
, ref
);
14132 list
= list
->dw_loc_next
;
14135 copy
= GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_descr_node
);
14136 memcpy (copy
, ref
, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node
));
14137 add_loc_descr (&list
->expr
, copy
);
14138 while (copy
->dw_loc_next
)
14140 dw_loc_descr_ref new_copy
= GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_descr_node
);
14141 memcpy (new_copy
, copy
->dw_loc_next
, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node
));
14142 copy
->dw_loc_next
= new_copy
;
14145 list
= list
->dw_loc_next
;
14149 /* Given two lists RET and LIST
14150 produce location list that is result of adding expression in LIST
14151 to expression in RET on each possition in program.
14152 Might be destructive on both RET and LIST.
14154 TODO: We handle only simple cases of RET or LIST having at most one
14155 element. General case would inolve sorting the lists in program order
14156 and merging them that will need some additional work.
14157 Adding that will improve quality of debug info especially for SRA-ed
14161 add_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
*ret
, dw_loc_list_ref list
)
14170 if (!list
->dw_loc_next
)
14172 add_loc_descr_to_each (*ret
, list
->expr
);
14175 if (!(*ret
)->dw_loc_next
)
14177 add_loc_descr_to_each (list
, (*ret
)->expr
);
14181 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, NULL_RTX
,
14182 "Don't know how to merge two non-trivial"
14183 " location lists.\n");
14188 /* LOC is constant expression. Try a luck, look it up in constant
14189 pool and return its loc_descr of its address. */
14191 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14192 cst_pool_loc_descr (tree loc
)
14194 /* Get an RTL for this, if something has been emitted. */
14195 rtx rtl
= lookup_constant_def (loc
);
14196 enum machine_mode mode
;
14198 if (!rtl
|| !MEM_P (rtl
))
14203 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
);
14205 /* TODO: We might get more coverage if we was actually delaying expansion
14206 of all expressions till end of compilation when constant pools are fully
14208 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (rtl
, 0))))
14210 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14211 "CST value in contant pool but not marked.");
14214 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
14215 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
14216 return mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14219 /* Return dw_loc_list representing address of addr_expr LOC
14220 by looking for innder INDIRECT_REF expression and turing it
14221 into simple arithmetics. */
14223 static dw_loc_list_ref
14224 loc_list_for_address_of_addr_expr_of_indirect_ref (tree loc
, bool toplev
)
14227 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, bitpos
, bytepos
;
14228 enum machine_mode mode
;
14230 int unsignedp
= TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
14231 dw_loc_list_ref list_ret
= NULL
, list_ret1
= NULL
;
14233 obj
= get_inner_reference (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0),
14234 &bitsize
, &bitpos
, &offset
, &mode
,
14235 &unsignedp
, &volatilep
, false);
14237 if (bitpos
% BITS_PER_UNIT
)
14239 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "bitfield access");
14242 if (!INDIRECT_REF_P (obj
))
14244 expansion_failed (obj
,
14245 NULL_RTX
, "no indirect ref in inner refrence");
14248 if (!offset
&& !bitpos
)
14249 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (obj
, 0), toplev
? 2 : 1);
14251 && int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14252 && (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
14254 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (obj
, 0), 0);
14259 /* Variable offset. */
14260 list_ret1
= loc_list_from_tree (offset
, 0);
14261 if (list_ret1
== 0)
14263 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, list_ret1
);
14266 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
,
14267 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
14269 bytepos
= bitpos
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
14271 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
,
14272 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
14274 else if (bytepos
< 0)
14275 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret
, bytepos
);
14276 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
,
14277 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
14283 /* Generate Dwarf location list representing LOC.
14284 If WANT_ADDRESS is false, expression computing LOC will be computed
14285 If WANT_ADDRESS is 1, expression computing address of LOC will be returned
14286 if WANT_ADDRESS is 2, expression computing address useable in location
14287 will be returned (i.e. DW_OP_reg can be used
14288 to refer to register values). */
14290 static dw_loc_list_ref
14291 loc_list_from_tree (tree loc
, int want_address
)
14293 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
= NULL
, ret1
= NULL
;
14294 dw_loc_list_ref list_ret
= NULL
, list_ret1
= NULL
;
14295 int have_address
= 0;
14296 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
14298 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
14299 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
14302 switch (TREE_CODE (loc
))
14305 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "ERROR_MARK");
14308 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR
:
14309 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
14310 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
14311 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
14312 the names of types. */
14313 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "PLACEHOLDER_EXPR");
14317 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "CALL_EXPR");
14318 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
14321 case PREINCREMENT_EXPR
:
14322 case PREDECREMENT_EXPR
:
14323 case POSTINCREMENT_EXPR
:
14324 case POSTDECREMENT_EXPR
:
14325 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "PRE/POST INDCREMENT/DECREMENT");
14326 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
14330 /* If we already want an address, see if there is INDIRECT_REF inside
14331 e.g. for &this->field. */
14334 list_ret
= loc_list_for_address_of_addr_expr_of_indirect_ref
14335 (loc
, want_address
== 2);
14338 else if (decl_address_ip_invariant_p (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))
14339 && (ret
= cst_pool_loc_descr (loc
)))
14342 /* Otherwise, process the argument and look for the address. */
14343 if (!list_ret
&& !ret
)
14344 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 1);
14348 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "need address of ADDR_EXPR");
14354 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (loc
))
14357 enum dwarf_location_atom first_op
;
14358 enum dwarf_location_atom second_op
;
14359 bool dtprel
= false;
14361 if (targetm
.have_tls
)
14363 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the
14365 if (!targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
)
14368 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we
14369 can only look up addresses of objects in the current
14371 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc
) && !targetm
.binds_local_p (loc
))
14373 first_op
= DW_OP_addr
;
14375 second_op
= DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
;
14379 if (!targetm
.emutls
.debug_form_tls_address
14380 || !(dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
14382 loc
= emutls_decl (loc
);
14383 first_op
= DW_OP_addr
;
14384 second_op
= DW_OP_form_tls_address
;
14387 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
14388 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
14393 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
14394 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl
))
14397 ret
= new_loc_descr (first_op
, 0, 0);
14398 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
14399 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
14400 ret
->dtprel
= dtprel
;
14402 ret1
= new_loc_descr (second_op
, 0, 0);
14403 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
14411 if (DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (loc
))
14412 return loc_list_from_tree (DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc
),
14417 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
14420 var_loc_list
*loc_list
= lookup_decl_loc (loc
);
14422 if (loc_list
&& loc_list
->first
)
14424 list_ret
= dw_loc_list (loc_list
, loc
, want_address
);
14425 have_address
= want_address
!= 0;
14428 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
14429 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
14431 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "DECL has no RTL");
14434 else if (CONST_INT_P (rtl
))
14436 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= INTVAL (rtl
);
14437 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
)))
14438 val
&= GET_MODE_MASK (DECL_MODE (loc
));
14439 ret
= int_loc_descriptor (val
);
14441 else if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
)
14443 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "CONST_STRING");
14446 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl
) && const_ok_for_output (rtl
))
14448 ret
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
14449 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
14450 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
14454 enum machine_mode mode
;
14456 /* Certain constructs can only be represented at top-level. */
14457 if (want_address
== 2)
14459 ret
= loc_descriptor (rtl
, VOIDmode
,
14460 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14465 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
14468 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
14471 ret
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14474 expansion_failed (loc
, rtl
,
14475 "failed to produce loc descriptor for rtl");
14481 case ALIGN_INDIRECT_REF
:
14482 case MISALIGNED_INDIRECT_REF
:
14483 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
14487 case COMPOUND_EXPR
:
14488 return loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), want_address
);
14491 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
14494 return loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), want_address
);
14496 case COMPONENT_REF
:
14497 case BIT_FIELD_REF
:
14499 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF
:
14500 case REALPART_EXPR
:
14501 case IMAGPART_EXPR
:
14504 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, bitpos
, bytepos
;
14505 enum machine_mode mode
;
14507 int unsignedp
= TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
14509 obj
= get_inner_reference (loc
, &bitsize
, &bitpos
, &offset
, &mode
,
14510 &unsignedp
, &volatilep
, false);
14512 gcc_assert (obj
!= loc
);
14514 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (obj
,
14516 && !bitpos
&& !offset
? 2 : 1);
14517 /* TODO: We can extract value of the small expression via shifting even
14518 for nonzero bitpos. */
14521 if (bitpos
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0 || bitsize
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0)
14523 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14524 "bitfield access");
14528 if (offset
!= NULL_TREE
)
14530 /* Variable offset. */
14531 list_ret1
= loc_list_from_tree (offset
, 0);
14532 if (list_ret1
== 0)
14534 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, list_ret1
);
14537 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
14540 bytepos
= bitpos
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
14542 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bytepos
, 0));
14543 else if (bytepos
< 0)
14544 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret
, bytepos
);
14551 if ((want_address
|| !host_integerp (loc
, 0))
14552 && (ret
= cst_pool_loc_descr (loc
)))
14554 else if (want_address
== 2
14555 && host_integerp (loc
, 0)
14556 && (ret
= address_of_int_loc_descriptor
14557 (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
)),
14558 tree_low_cst (loc
, 0))))
14560 else if (host_integerp (loc
, 0))
14561 ret
= int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc
, 0));
14564 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14565 "Integer operand is not host integer");
14574 if ((ret
= cst_pool_loc_descr (loc
)))
14577 /* We can construct small constants here using int_loc_descriptor. */
14578 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14579 "constructor or constant not in constant pool");
14582 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR
:
14583 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR
:
14588 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR
:
14593 case TRUTH_OR_EXPR
:
14594 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR
:
14599 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR
:
14600 case CEIL_DIV_EXPR
:
14601 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR
:
14602 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR
:
14603 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
)))
14612 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR
:
14613 case CEIL_MOD_EXPR
:
14614 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR
:
14615 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR
:
14616 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
)))
14621 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
14622 list_ret1
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
14623 if (list_ret
== 0 || list_ret1
== 0)
14626 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, list_ret1
);
14629 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
14630 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
14631 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_div
, 0, 0));
14632 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul
, 0, 0));
14633 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0));
14645 op
= (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
)) ? DW_OP_shr
: DW_OP_shra
);
14648 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR
:
14650 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
14651 && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0))
14653 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
14657 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret
, tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0));
14665 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
14672 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
14679 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
14686 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
14701 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
14702 list_ret1
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
14703 if (list_ret
== 0 || list_ret1
== 0)
14706 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, list_ret1
);
14709 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
14712 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR
:
14726 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
14730 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
14736 const enum tree_code code
=
14737 TREE_CODE (loc
) == MIN_EXPR
? GT_EXPR
: LT_EXPR
;
14739 loc
= build3 (COND_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (loc
),
14740 build2 (code
, integer_type_node
,
14741 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)),
14742 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0));
14745 /* ... fall through ... */
14749 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
14750 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
14751 dw_loc_list_ref rhs
14752 = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 2), 0);
14753 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node
, jump_node
, tmp
;
14755 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
14756 if (list_ret
== 0 || lhs
== 0 || rhs
== 0)
14759 bra_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
14760 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, bra_node
);
14762 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, rhs
);
14763 jump_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip
, 0, 0);
14764 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, jump_node
);
14766 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, lhs
);
14767 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
14768 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= lhs
;
14770 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
14771 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop
, 0, 0);
14772 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, tmp
);
14773 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
14774 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= tmp
;
14778 case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR
:
14782 /* Leave front-end specific codes as simply unknown. This comes
14783 up, for instance, with the C STMT_EXPR. */
14784 if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (loc
)
14785 >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE
)
14787 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14788 "language specific tree node");
14792 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
14793 /* Otherwise this is a generic code; we should just lists all of
14794 these explicitly. We forgot one. */
14795 gcc_unreachable ();
14797 /* In a release build, we want to degrade gracefully: better to
14798 generate incomplete debugging information than to crash. */
14803 if (!ret
&& !list_ret
)
14806 if (want_address
== 2 && !have_address
14807 && (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
14809 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14811 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14812 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14816 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
14818 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
,
14819 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
14822 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
14823 if (want_address
&& !have_address
)
14825 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14826 "Want address and only have value");
14830 gcc_assert (!ret
|| !list_ret
);
14832 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
14833 if (!want_address
&& have_address
)
14835 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
14837 if (size
> DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
|| size
== -1)
14839 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14840 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14843 else if (size
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14846 op
= DW_OP_deref_size
;
14849 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, size
, 0));
14851 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, size
, 0));
14854 list_ret
= new_loc_list (ret
, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
14859 /* Same as above but return only single location expression. */
14860 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14861 loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree loc
, int want_address
)
14863 dw_loc_list_ref ret
= loc_list_from_tree (loc
, want_address
);
14866 if (ret
->dw_loc_next
)
14868 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14869 "Location list where only loc descriptor needed");
14875 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
14876 which is not less than the value itself. */
14878 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
14879 ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT value
, unsigned int boundary
)
14881 return (((value
+ boundary
- 1) / boundary
) * boundary
);
14884 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
14885 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
14886 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
14887 ERROR_MARK node. */
14890 field_type (const_tree decl
)
14894 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
14895 return integer_type_node
;
14897 type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
14898 if (type
== NULL_TREE
)
14899 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
14904 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
14905 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
14906 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
14908 static inline unsigned
14909 simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree type
)
14911 return (TREE_CODE (type
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
14914 static inline unsigned
14915 simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree decl
)
14917 return (TREE_CODE (decl
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
14920 /* Return the result of rounding T up to ALIGN. */
14922 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
14923 round_up_to_align (HOST_WIDE_INT t
, unsigned int align
)
14925 /* We must be careful if T is negative because HOST_WIDE_INT can be
14926 either "above" or "below" unsigned int as per the C promotion
14927 rules, depending on the host, thus making the signedness of the
14928 direct multiplication and division unpredictable. */
14929 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT u
= (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) t
;
14935 return (HOST_WIDE_INT
) u
;
14938 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
14939 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
14940 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
14941 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
14942 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
14945 static HOST_WIDE_INT
14946 field_byte_offset (const_tree decl
)
14948 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits
;
14949 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int
;
14951 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
14954 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
);
14956 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
14957 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
14958 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
14959 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl
), 0))
14962 bitpos_int
= int_bit_position (decl
);
14964 #ifdef PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS
14965 if (PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS
)
14968 tree field_size_tree
;
14969 HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos
;
14970 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits
;
14971 unsigned int type_align_in_bits
;
14972 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits
;
14973 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits
;
14975 type
= field_type (decl
);
14976 type_size_in_bits
= simple_type_size_in_bits (type
);
14977 type_align_in_bits
= simple_type_align_in_bits (type
);
14979 field_size_tree
= DECL_SIZE (decl
);
14981 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
14982 a flexible array member. */
14983 if (!field_size_tree
)
14984 field_size_tree
= bitsize_zero_node
;
14986 /* If the size of the field is not constant, use the type size. */
14987 if (host_integerp (field_size_tree
, 1))
14988 field_size_in_bits
= tree_low_cst (field_size_tree
, 1);
14990 field_size_in_bits
= type_size_in_bits
;
14992 decl_align_in_bits
= simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl
);
14994 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the
14995 starting bit offset (relative to the start of the containing
14996 structure type) of the hypothetical "containing object" for a
14997 bit-field. Thus, when computing the byte offset value for the
14998 start of the "containing object" of a bit-field, we must deduce
14999 this information on our own. This can be rather tricky to do in
15000 some cases. For example, handling the following structure type
15001 definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only
15002 aligns long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
15004 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
15006 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used
15007 in such cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will
15008 allocate 8 bytes for the structure shown above. It decides to
15009 do this based upon one simple rule for bit-field allocation.
15010 GCC allocates each "containing object" for each bit-field at
15011 the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment boundary
15012 (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared
15013 type of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the
15014 condition that there is still enough available space remaining
15015 in the containing object (when allocated at the selected point)
15016 to fully accommodate all of the bits of the bit-field itself.
15018 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for
15019 each object of the structure type shown above. When looking
15020 for a place to allocate the "containing object" for `field2',
15021 the compiler simply tries to allocate a 64-bit "containing
15022 object" at each successive 32-bit boundary (starting at zero)
15023 until it finds a place to allocate that 64- bit field such that
15024 at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated) bits remain
15025 within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
15026 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the
15027 "containing object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the
15030 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts
15031 we're given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC
15032 must have believed that the containing object started (within
15033 the structure type). The value we deduce is then used (by the
15034 callers of this routine) to generate DW_AT_location and
15035 DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields and, in
15036 the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
15038 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to
15039 the "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
15040 deepest_bitpos
= bitpos_int
+ field_size_in_bits
;
15042 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce
15043 where the lowest addressed bit of the containing object must
15045 object_offset_in_bits
= deepest_bitpos
- type_size_in_bits
;
15047 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for
15049 object_offset_in_bits
15050 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits
, type_align_in_bits
);
15052 if (object_offset_in_bits
> bitpos_int
)
15054 object_offset_in_bits
= deepest_bitpos
- type_size_in_bits
;
15056 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
15057 object_offset_in_bits
15058 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits
, decl_align_in_bits
);
15063 object_offset_in_bits
= bitpos_int
;
15065 return object_offset_in_bits
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
15068 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
15069 associated with them. */
15071 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
15073 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
15074 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
15075 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
15078 add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
15079 dw_loc_list_ref descr
)
15083 if (single_element_loc_list_p (descr
))
15084 add_AT_loc (die
, attr_kind
, descr
->expr
);
15086 add_AT_loc_list (die
, attr_kind
, descr
);
15089 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
15090 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
15091 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
15092 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
15093 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
15094 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
15097 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
15098 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
15099 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
15100 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
15101 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
15102 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
15103 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
15104 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
15105 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
15106 function below.) */
15109 add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
15111 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
15112 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr
= 0;
15114 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TREE_BINFO
)
15116 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
15117 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (decl
) && is_cxx ())
15119 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
15120 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
15121 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
15122 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
15124 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
15126 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
15128 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp
;
15130 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
15131 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0);
15132 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
15134 /* Extract the vtable address. */
15135 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
15136 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
15138 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
15139 offset
= tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl
), 0);
15140 gcc_assert (offset
< 0);
15142 tmp
= int_loc_descriptor (-offset
);
15143 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
15144 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0);
15145 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
15147 /* Extract the offset. */
15148 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
15149 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
15151 /* Add it to the object address. */
15152 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0);
15153 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
15156 offset
= tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl
), 0);
15159 offset
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
15163 if (dwarf_version
> 2)
15165 /* Don't need to output a location expression, just the constant. */
15166 add_AT_int (die
, DW_AT_data_member_location
, offset
);
15171 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
15173 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
15174 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure
15175 field address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
15177 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
15178 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
15179 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
15183 op
= DW_OP_plus_uconst
;
15186 loc_descr
= new_loc_descr (op
, offset
, 0);
15190 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_data_member_location
, loc_descr
);
15193 /* Writes integer values to dw_vec_const array. */
15196 insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT val
, unsigned int size
, unsigned char *dest
)
15200 *dest
++ = val
& 0xff;
15206 /* Reads integers from dw_vec_const array. Inverse of insert_int. */
15208 static HOST_WIDE_INT
15209 extract_int (const unsigned char *src
, unsigned int size
)
15211 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= 0;
15217 val
|= *--src
& 0xff;
15223 /* Writes floating point values to dw_vec_const array. */
15226 insert_float (const_rtx rtl
, unsigned char *array
)
15228 REAL_VALUE_TYPE rv
;
15232 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv
, rtl
);
15233 real_to_target (val
, &rv
, GET_MODE (rtl
));
15235 /* real_to_target puts 32-bit pieces in each long. Pack them. */
15236 for (i
= 0; i
< GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) / 4; i
++)
15238 insert_int (val
[i
], 4, array
);
15243 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
15244 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
15245 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
15246 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
15247 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
15250 add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, rtx rtl
)
15252 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
15256 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= INTVAL (rtl
);
15259 add_AT_int (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, val
);
15261 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) val
);
15266 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
15267 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
15268 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
15271 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
15273 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode
))
15275 unsigned int length
= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
15276 unsigned char *array
= GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length
);
15278 insert_float (rtl
, array
);
15279 add_AT_vec (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, length
/ 4, 4, array
);
15282 add_AT_double (die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
15283 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl
), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl
));
15289 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
15290 unsigned int elt_size
= GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
);
15291 unsigned int length
= CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl
);
15292 unsigned char *array
= GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length
* elt_size
);
15296 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
))
15298 case MODE_VECTOR_INT
:
15299 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
15301 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
15302 HOST_WIDE_INT lo
, hi
;
15304 switch (GET_CODE (elt
))
15312 lo
= CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (elt
);
15313 hi
= CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (elt
);
15317 gcc_unreachable ();
15320 if (elt_size
<= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
15321 insert_int (lo
, elt_size
, p
);
15324 unsigned char *p0
= p
;
15325 unsigned char *p1
= p
+ sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
);
15327 gcc_assert (elt_size
== 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
));
15328 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
15333 insert_int (lo
, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
), p0
);
15334 insert_int (hi
, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
), p1
);
15339 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT
:
15340 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
15342 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
15343 insert_float (elt
, p
);
15348 gcc_unreachable ();
15351 add_AT_vec (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, length
, elt_size
, array
);
15356 if (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
)
15358 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
;
15359 resolve_one_addr (&rtl
, NULL
);
15361 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
15362 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
15363 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
15364 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
15365 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_location
, loc_result
);
15366 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
15372 if (CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
15373 return add_const_value_attribute (die
, XEXP (rtl
, 0));
15376 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl
))
15379 if (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
)
15384 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
15385 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
15386 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
15387 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
15388 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
15389 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
15390 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
15391 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
15392 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
15393 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
15394 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
15402 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == CONST_STRING
15403 && MEM_READONLY_P (rtl
)
15404 && GET_MODE (rtl
) == BLKmode
)
15406 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, XSTR (XEXP (rtl
, 0), 0));
15412 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
15413 gcc_unreachable ();
15418 /* Determine whether the evaluation of EXPR references any variables
15419 or functions which aren't otherwise used (and therefore may not be
15422 reference_to_unused (tree
* tp
, int * walk_subtrees
,
15423 void * data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
15425 if (! EXPR_P (*tp
) && ! CONSTANT_CLASS_P (*tp
))
15426 *walk_subtrees
= 0;
15428 if (DECL_P (*tp
) && ! TREE_PUBLIC (*tp
) && ! TREE_USED (*tp
)
15429 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp
))
15431 /* ??? The C++ FE emits debug information for using decls, so
15432 putting gcc_unreachable here falls over. See PR31899. For now
15433 be conservative. */
15434 else if (!cgraph_global_info_ready
15435 && (TREE_CODE (*tp
) == VAR_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (*tp
) == FUNCTION_DECL
))
15437 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp
) == VAR_DECL
)
15439 struct varpool_node
*node
= varpool_node (*tp
);
15443 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp
) == FUNCTION_DECL
15444 && (!DECL_EXTERNAL (*tp
) || DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (*tp
)))
15446 /* The call graph machinery must have finished analyzing,
15447 optimizing and gimplifying the CU by now.
15448 So if *TP has no call graph node associated
15449 to it, it means *TP will not be emitted. */
15450 if (!cgraph_get_node (*tp
))
15453 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp
) == STRING_CST
&& !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp
))
15459 /* Generate an RTL constant from a decl initializer INIT with decl type TYPE,
15460 for use in a later add_const_value_attribute call. */
15463 rtl_for_decl_init (tree init
, tree type
)
15465 rtx rtl
= NULL_RTX
;
15467 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
15468 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
15469 if (TREE_CODE (init
) == STRING_CST
&& TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
15471 tree enttype
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
15472 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (type
);
15473 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (enttype
);
15475 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) == 1
15477 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
))
15478 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
),
15479 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
) - 1) == 0
15480 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
)
15481 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
)) + 1))
15483 rtl
= gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode
,
15484 ggc_strdup (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
)));
15485 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode
, rtl
);
15486 MEM_READONLY_P (rtl
) = 1;
15489 /* Other aggregates, and complex values, could be represented using
15491 else if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type
) || TREE_CODE (type
) == COMPLEX_TYPE
)
15493 /* Vectors only work if their mode is supported by the target.
15494 FIXME: generic vectors ought to work too. */
15495 else if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
&& TYPE_MODE (type
) == BLKmode
)
15497 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
15498 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. We must be careful not to
15499 reference variables which won't be output. */
15500 else if (initializer_constant_valid_p (init
, type
)
15501 && ! walk_tree (&init
, reference_to_unused
, NULL
, NULL
))
15503 /* Convert vector CONSTRUCTOR initializers to VECTOR_CST if
15505 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
)
15506 switch (TREE_CODE (init
))
15511 if (TREE_CONSTANT (init
))
15513 VEC(constructor_elt
,gc
) *elts
= CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init
);
15514 bool constant_p
= true;
15516 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT ix
;
15518 /* Even when ctor is constant, it might contain non-*_CST
15519 elements (e.g. { 1.0/0.0 - 1.0/0.0, 0.0 }) and those don't
15520 belong into VECTOR_CST nodes. */
15521 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (elts
, ix
, value
)
15522 if (!CONSTANT_CLASS_P (value
))
15524 constant_p
= false;
15530 init
= build_vector_from_ctor (type
, elts
);
15540 rtl
= expand_expr (init
, NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
, EXPAND_INITIALIZER
);
15542 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
15543 gcc_assert (!rtl
|| !MEM_P (rtl
));
15549 /* Generate RTL for the variable DECL to represent its location. */
15552 rtl_for_decl_location (tree decl
)
15556 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
15557 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
15558 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
15560 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
15561 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
15562 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
15563 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
15564 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
15565 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
15566 referenced within the function.
15568 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
15569 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
15570 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
15571 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
15573 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
15574 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
15575 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
15576 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
15577 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
15578 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
15580 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
15581 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
15582 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
15583 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
15584 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
15585 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
15586 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
15587 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
15588 output at debug-time.
15590 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
15591 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
15592 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
15593 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
15594 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
15595 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
15596 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
15597 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
15598 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
15599 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
15600 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
15601 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
15602 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
15604 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
15605 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
15606 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
15607 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
15608 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
15609 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
15610 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
15611 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
15612 I'd like to fix it.
15614 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
15615 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
15616 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
15617 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
15618 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
15619 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
15620 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
15621 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
15622 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
15623 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
15624 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values. FIXME. */
15626 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
15627 rtl
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl
);
15629 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
15630 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
15631 fixed registers. */
15632 if (! reload_completed
)
15635 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl
)
15637 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
15639 && TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
15640 && TREE_STATIC (decl
))))
15642 rtl
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (rtl
);
15647 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
)
15649 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
|| is_pseudo_reg (rtl
))
15651 tree declared_type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
15652 tree passed_type
= DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl
);
15653 enum machine_mode dmode
= TYPE_MODE (declared_type
);
15654 enum machine_mode pmode
= TYPE_MODE (passed_type
);
15656 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
15657 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
15658 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
15659 if (dmode
== pmode
)
15660 rtl
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
15661 else if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (dmode
)
15662 && GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode
) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode
)
15663 && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
))
15665 rtx inc
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
15668 else if (MEM_P (inc
))
15670 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
15671 rtl
= adjust_address_nv (inc
, dmode
,
15672 GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode
)
15673 - GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode
));
15680 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
15681 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
15682 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
15683 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
15684 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
15685 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
15687 else if (MEM_P (rtl
)
15688 && XEXP (rtl
, 0) != const0_rtx
15689 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
15690 /* Not passed in memory. */
15691 && !MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
))
15692 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
15693 && (!REG_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
15694 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
15695 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
15696 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
15697 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
15700 /* Big endian correction check. */
15701 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
15702 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) != GET_MODE (rtl
)
15703 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))
15706 int offset
= (UNITS_PER_WORD
15707 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
))));
15709 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
15710 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl
, 0), offset
));
15713 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
15716 && GET_MODE (rtl
) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
))
15717 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
15719 int rsize
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
));
15720 int dsize
= GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)));
15722 /* If a variable is declared "register" yet is smaller than
15723 a register, then if we store the variable to memory, it
15724 looks like we're storing a register-sized value, when in
15725 fact we are not. We need to adjust the offset of the
15726 storage location to reflect the actual value's bytes,
15727 else gdb will not be able to display it. */
15729 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
15730 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl
, 0), rsize
-dsize
));
15733 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
15734 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
15735 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
15736 if (!rtl
&& TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
15737 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_init (DECL_INITIAL (decl
), TREE_TYPE (decl
));
15740 rtl
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (rtl
);
15742 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
15743 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
15744 code, and thus is not emitted. */
15746 rtl
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl
);
15748 /* Try harder to get a rtl. If this symbol ends up not being emitted
15749 in the current CU, resolve_addr will remove the expression referencing
15751 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
15752 && TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
15753 && !DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
)
15754 && TREE_STATIC (decl
)
15755 && DECL_NAME (decl
)
15756 && !DECL_HARD_REGISTER (decl
)
15757 && DECL_MODE (decl
) != VOIDmode
)
15759 rtl
= DECL_RTL (decl
);
15760 /* Reset DECL_RTL back, as various parts of the compiler expects
15761 DECL_RTL set meaning it is actually going to be output. */
15762 SET_DECL_RTL (decl
, NULL
);
15764 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != SYMBOL_REF
15765 || SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != decl
)
15772 /* Check whether decl is a Fortran COMMON symbol. If not, NULL_TREE is
15773 returned. If so, the decl for the COMMON block is returned, and the
15774 value is the offset into the common block for the symbol. */
15777 fortran_common (tree decl
, HOST_WIDE_INT
*value
)
15779 tree val_expr
, cvar
;
15780 enum machine_mode mode
;
15781 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, bitpos
;
15783 int volatilep
= 0, unsignedp
= 0;
15785 /* If the decl isn't a VAR_DECL, or if it isn't static, or if
15786 it does not have a value (the offset into the common area), or if it
15787 is thread local (as opposed to global) then it isn't common, and shouldn't
15788 be handled as such. */
15789 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != VAR_DECL
15790 || !TREE_STATIC (decl
)
15791 || !DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (decl
)
15795 val_expr
= DECL_VALUE_EXPR (decl
);
15796 if (TREE_CODE (val_expr
) != COMPONENT_REF
)
15799 cvar
= get_inner_reference (val_expr
, &bitsize
, &bitpos
, &offset
,
15800 &mode
, &unsignedp
, &volatilep
, true);
15802 if (cvar
== NULL_TREE
15803 || TREE_CODE (cvar
) != VAR_DECL
15804 || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (cvar
)
15805 || !TREE_PUBLIC (cvar
))
15809 if (offset
!= NULL
)
15811 if (!host_integerp (offset
, 0))
15813 *value
= tree_low_cst (offset
, 0);
15816 *value
+= bitpos
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
15821 /* Generate *either* a DW_AT_location attribute or else a DW_AT_const_value
15822 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
15823 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
15824 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
15825 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
15826 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
15827 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
15828 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
15829 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
15830 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
15833 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
,
15834 enum dwarf_attribute attr
)
15837 dw_loc_list_ref list
;
15838 var_loc_list
*loc_list
;
15840 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
15843 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
15844 || TREE_CODE (decl
) == RESULT_DECL
);
15846 /* Try to get some constant RTL for this decl, and use that as the value of
15849 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (decl
);
15850 if (rtl
&& (CONSTANT_P (rtl
) || GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
)
15851 && add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
))
15854 /* See if we have single element location list that is equivalent to
15855 a constant value. That way we are better to use add_const_value_attribute
15856 rather than expanding constant value equivalent. */
15857 loc_list
= lookup_decl_loc (decl
);
15860 && loc_list
->first
== loc_list
->last
15861 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (loc_list
->first
->var_loc_note
)
15862 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_list
->first
->var_loc_note
))
15864 struct var_loc_node
*node
;
15866 node
= loc_list
->first
;
15867 rtl
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node
->var_loc_note
);
15868 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) != PARALLEL
)
15869 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
15870 if ((CONSTANT_P (rtl
) || GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
)
15871 && add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
))
15874 list
= loc_list_from_tree (decl
, decl_by_reference_p (decl
) ? 0 : 2);
15877 add_AT_location_description (die
, attr
, list
);
15880 /* None of that worked, so it must not really have a location;
15881 try adding a constant value attribute from the DECL_INITIAL. */
15882 return tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (die
, decl
);
15885 /* Add VARIABLE and DIE into deferred locations list. */
15888 defer_location (tree variable
, dw_die_ref die
)
15890 deferred_locations entry
;
15891 entry
.variable
= variable
;
15893 VEC_safe_push (deferred_locations
, gc
, deferred_locations_list
, &entry
);
15896 /* Helper function for tree_add_const_value_attribute. Natively encode
15897 initializer INIT into an array. Return true if successful. */
15900 native_encode_initializer (tree init
, unsigned char *array
, int size
)
15904 if (init
== NULL_TREE
)
15908 switch (TREE_CODE (init
))
15911 type
= TREE_TYPE (init
);
15912 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
15914 tree enttype
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
15915 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (enttype
);
15917 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) != MODE_INT
|| GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) != 1)
15919 if (int_size_in_bytes (type
) != size
)
15921 if (size
> TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
))
15923 memcpy (array
, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
),
15924 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
));
15925 memset (array
+ TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
),
15926 '\0', size
- TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
));
15929 memcpy (array
, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
), size
);
15934 type
= TREE_TYPE (init
);
15935 if (int_size_in_bytes (type
) != size
)
15937 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
15939 HOST_WIDE_INT min_index
;
15940 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt
;
15941 int curpos
= 0, fieldsize
;
15942 constructor_elt
*ce
;
15944 if (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
) == NULL_TREE
15945 || !host_integerp (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
)), 0))
15948 fieldsize
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type
));
15949 if (fieldsize
<= 0)
15952 min_index
= tree_low_cst (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
)), 0);
15953 memset (array
, '\0', size
);
15955 VEC_iterate (constructor_elt
, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init
), cnt
, ce
);
15958 tree val
= ce
->value
;
15959 tree index
= ce
->index
;
15961 if (index
&& TREE_CODE (index
) == RANGE_EXPR
)
15962 pos
= (tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index
, 0), 0) - min_index
)
15965 pos
= (tree_low_cst (index
, 0) - min_index
) * fieldsize
;
15970 if (!native_encode_initializer (val
, array
+ pos
, fieldsize
))
15973 curpos
= pos
+ fieldsize
;
15974 if (index
&& TREE_CODE (index
) == RANGE_EXPR
)
15976 int count
= tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index
, 1), 0)
15977 - tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index
, 0), 0);
15981 memcpy (array
+ curpos
, array
+ pos
, fieldsize
);
15982 curpos
+= fieldsize
;
15985 gcc_assert (curpos
<= size
);
15989 else if (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
15990 || TREE_CODE (type
) == UNION_TYPE
)
15992 tree field
= NULL_TREE
;
15993 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt
;
15994 constructor_elt
*ce
;
15996 if (int_size_in_bytes (type
) != size
)
15999 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
)
16000 field
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
);
16003 VEC_iterate (constructor_elt
, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init
), cnt
, ce
);
16004 cnt
++, field
= field
? TREE_CHAIN (field
) : 0)
16006 tree val
= ce
->value
;
16007 int pos
, fieldsize
;
16009 if (ce
->index
!= 0)
16015 if (field
== NULL_TREE
|| DECL_BIT_FIELD (field
))
16018 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (field
)) == ARRAY_TYPE
16019 && TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field
))
16020 && ! TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field
))))
16022 else if (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field
) == NULL_TREE
16023 || !host_integerp (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field
), 0))
16025 fieldsize
= tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field
), 0);
16026 pos
= int_byte_position (field
);
16027 gcc_assert (pos
+ fieldsize
<= size
);
16029 && !native_encode_initializer (val
, array
+ pos
, fieldsize
))
16035 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
16036 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR
:
16037 return native_encode_initializer (TREE_OPERAND (init
, 0), array
, size
);
16039 return native_encode_expr (init
, array
, size
) == size
;
16043 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIE. The value of the
16044 attribute is the const value T. */
16047 tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree t
)
16050 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (t
);
16053 if (!t
|| !TREE_TYPE (t
) || TREE_TYPE (t
) == error_mark_node
)
16057 gcc_assert (!DECL_P (init
));
16059 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_init (init
, type
);
16061 return add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
);
16062 /* If the host and target are sane, try harder. */
16063 else if (CHAR_BIT
== 8 && BITS_PER_UNIT
== 8
16064 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init
, type
))
16066 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (init
));
16067 if (size
> 0 && (int) size
== size
)
16069 unsigned char *array
= GGC_CNEWVEC (unsigned char, size
);
16071 if (native_encode_initializer (init
, array
, size
))
16073 add_AT_vec (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, size
, 1, array
);
16081 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute to VAR_DIE. The value of the
16082 attribute is the const value of T, where T is an integral constant
16083 variable with static storage duration
16084 (so it can't be a PARM_DECL or a RESULT_DECL). */
16087 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (dw_die_ref var_die
, tree decl
)
16091 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) != VAR_DECL
16092 && TREE_CODE (decl
) != CONST_DECL
))
16095 if (TREE_READONLY (decl
)
16096 && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
)
16097 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
16102 /* Don't add DW_AT_const_value if abstract origin already has one. */
16103 if (get_AT (var_die
, DW_AT_const_value
))
16106 return tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die
, DECL_INITIAL (decl
));
16109 /* Convert the CFI instructions for the current function into a
16110 location list. This is used for DW_AT_frame_base when we targeting
16111 a dwarf2 consumer that does not support the dwarf3
16112 DW_OP_call_frame_cfa. OFFSET is a constant to be added to all CFA
16115 static dw_loc_list_ref
16116 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
16119 dw_loc_list_ref list
, *list_tail
;
16121 dw_cfa_location last_cfa
, next_cfa
;
16122 const char *start_label
, *last_label
, *section
;
16123 dw_cfa_location remember
;
16125 fde
= current_fde ();
16126 gcc_assert (fde
!= NULL
);
16128 section
= secname_for_decl (current_function_decl
);
16132 memset (&next_cfa
, 0, sizeof (next_cfa
));
16133 next_cfa
.reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
16134 remember
= next_cfa
;
16136 start_label
= fde
->dw_fde_begin
;
16138 /* ??? Bald assumption that the CIE opcode list does not contain
16139 advance opcodes. */
16140 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
16141 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, &next_cfa
, &remember
);
16143 last_cfa
= next_cfa
;
16144 last_label
= start_label
;
16146 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
16147 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
16149 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
16150 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
16151 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
16152 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
16153 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa
, &next_cfa
))
16155 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa
, offset
),
16156 start_label
, last_label
, section
);
16158 list_tail
= &(*list_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
16159 last_cfa
= next_cfa
;
16160 start_label
= last_label
;
16162 last_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
16165 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
16166 /* The encoding is complex enough that we should never emit this. */
16167 gcc_unreachable ();
16170 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, &next_cfa
, &remember
);
16174 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa
, &next_cfa
))
16176 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa
, offset
),
16177 start_label
, last_label
, section
);
16178 list_tail
= &(*list_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
16179 start_label
= last_label
;
16182 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&next_cfa
, offset
),
16183 start_label
, fde
->dw_fde_end
, section
);
16185 if (list
&& list
->dw_loc_next
)
16191 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the
16192 frame base (often the same as the CFA), and store it in
16193 frame_pointer_fb_offset. OFFSET is added to the displacement
16194 before the latter is negated. */
16197 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
16201 #ifdef FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET
16202 reg
= frame_pointer_rtx
;
16203 offset
+= FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl
);
16205 reg
= arg_pointer_rtx
;
16206 offset
+= ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl
);
16209 elim
= eliminate_regs (reg
, VOIDmode
, NULL_RTX
);
16210 if (GET_CODE (elim
) == PLUS
)
16212 offset
+= INTVAL (XEXP (elim
, 1));
16213 elim
= XEXP (elim
, 0);
16216 gcc_assert ((SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT
16217 && (elim
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
16218 || elim
== stack_pointer_rtx
))
16219 || elim
== (frame_pointer_needed
16220 ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
16221 : stack_pointer_rtx
));
16223 frame_pointer_fb_offset
= -offset
;
16226 /* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
16227 the value of the attribute. */
16230 add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, const char *name_string
)
16232 if (name_string
!= NULL
&& *name_string
!= 0)
16234 if (demangle_name_func
)
16235 name_string
= (*demangle_name_func
) (name_string
);
16237 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
, name_string
);
16241 /* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
16244 add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref die
)
16246 const char *wd
= get_src_pwd ();
16252 if (DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR
)
16256 wdlen
= strlen (wd
);
16257 wd1
= GGC_NEWVEC (char, wdlen
+ 2);
16259 wd1
[wdlen
] = DIR_SEPARATOR
;
16260 wd1
[wdlen
+ 1] = 0;
16264 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_comp_dir
, remap_debug_filename (wd
));
16267 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
16268 a representation for that bound. */
16271 add_bound_info (dw_die_ref subrange_die
, enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr
, tree bound
)
16273 switch (TREE_CODE (bound
))
16278 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
16281 unsigned int prec
= simple_type_size_in_bits (TREE_TYPE (bound
));
16283 /* Use the default if possible. */
16284 if (bound_attr
== DW_AT_lower_bound
16285 && (((is_c_family () || is_java ()) && integer_zerop (bound
))
16286 || (is_fortran () && integer_onep (bound
))))
16289 /* Otherwise represent the bound as an unsigned value with the
16290 precision of its type. The precision and signedness of the
16291 type will be necessary to re-interpret it unambiguously. */
16292 else if (prec
< HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
16294 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT mask
16295 = ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) 1 << prec
) - 1;
16296 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, bound_attr
,
16297 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound
) & mask
);
16299 else if (prec
== HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
16300 || TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (bound
) == 0)
16301 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, bound_attr
,
16302 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound
));
16304 add_AT_double (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (bound
),
16305 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound
));
16310 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
16311 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, TREE_OPERAND (bound
, 0));
16321 dw_die_ref decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (bound
);
16322 dw_loc_list_ref loc
;
16324 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
16325 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
16326 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
16327 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
16328 later parameter. */
16329 if (decl_die
!= NULL
)
16330 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
16333 loc
= loc_list_from_tree (bound
, 0);
16334 add_AT_location_description (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, loc
);
16341 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
16342 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
16344 dw_die_ref ctx
, decl_die
;
16345 dw_loc_list_ref list
;
16347 list
= loc_list_from_tree (bound
, 2);
16351 if (current_function_decl
== 0)
16352 ctx
= comp_unit_die
;
16354 ctx
= lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl
);
16356 decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, ctx
, bound
);
16357 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
16358 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (bound
), 1, 0, ctx
);
16359 if (list
->dw_loc_next
)
16360 add_AT_loc_list (decl_die
, DW_AT_location
, list
);
16362 add_AT_loc (decl_die
, DW_AT_location
, list
->expr
);
16364 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
16370 /* Add subscript info to TYPE_DIE, describing an array TYPE, collapsing
16371 possibly nested array subscripts in a flat sequence if COLLAPSE_P is true.
16372 Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
16373 includes information about the element type of the given array type. */
16376 add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref type_die
, tree type
, bool collapse_p
)
16378 unsigned dimension_number
;
16380 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
16382 for (dimension_number
= 0;
16383 TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
&& (dimension_number
== 0 || collapse_p
);
16384 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), dimension_number
++)
16386 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (type
);
16388 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
) && is_fortran () && dimension_number
> 0)
16391 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
16392 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
16394 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, type_die
, NULL
);
16397 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
16398 lower
= TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
);
16399 upper
= TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
);
16401 /* Define the index type. */
16402 if (TREE_TYPE (domain
))
16404 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
16405 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
16406 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
16407 if (TREE_CODE (domain
) == INTEGER_TYPE
16408 && TYPE_NAME (domain
) == NULL_TREE
16409 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == INTEGER_TYPE
16410 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == NULL_TREE
)
16413 add_type_attribute (subrange_die
, TREE_TYPE (domain
), 0, 0,
16417 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
16418 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
16420 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
16421 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
16422 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
16424 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
, lower
);
16426 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
, upper
);
16429 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
16430 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
16436 add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree tree_node
)
16440 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node
))
16445 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
16448 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
16449 size
= int_size_in_bytes (tree_node
);
16452 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
16453 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
16454 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
16455 even for bit-fields. */
16456 size
= simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node
)) / BITS_PER_UNIT
;
16459 gcc_unreachable ();
16462 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
16463 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
16464 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
16465 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
16466 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
16469 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
16470 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
16471 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
16474 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
16475 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
16476 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
16477 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
16478 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
16479 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
16481 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
16482 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
16483 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
16486 add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
16488 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
16489 tree type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
16490 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int
;
16491 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset
;
16492 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset
;
16493 HOST_WIDE_INT
unsigned bit_offset
;
16495 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
16496 gcc_assert (type
&& TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
);
16498 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
16499 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
16500 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
16501 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl
), 0)
16502 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
16505 bitpos_int
= int_bit_position (decl
);
16507 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
16508 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
16509 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
16510 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
16511 below must take account of these differences. */
16512 highest_order_object_bit_offset
= object_offset_in_bytes
* BITS_PER_UNIT
;
16513 highest_order_field_bit_offset
= bitpos_int
;
16515 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
16517 highest_order_field_bit_offset
+= tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 0);
16518 highest_order_object_bit_offset
+= simple_type_size_in_bits (type
);
16522 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
16523 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset
- highest_order_field_bit_offset
16524 : highest_order_field_bit_offset
- highest_order_object_bit_offset
);
16526 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_offset
, bit_offset
);
16529 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
16530 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
16533 add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
16535 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
16536 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
16537 && DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
));
16539 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
16540 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_size
, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1));
16543 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
16544 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
16547 add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree func_type
)
16549 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
) == DW_LANG_C89
16550 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type
) != NULL
)
16551 add_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_prototyped
, 1);
16554 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
16555 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
16558 static inline dw_die_ref
16559 add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree origin
)
16561 dw_die_ref origin_die
= NULL
;
16563 if (TREE_CODE (origin
) != FUNCTION_DECL
)
16565 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
16566 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
16567 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
16569 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
16570 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
16574 fn
= TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn
);
16576 fn
= decl_function_context (fn
);
16578 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn
);
16581 if (DECL_P (origin
))
16582 origin_die
= lookup_decl_die (origin
);
16583 else if (TYPE_P (origin
))
16584 origin_die
= lookup_type_die (origin
);
16586 /* XXX: Functions that are never lowered don't always have correct block
16587 trees (in the case of java, they simply have no block tree, in some other
16588 languages). For these functions, there is nothing we can really do to
16589 output correct debug info for inlined functions in all cases. Rather
16590 than die, we'll just produce deficient debug info now, in that we will
16591 have variables without a proper abstract origin. In the future, when all
16592 functions are lowered, we should re-add a gcc_assert (origin_die)
16596 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
, origin_die
);
16600 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
16603 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree func_decl
)
16605 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
))
16607 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
16609 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0))
16610 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
,
16611 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu
,
16612 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0),
16615 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
16616 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
16617 && DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl
))
16618 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
16619 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl
)));
16623 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
16626 add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
16628 expanded_location s
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
16630 add_AT_file (die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, lookup_filename (s
.file
));
16631 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, s
.line
);
16634 /* Add a DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
16635 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
16638 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
16642 decl_name
= DECL_NAME (decl
);
16643 if (decl_name
!= NULL
&& IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name
) != NULL
)
16645 const char *name
= dwarf2_name (decl
, 0);
16647 add_name_attribute (die
, name
);
16648 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
16649 add_src_coords_attributes (die
, decl
);
16651 if ((TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
)
16652 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl
)
16653 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
)
16654 && !(TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& DECL_REGISTER (decl
))
16657 /* Defer until we have an assembler name set. */
16658 if (!DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME_SET_P (decl
))
16660 limbo_die_node
*asm_name
;
16662 asm_name
= GGC_CNEW (limbo_die_node
);
16663 asm_name
->die
= die
;
16664 asm_name
->created_for
= decl
;
16665 asm_name
->next
= deferred_asm_name
;
16666 deferred_asm_name
= asm_name
;
16668 else if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
) != DECL_NAME (decl
))
16669 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
,
16670 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
)));
16674 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
16675 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
16676 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
16677 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
&& TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
16679 add_AT_addr (die
, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
,
16680 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
16681 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
16686 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
16689 push_decl_scope (tree scope
)
16691 VEC_safe_push (tree
, gc
, decl_scope_table
, scope
);
16694 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
16697 pop_decl_scope (void)
16699 VEC_pop (tree
, decl_scope_table
);
16702 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
16703 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
16704 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
16705 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
16706 the current active scope. */
16709 scope_die_for (tree t
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
16711 dw_die_ref scope_die
= NULL
;
16712 tree containing_scope
;
16715 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
16716 gcc_assert (TYPE_P (t
));
16718 containing_scope
= TYPE_CONTEXT (t
);
16720 /* Use the containing namespace if it was passed in (for a declaration). */
16721 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
16723 if (context_die
== lookup_decl_die (containing_scope
))
16726 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
16729 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
16730 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
16731 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
16732 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == FUNCTION_TYPE
)
16733 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
16735 if (containing_scope
== NULL_TREE
)
16736 scope_die
= comp_unit_die
;
16737 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope
))
16739 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
16740 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
16741 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
16742 for (i
= VEC_length (tree
, decl_scope_table
) - 1; i
>= 0; --i
)
16743 if (VEC_index (tree
, decl_scope_table
, i
) == containing_scope
)
16748 gcc_assert (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
16749 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope
));
16751 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
16752 scope_die
= comp_unit_die
;
16755 scope_die
= lookup_type_die (containing_scope
);
16758 scope_die
= context_die
;
16763 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
16766 local_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
16768 for (; context_die
; context_die
= context_die
->die_parent
)
16769 if (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
16770 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
16776 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class. */
16779 class_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
16781 return (context_die
16782 && (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_structure_type
16783 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_class_type
16784 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_interface_type
16785 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_union_type
));
16788 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class or namespace, for deciding
16789 whether or not to treat a DIE in this context as a declaration. */
16792 class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
16794 return (class_scope_p (context_die
)
16795 || (context_die
&& context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
));
16798 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
16799 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
16800 by 'type', and adds a DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
16803 add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref object_die
, tree type
, int decl_const
,
16804 int decl_volatile
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
16806 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
16807 dw_die_ref type_die
= NULL
;
16809 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral, floating-point
16810 or fixed-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
16811 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
16812 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
16813 if ((code
== INTEGER_TYPE
|| code
== REAL_TYPE
|| code
== FIXED_POINT_TYPE
)
16814 && TREE_TYPE (type
) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type
) == 0)
16815 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
16817 if (code
== ERROR_MARK
16818 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
16819 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
16820 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
16821 || code
== VOID_TYPE
)
16824 type_die
= modified_type_die (type
,
16825 decl_const
|| TYPE_READONLY (type
),
16826 decl_volatile
|| TYPE_VOLATILE (type
),
16829 if (type_die
!= NULL
)
16830 add_AT_die_ref (object_die
, DW_AT_type
, type_die
);
16833 /* Given an object die, add the calling convention attribute for the
16834 function call type. */
16836 add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref subr_die
, tree decl
)
16838 enum dwarf_calling_convention value
= DW_CC_normal
;
16840 value
= ((enum dwarf_calling_convention
)
16841 targetm
.dwarf_calling_convention (TREE_TYPE (decl
)));
16843 /* DWARF doesn't provide a way to identify a program's source-level
16844 entry point. DW_AT_calling_convention attributes are only meant
16845 to describe functions' calling conventions. However, lacking a
16846 better way to signal the Fortran main program, we use this for the
16847 time being, following existing custom. */
16849 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
)), "MAIN__"))
16850 value
= DW_CC_program
;
16852 /* Only add the attribute if the backend requests it, and
16853 is not DW_CC_normal. */
16854 if (value
&& (value
!= DW_CC_normal
))
16855 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_calling_convention
, value
);
16858 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
16859 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
16860 was declared without a tag. */
16862 static const char *
16863 type_tag (const_tree type
)
16865 const char *name
= 0;
16867 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) != 0)
16871 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
16872 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE
)
16873 t
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
16875 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
16876 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
16878 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
16879 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
16881 /* We want to be extra verbose. Don't call dwarf_name if
16882 DECL_NAME isn't set. The default hook for decl_printable_name
16883 doesn't like that, and in this context it's correct to return
16884 0, instead of "<anonymous>" or the like. */
16885 if (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
16886 name
= lang_hooks
.dwarf_name (TYPE_NAME (type
), 2);
16889 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
16890 if (!name
&& t
!= 0)
16891 name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t
);
16894 return (name
== 0 || *name
== '\0') ? 0 : name
;
16897 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
16898 for bit field types. */
16901 member_declared_type (const_tree member
)
16903 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
)
16904 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
) : TREE_TYPE (member
));
16907 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
16908 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
16911 static const char *
16912 decl_start_label (tree decl
)
16915 const char *fnname
;
16917 x
= DECL_RTL (decl
);
16918 gcc_assert (MEM_P (x
));
16921 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x
) == SYMBOL_REF
);
16923 fnname
= XSTR (x
, 0);
16928 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
16929 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
16930 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
16933 gen_array_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
16935 dw_die_ref scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
16936 dw_die_ref array_die
;
16938 /* GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of one
16939 dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array types.
16940 We sometimes squish that down to a single array_type DIE with multiple
16941 subscripts in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft Dwarf specification
16942 say that we are allowed to do this kind of compression in C, because
16943 there is no difference between an array of arrays and a multidimensional
16944 array. We don't do this for Ada to remain as close as possible to the
16945 actual representation, which is especially important against the language
16946 flexibilty wrt arrays of variable size. */
16948 bool collapse_nested_arrays
= !is_ada ();
16951 /* Emit DW_TAG_string_type for Fortran character types (with kind 1 only, as
16952 DW_TAG_string_type doesn't have DW_AT_type attribute). */
16953 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
)
16954 && TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
16956 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == TYPE_MODE (char_type_node
))
16958 HOST_WIDE_INT size
;
16960 array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_string_type
, scope_die
, type
);
16961 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
16962 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
16963 size
= int_size_in_bytes (type
);
16965 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
16966 else if (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
) != NULL_TREE
16967 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
)) != NULL_TREE
16968 && DECL_P (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
))))
16970 tree szdecl
= TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
));
16971 dw_loc_list_ref loc
= loc_list_from_tree (szdecl
, 2);
16973 size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (szdecl
));
16974 if (loc
&& size
> 0)
16976 add_AT_location_description (array_die
, DW_AT_string_length
, loc
);
16977 if (size
!= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
16978 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
16984 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types
16985 (e.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10]) unless the inner
16986 array type comes before the outer array type. We thus call gen_type_die
16987 before we new_die and must prevent nested array types collapsing for this
16990 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
16991 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
16992 collapse_nested_arrays
= false;
16995 array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_array_type
, scope_die
, type
);
16996 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
16997 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
16999 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
)
17001 /* The frontend feeds us a representation for the vector as a struct
17002 containing an array. Pull out the array type. */
17003 type
= TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type
)));
17004 add_AT_flag (array_die
, DW_AT_GNU_vector
, 1);
17007 /* For Fortran multidimensional arrays use DW_ORD_col_major ordering. */
17009 && TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
17010 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == ARRAY_TYPE
17011 && !TYPE_STRING_FLAG (TREE_TYPE (type
)))
17012 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_col_major
);
17015 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
17016 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
17017 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
17018 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
17019 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
17020 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
17021 for multidimensional arrays. */
17022 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_row_major
);
17025 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17026 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
17027 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
17028 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type
))
17029 add_AT_flag (array_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
17032 add_subscript_info (array_die
, type
, collapse_nested_arrays
);
17034 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type and
17035 emit the corresponding DIE if we haven't done it already. */
17036 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
17037 if (collapse_nested_arrays
)
17038 while (TREE_CODE (element_type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
17040 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (element_type
) && is_fortran ())
17042 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (element_type
);
17045 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17046 gen_type_die (element_type
, context_die
);
17049 add_type_attribute (array_die
, element_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
17051 if (get_AT (array_die
, DW_AT_name
))
17052 add_pubtype (type
, array_die
);
17055 static dw_loc_descr_ref
17056 descr_info_loc (tree val
, tree base_decl
)
17058 HOST_WIDE_INT size
;
17059 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, loc2
;
17060 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
17062 if (val
== base_decl
)
17063 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_push_object_address
, 0, 0);
17065 switch (TREE_CODE (val
))
17068 return descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 0), base_decl
);
17070 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (val
, 0);
17072 if (host_integerp (val
, 0))
17073 return int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (val
, 0));
17076 size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (val
));
17079 loc
= descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 0), base_decl
);
17082 if (size
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
17083 add_loc_descr (&loc
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0));
17085 add_loc_descr (&loc
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref_size
, size
, 0));
17087 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR
:
17089 if (host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 1), 1)
17090 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 1), 1)
17093 loc
= descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 0), base_decl
);
17096 loc_descr_plus_const (&loc
, tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 1), 0));
17102 loc
= descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 0), base_decl
);
17105 loc2
= descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 1), base_decl
);
17108 add_loc_descr (&loc
, loc2
);
17109 add_loc_descr (&loc2
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
17131 add_descr_info_field (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr
,
17132 tree val
, tree base_decl
)
17134 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
17136 if (host_integerp (val
, 0))
17138 add_AT_unsigned (die
, attr
, tree_low_cst (val
, 0));
17142 loc
= descr_info_loc (val
, base_decl
);
17146 add_AT_loc (die
, attr
, loc
);
17149 /* This routine generates DIE for array with hidden descriptor, details
17150 are filled into *info by a langhook. */
17153 gen_descr_array_type_die (tree type
, struct array_descr_info
*info
,
17154 dw_die_ref context_die
)
17156 dw_die_ref scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
17157 dw_die_ref array_die
;
17160 array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_array_type
, scope_die
, type
);
17161 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
17162 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
17164 /* For Fortran multidimensional arrays use DW_ORD_col_major ordering. */
17166 && info
->ndimensions
>= 2)
17167 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_col_major
);
17169 if (info
->data_location
)
17170 add_descr_info_field (array_die
, DW_AT_data_location
, info
->data_location
,
17172 if (info
->associated
)
17173 add_descr_info_field (array_die
, DW_AT_associated
, info
->associated
,
17175 if (info
->allocated
)
17176 add_descr_info_field (array_die
, DW_AT_allocated
, info
->allocated
,
17179 for (dim
= 0; dim
< info
->ndimensions
; dim
++)
17181 dw_die_ref subrange_die
17182 = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, array_die
, NULL
);
17184 if (info
->dimen
[dim
].lower_bound
)
17186 /* If it is the default value, omit it. */
17187 if ((is_c_family () || is_java ())
17188 && integer_zerop (info
->dimen
[dim
].lower_bound
))
17190 else if (is_fortran ()
17191 && integer_onep (info
->dimen
[dim
].lower_bound
))
17194 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
,
17195 info
->dimen
[dim
].lower_bound
,
17198 if (info
->dimen
[dim
].upper_bound
)
17199 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
,
17200 info
->dimen
[dim
].upper_bound
,
17202 if (info
->dimen
[dim
].stride
)
17203 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die
, DW_AT_byte_stride
,
17204 info
->dimen
[dim
].stride
,
17208 gen_type_die (info
->element_type
, context_die
);
17209 add_type_attribute (array_die
, info
->element_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
17211 if (get_AT (array_die
, DW_AT_name
))
17212 add_pubtype (type
, array_die
);
17217 gen_entry_point_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
17219 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
17220 dw_die_ref decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point
, context_die
, decl
);
17222 if (origin
!= NULL
)
17223 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die
, origin
);
17226 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
17227 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
17228 0, 0, context_die
);
17231 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
17232 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, decl_die
);
17234 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, decl_start_label (decl
));
17238 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
17239 emit full debugging info for them. */
17242 retry_incomplete_types (void)
17246 for (i
= VEC_length (tree
, incomplete_types
) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
17247 if (should_emit_struct_debug (VEC_index (tree
, incomplete_types
, i
),
17248 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
))
17249 gen_type_die (VEC_index (tree
, incomplete_types
, i
), comp_unit_die
);
17252 /* Determine what tag to use for a record type. */
17254 static enum dwarf_tag
17255 record_type_tag (tree type
)
17257 if (! lang_hooks
.types
.classify_record
)
17258 return DW_TAG_structure_type
;
17260 switch (lang_hooks
.types
.classify_record (type
))
17262 case RECORD_IS_STRUCT
:
17263 return DW_TAG_structure_type
;
17265 case RECORD_IS_CLASS
:
17266 return DW_TAG_class_type
;
17268 case RECORD_IS_INTERFACE
:
17269 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
17270 return DW_TAG_interface_type
;
17271 return DW_TAG_structure_type
;
17274 gcc_unreachable ();
17278 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
17279 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
17280 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
17284 gen_enumeration_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
17286 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
17288 if (type_die
== NULL
)
17290 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type
,
17291 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
17292 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
17293 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
17295 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type
))
17298 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
17300 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
17301 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
17302 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
17303 if (TYPE_SIZE (type
))
17307 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
17308 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
17309 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
17310 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
17312 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
17313 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
17314 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
17315 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type_die
);
17317 for (link
= TYPE_VALUES (type
);
17318 link
!= NULL
; link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
17320 dw_die_ref enum_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator
, type_die
, link
);
17321 tree value
= TREE_VALUE (link
);
17323 add_name_attribute (enum_die
,
17324 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link
)));
17326 if (TREE_CODE (value
) == CONST_DECL
)
17327 value
= DECL_INITIAL (value
);
17329 if (host_integerp (value
, TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (value
))))
17330 /* DWARF2 does not provide a way of indicating whether or
17331 not enumeration constants are signed or unsigned. GDB
17332 always assumes the values are signed, so we output all
17333 values as if they were signed. That means that
17334 enumeration constants with very large unsigned values
17335 will appear to have negative values in the debugger. */
17336 add_AT_int (enum_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
17337 tree_low_cst (value
, tree_int_cst_sgn (value
) > 0));
17341 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
17343 if (get_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_name
))
17344 add_pubtype (type
, type_die
);
17349 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
17350 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
17353 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
17354 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
17355 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
17356 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
17357 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
17358 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
17359 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
17360 argument type of some subprogram type.
17361 If EMIT_NAME_P is true, name and source coordinate attributes
17365 gen_formal_parameter_die (tree node
, tree origin
, bool emit_name_p
,
17366 dw_die_ref context_die
)
17368 tree node_or_origin
= node
? node
: origin
;
17369 dw_die_ref parm_die
17370 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter
, context_die
, node
);
17372 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node_or_origin
)))
17374 case tcc_declaration
:
17376 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (node
);
17377 if (origin
!= NULL
)
17378 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die
, origin
);
17381 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (node
);
17383 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die
, node
);
17384 if (decl_by_reference_p (node
))
17385 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0,
17388 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, type
,
17389 TREE_READONLY (node
),
17390 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node
),
17392 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node
))
17393 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
17396 if (node
&& node
!= origin
)
17397 equate_decl_number_to_die (node
, parm_die
);
17398 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node_or_origin
))
17399 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die
, node_or_origin
,
17405 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
17406 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, node_or_origin
, 0, 0, context_die
);
17410 gcc_unreachable ();
17416 /* Generate and return a DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack. Also generate
17417 children DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs representing the arguments of the
17420 PARM_PACK must be a function parameter pack.
17421 PACK_ARG is the first argument of the parameter pack. Its TREE_CHAIN
17422 must point to the subsequent arguments of the function PACK_ARG belongs to.
17423 SUBR_DIE is the DIE of the function PACK_ARG belongs to.
17424 If NEXT_ARG is non NULL, *NEXT_ARG is set to the function argument
17425 following the last one for which a DIE was generated. */
17428 gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (tree parm_pack
,
17430 dw_die_ref subr_die
,
17434 dw_die_ref parm_pack_die
;
17436 gcc_assert (parm_pack
17437 && lang_hooks
.function_parameter_pack_p (parm_pack
)
17440 parm_pack_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack
, subr_die
, parm_pack
);
17441 add_src_coords_attributes (parm_pack_die
, parm_pack
);
17443 for (arg
= pack_arg
; arg
; arg
= TREE_CHAIN (arg
))
17445 if (! lang_hooks
.decls
.function_parm_expanded_from_pack_p (arg
,
17448 gen_formal_parameter_die (arg
, NULL
,
17449 false /* Don't emit name attribute. */,
17454 return parm_pack_die
;
17457 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
17458 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
17461 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree decl_or_type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
17463 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
, context_die
, decl_or_type
);
17466 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
17467 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
17468 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
17469 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
17472 gen_formal_types_die (tree function_or_method_type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
17475 tree formal_type
= NULL
;
17476 tree first_parm_type
;
17479 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
17481 arg
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type
);
17482 function_or_method_type
= TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type
);
17487 first_parm_type
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
17489 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
17490 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
17491 for (link
= first_parm_type
; link
; )
17493 dw_die_ref parm_die
;
17495 formal_type
= TREE_VALUE (link
);
17496 if (formal_type
== void_type_node
)
17499 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
17500 parm_die
= gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type
, NULL
,
17501 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
17503 if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == METHOD_TYPE
17504 && link
== first_parm_type
)
17505 || (arg
&& DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg
)))
17506 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
17508 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
);
17510 arg
= TREE_CHAIN (arg
);
17513 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
17514 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
17515 if (formal_type
!= void_type_node
)
17516 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type
, context_die
);
17518 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
17519 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
17520 for (link
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
17521 link
&& TREE_VALUE (link
);
17522 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
17523 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link
), context_die
);
17526 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
17527 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
17528 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
17529 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
17530 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
17533 gen_type_die_for_member (tree type
, tree member
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
17535 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
17537 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
17538 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
17539 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
17540 && TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))
17541 && ! lookup_decl_die (member
))
17543 dw_die_ref type_die
;
17544 gcc_assert (!decl_ultimate_origin (member
));
17546 push_decl_scope (type
);
17547 type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
17548 if (TREE_CODE (member
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
17549 gen_subprogram_die (member
, type_die
);
17550 else if (TREE_CODE (member
) == FIELD_DECL
)
17552 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle
17553 C++ anonymous unions and structs. */
17554 if (DECL_NAME (member
) != NULL_TREE
17555 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member
)) == UNION_TYPE
17556 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member
)) == RECORD_TYPE
)
17558 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (member
), type_die
);
17559 gen_field_die (member
, type_die
);
17563 gen_variable_die (member
, NULL_TREE
, type_die
);
17569 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
17570 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
17573 dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree decl
)
17575 dw_die_ref old_die
;
17579 htab_t old_decl_loc_table
;
17581 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
17582 decl
= DECL_ORIGIN (decl
);
17584 old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
17585 if (old_die
&& get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
17586 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
17589 /* We can be called while recursively when seeing block defining inlined subroutine
17590 DIE. Be sure to not clobber the outer location table nor use it or we would
17591 get locations in abstract instantces. */
17592 old_decl_loc_table
= decl_loc_table
;
17593 decl_loc_table
= NULL
;
17595 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
17596 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
17597 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
17599 context
= decl_class_context (decl
);
17601 gen_type_die_for_member
17602 (context
, decl
, decl_function_context (decl
) ? NULL
: comp_unit_die
);
17605 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
17606 save_fn
= current_function_decl
;
17607 current_function_decl
= decl
;
17608 push_cfun (DECL_STRUCT_FUNCTION (decl
));
17610 was_abstract
= DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
);
17611 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 1);
17612 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
17613 if (! was_abstract
)
17614 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 0);
17616 current_function_decl
= save_fn
;
17617 decl_loc_table
= old_decl_loc_table
;
17621 /* Helper function of premark_used_types() which gets called through
17624 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
17625 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. */
17628 premark_used_types_helper (void **slot
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
17633 type
= (tree
) *slot
;
17634 die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
17636 die
->die_perennial_p
= 1;
17640 /* Helper function of premark_types_used_by_global_vars which gets called
17641 through htab_traverse.
17643 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
17644 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. The DIE of the type is marked
17645 only if the global variable using the type will actually be emitted. */
17648 premark_types_used_by_global_vars_helper (void **slot
,
17649 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
17651 struct types_used_by_vars_entry
*entry
;
17654 entry
= (struct types_used_by_vars_entry
*) *slot
;
17655 gcc_assert (entry
->type
!= NULL
17656 && entry
->var_decl
!= NULL
);
17657 die
= lookup_type_die (entry
->type
);
17660 /* Ask cgraph if the global variable really is to be emitted.
17661 If yes, then we'll keep the DIE of ENTRY->TYPE. */
17662 struct varpool_node
*node
= varpool_node (entry
->var_decl
);
17665 die
->die_perennial_p
= 1;
17666 /* Keep the parent DIEs as well. */
17667 while ((die
= die
->die_parent
) && die
->die_perennial_p
== 0)
17668 die
->die_perennial_p
= 1;
17674 /* Mark all members of used_types_hash as perennial. */
17677 premark_used_types (void)
17679 if (cfun
&& cfun
->used_types_hash
)
17680 htab_traverse (cfun
->used_types_hash
, premark_used_types_helper
, NULL
);
17683 /* Mark all members of types_used_by_vars_entry as perennial. */
17686 premark_types_used_by_global_vars (void)
17688 if (types_used_by_vars_hash
)
17689 htab_traverse (types_used_by_vars_hash
,
17690 premark_types_used_by_global_vars_helper
, NULL
);
17693 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
17697 gen_subprogram_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
17699 char label_id
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
17700 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
17701 dw_die_ref subr_die
;
17704 dw_die_ref old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
17705 int declaration
= (current_function_decl
!= decl
17706 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
));
17708 premark_used_types ();
17710 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
17711 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
17712 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
17713 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
17714 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
17716 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
17717 if (origin
&& declaration
&& class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
))
17720 gcc_assert (!old_die
);
17723 /* Now that the C++ front end lazily declares artificial member fns, we
17724 might need to retrofit the declaration into its class. */
17725 if (!declaration
&& !origin
&& !old_die
17726 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl
) && TYPE_P (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))
17727 && !class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
)
17728 && debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
17729 old_die
= force_decl_die (decl
);
17731 if (origin
!= NULL
)
17733 gcc_assert (!declaration
|| local_scope_p (context_die
));
17735 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
17736 inline function. */
17737 if (old_die
&& old_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
17738 add_child_die (context_die
, old_die
);
17740 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
17741 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, origin
);
17745 expanded_location s
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
17746 struct dwarf_file_data
* file_index
= lookup_filename (s
.file
);
17748 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
)
17749 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
17750 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
17751 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
17752 && !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
17754 /* Detect and ignore this case, where we are trying to output
17755 something we have already output. */
17759 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
17760 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
17761 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
17762 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
17763 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
17764 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
17765 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
17766 if ((old_die
->die_parent
== comp_unit_die
|| context_die
== NULL
)
17767 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
17768 || (get_AT_file (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) == file_index
17769 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
17770 == (unsigned) s
.line
))))
17772 subr_die
= old_die
;
17774 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the formal parameters.
17775 Do not remove all children, because it is possible that this
17776 declaration die was forced using force_decl_die(). In such
17777 cases die that forced declaration die (e.g. TAG_imported_module)
17778 is one of the children that we do not want to remove. */
17779 remove_AT (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
17780 remove_child_TAG (subr_die
, DW_TAG_formal_parameter
);
17784 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
17785 add_AT_specification (subr_die
, old_die
);
17786 if (get_AT_file (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
17787 add_AT_file (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
17788 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
) != (unsigned) s
.line
)
17789 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, s
.line
);
17794 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
17796 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
17797 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
17799 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die
, decl
);
17800 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
17802 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
));
17803 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
17804 0, 0, context_die
);
17807 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
17808 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
17809 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
17811 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
17812 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
17813 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
17814 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
17819 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
17821 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
17823 /* If this is an explicit function declaration then generate
17824 a DW_AT_explicit attribute. */
17825 if (lang_hooks
.decls
.function_decl_explicit_p (decl
)
17826 && (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
17827 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_explicit
, 1);
17829 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
17830 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
17831 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
17832 handled above. The two may come from the same source text.
17834 Note that force_decl_die() forces function declaration die. It is
17835 later reused to represent definition. */
17836 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
17839 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
17841 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl
))
17843 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
))
17844 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_inlined
);
17846 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined
);
17850 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
))
17851 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_inlined
);
17853 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_not_inlined
);
17856 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl
)
17857 && lookup_attribute ("artificial", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl
)))
17858 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
17860 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
17862 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
17864 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_fb_offset
;
17866 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
17867 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
17869 if (!flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
)
17871 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
17872 current_function_funcdef_no
);
17873 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label_id
);
17874 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
17875 current_function_funcdef_no
);
17876 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label_id
);
17878 add_pubname (decl
, subr_die
);
17879 add_arange (decl
, subr_die
);
17882 { /* Do nothing for now; maybe need to duplicate die, one for
17883 hot section and one for cold section, then use the hot/cold
17884 section begin/end labels to generate the aranges... */
17886 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, hot_section_label);
17887 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, hot_section_end_label);
17888 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_lo_user, unlikely_section_label);
17889 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_hi_user, cold_section_end_label);
17891 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
17892 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
17893 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
17897 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17898 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
17899 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_fde
, current_funcdef_fde
);
17902 cfa_fb_offset
= CFA_FRAME_BASE_OFFSET (decl
);
17904 /* We define the "frame base" as the function's CFA. This is more
17905 convenient for several reasons: (1) It's stable across the prologue
17906 and epilogue, which makes it better than just a frame pointer,
17907 (2) With dwarf3, there exists a one-byte encoding that allows us
17908 to reference the .debug_frame data by proxy, but failing that,
17909 (3) We can at least reuse the code inspection and interpretation
17910 code that determines the CFA position at various points in the
17912 if (dwarf_version
>= 3)
17914 dw_loc_descr_ref op
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_call_frame_cfa
, 0, 0);
17915 add_AT_loc (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, op
);
17919 dw_loc_list_ref list
= convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (cfa_fb_offset
);
17920 if (list
->dw_loc_next
)
17921 add_AT_loc_list (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, list
);
17923 add_AT_loc (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, list
->expr
);
17926 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to
17927 the CFA. The former is what all stack slots and argument slots
17928 will reference in the rtl; the later is what we've told the
17929 debugger about. We'll need to adjust all frame_base references
17930 by this displacement. */
17931 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (cfa_fb_offset
);
17933 if (cfun
->static_chain_decl
)
17934 add_AT_location_description (subr_die
, DW_AT_static_link
,
17935 loc_list_from_tree (cfun
->static_chain_decl
, 2));
17938 /* Generate child dies for template paramaters. */
17939 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
17940 gen_generic_params_dies (decl
);
17942 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
17943 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
17944 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
17945 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
17946 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
17947 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
17948 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
17949 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
17950 an ellipsis at the end. */
17952 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
17953 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
17954 its formal parameters. */
17955 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
17957 else if (declaration
)
17958 gen_formal_types_die (decl
, subr_die
);
17961 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters. */
17962 tree parm
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl
);
17963 tree generic_decl
= lang_hooks
.decls
.get_generic_function_decl (decl
);
17964 tree generic_decl_parm
= generic_decl
17965 ? DECL_ARGUMENTS (generic_decl
)
17968 /* Now we want to walk the list of parameters of the function and
17969 emit their relevant DIEs.
17971 We consider the case of DECL being an instance of a generic function
17972 as well as it being a normal function.
17974 If DECL is an instance of a generic function we walk the
17975 parameters of the generic function declaration _and_ the parameters of
17976 DECL itself. This is useful because we want to emit specific DIEs for
17977 function parameter packs and those are declared as part of the
17978 generic function declaration. In that particular case,
17979 the parameter pack yields a DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack DIE.
17980 That DIE has children DIEs representing the set of arguments
17981 of the pack. Note that the set of pack arguments can be empty.
17982 In that case, the DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack DIE will not have any
17985 Otherwise, we just consider the parameters of DECL. */
17986 while (generic_decl_parm
|| parm
)
17988 if (generic_decl_parm
17989 && lang_hooks
.function_parameter_pack_p (generic_decl_parm
))
17990 gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (generic_decl_parm
,
17995 gen_decl_die (parm
, NULL
, subr_die
);
17996 parm
= TREE_CHAIN (parm
);
17999 if (generic_decl_parm
)
18000 generic_decl_parm
= TREE_CHAIN (generic_decl_parm
);
18003 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
18004 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
18005 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
18006 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
18007 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
18008 parameters at all. */
18009 fn_arg_types
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
18010 if (fn_arg_types
!= NULL
)
18012 /* This is the prototyped case, check for.... */
18013 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types
)) != void_type_node
)
18014 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
18016 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
18017 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
18020 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
18021 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
18022 outer_scope
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
18024 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
18025 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
18026 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
18027 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
18028 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
18029 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
18030 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
18032 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
18033 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
18034 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
18035 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
18036 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
18037 constructor function. */
18038 if (! declaration
&& TREE_CODE (outer_scope
) != ERROR_MARK
)
18040 /* Emit a DW_TAG_variable DIE for a named return value. */
18041 if (DECL_NAME (DECL_RESULT (decl
)))
18042 gen_decl_die (DECL_RESULT (decl
), NULL
, subr_die
);
18044 current_function_has_inlines
= 0;
18045 decls_for_scope (outer_scope
, subr_die
, 0);
18047 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
18048 if (current_function_has_inlines
)
18050 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
, 1);
18051 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines
)
18053 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
, 1);
18054 comp_unit_has_inlines
= 1;
18059 /* Add the calling convention attribute if requested. */
18060 add_calling_convention_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
18064 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
18067 common_block_die_table_hash (const void *x
)
18069 const_dw_die_ref d
= (const_dw_die_ref
) x
;
18070 return (hashval_t
) d
->decl_id
^ htab_hash_pointer (d
->die_parent
);
18073 /* Return nonzero if decl_id and die_parent of die_struct X is the same
18074 as decl_id and die_parent of die_struct Y. */
18077 common_block_die_table_eq (const void *x
, const void *y
)
18079 const_dw_die_ref d
= (const_dw_die_ref
) x
;
18080 const_dw_die_ref e
= (const_dw_die_ref
) y
;
18081 return d
->decl_id
== e
->decl_id
&& d
->die_parent
== e
->die_parent
;
18084 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object.
18085 Either DECL or ORIGIN must be non-null. */
18088 gen_variable_die (tree decl
, tree origin
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18092 tree decl_or_origin
= decl
? decl
: origin
;
18093 dw_die_ref var_die
;
18094 dw_die_ref old_die
= decl
? lookup_decl_die (decl
) : NULL
;
18095 dw_die_ref origin_die
;
18096 int declaration
= (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl_or_origin
)
18097 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
));
18100 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
18102 com_decl
= fortran_common (decl_or_origin
, &off
);
18104 /* Symbol in common gets emitted as a child of the common block, in the form
18105 of a data member. */
18108 dw_die_ref com_die
;
18109 dw_loc_list_ref loc
;
18110 die_node com_die_arg
;
18112 var_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin
);
18115 if (get_AT (var_die
, DW_AT_location
) == NULL
)
18117 loc
= loc_list_from_tree (com_decl
, off
? 1 : 2);
18122 /* Optimize the common case. */
18123 if (single_element_loc_list_p (loc
)
18124 && loc
->expr
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_addr
18125 && loc
->expr
->dw_loc_next
== NULL
18126 && GET_CODE (loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
)
18128 loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
18129 = plus_constant (loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
, off
);
18131 loc_list_plus_const (loc
, off
);
18133 add_AT_location_description (var_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
18134 remove_AT (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
18140 if (common_block_die_table
== NULL
)
18141 common_block_die_table
18142 = htab_create_ggc (10, common_block_die_table_hash
,
18143 common_block_die_table_eq
, NULL
);
18145 com_die_arg
.decl_id
= DECL_UID (com_decl
);
18146 com_die_arg
.die_parent
= context_die
;
18147 com_die
= (dw_die_ref
) htab_find (common_block_die_table
, &com_die_arg
);
18148 loc
= loc_list_from_tree (com_decl
, 2);
18149 if (com_die
== NULL
)
18152 = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (com_decl
));
18155 com_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_common_block
, context_die
, decl
);
18156 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (com_die
, com_decl
);
18159 add_AT_location_description (com_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
18160 /* Avoid sharing the same loc descriptor between
18161 DW_TAG_common_block and DW_TAG_variable. */
18162 loc
= loc_list_from_tree (com_decl
, 2);
18164 else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
18165 add_AT_flag (com_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
18166 add_pubname_string (cnam
, com_die
); /* ??? needed? */
18167 com_die
->decl_id
= DECL_UID (com_decl
);
18168 slot
= htab_find_slot (common_block_die_table
, com_die
, INSERT
);
18169 *slot
= (void *) com_die
;
18171 else if (get_AT (com_die
, DW_AT_location
) == NULL
&& loc
)
18173 add_AT_location_description (com_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
18174 loc
= loc_list_from_tree (com_decl
, 2);
18175 remove_AT (com_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
18177 var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, com_die
, decl
);
18178 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die
, decl
);
18179 add_type_attribute (var_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
), TREE_READONLY (decl
),
18180 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
18181 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
18186 /* Optimize the common case. */
18187 if (single_element_loc_list_p (loc
)
18188 && loc
->expr
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_addr
18189 && loc
->expr
->dw_loc_next
== NULL
18190 && GET_CODE (loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
) == SYMBOL_REF
)
18191 loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
18192 = plus_constant (loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
, off
);
18194 loc_list_plus_const (loc
, off
);
18196 add_AT_location_description (var_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
18198 else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
18199 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
18200 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, var_die
);
18204 /* If the compiler emitted a definition for the DECL declaration
18205 and if we already emitted a DIE for it, don't emit a second
18206 DIE for it again. */
18211 /* For static data members, the declaration in the class is supposed
18212 to have DW_TAG_member tag; the specification should still be
18213 DW_TAG_variable referencing the DW_TAG_member DIE. */
18214 if (declaration
&& class_scope_p (context_die
))
18215 var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_member
, context_die
, decl
);
18217 var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, context_die
, decl
);
18220 if (origin
!= NULL
)
18221 origin_die
= add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die
, origin
);
18223 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
18224 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
18226 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
18227 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
18230 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges.
18232 ??? The declare_in_namespace support causes us to get two DIEs for one
18233 variable, both of which are declarations. We want to avoid considering
18234 one to be a specification, so we must test that this DIE is not a
18236 else if (old_die
&& TREE_STATIC (decl
) && ! declaration
18237 && get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
) == 1)
18239 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
18240 add_AT_specification (var_die
, old_die
);
18241 if (DECL_NAME (decl
))
18243 expanded_location s
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
18244 struct dwarf_file_data
* file_index
= lookup_filename (s
.file
);
18246 if (get_AT_file (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
18247 add_AT_file (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
18249 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
) != (unsigned) s
.line
)
18250 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, s
.line
);
18255 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
18257 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die
, decl
);
18258 if (decl_by_reference_p (decl
))
18259 add_type_attribute (var_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
18261 add_type_attribute (var_die
, type
, TREE_READONLY (decl
),
18262 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
18264 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
18265 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
18267 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
18268 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
18270 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
18271 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
18272 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
18273 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
18277 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
18279 if (decl
&& (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
) || declaration
))
18280 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, var_die
);
18283 && (! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl_or_origin
)
18284 /* Local static vars are shared between all clones/inlines,
18285 so emit DW_AT_location on the abstract DIE if DECL_RTL is
18287 || (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == VAR_DECL
18288 && TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin
)
18289 && DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl_or_origin
)))
18290 /* When abstract origin already has DW_AT_location attribute, no need
18291 to add it again. */
18292 && (origin_die
== NULL
|| get_AT (origin_die
, DW_AT_location
) == NULL
))
18294 if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == VAR_DECL
&& TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin
)
18295 && !TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl_or_origin
)))
18296 defer_location (decl_or_origin
, var_die
);
18298 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die
,
18301 add_pubname (decl_or_origin
, var_die
);
18304 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (var_die
, decl_or_origin
);
18307 /* Generate a DIE to represent a named constant. */
18310 gen_const_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18312 dw_die_ref const_die
;
18313 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
18315 const_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_constant
, context_die
, decl
);
18316 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (const_die
, decl
);
18317 add_type_attribute (const_die
, type
, 1, 0, context_die
);
18318 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
18319 add_AT_flag (const_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
18320 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
18321 add_AT_flag (const_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
18322 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (const_die
, decl
);
18325 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
18328 gen_label_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18330 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
18331 dw_die_ref lbl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_label
, context_die
, decl
);
18333 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
18335 if (origin
!= NULL
)
18336 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die
, origin
);
18338 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die
, decl
);
18340 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
18341 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, lbl_die
);
18344 insn
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl
);
18346 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
18347 eliminated because of various optimizations. We still emit them
18348 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
18352 && NOTE_KIND (insn
) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL
))))
18354 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
18355 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
18356 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
18357 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
18358 it if it ever does happen. */
18359 gcc_assert (!INSN_DELETED_P (insn
));
18361 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn
));
18362 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
18367 /* A helper function for gen_inlined_subroutine_die. Add source coordinate
18368 attributes to the DIE for a block STMT, to describe where the inlined
18369 function was called from. This is similar to add_src_coords_attributes. */
18372 add_call_src_coords_attributes (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref die
)
18374 expanded_location s
= expand_location (BLOCK_SOURCE_LOCATION (stmt
));
18376 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
18378 add_AT_file (die
, DW_AT_call_file
, lookup_filename (s
.file
));
18379 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_call_line
, s
.line
);
18384 /* A helper function for gen_lexical_block_die and gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
18385 Add low_pc and high_pc attributes to the DIE for a block STMT. */
18388 add_high_low_attributes (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref die
)
18390 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
18392 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
)
18393 && (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
18397 if (inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt
))
18399 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
18400 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
18401 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, DW_AT_entry_pc
, label
);
18404 add_AT_range_list (die
, DW_AT_ranges
, add_ranges (stmt
));
18406 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
);
18409 add_ranges (chain
);
18410 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain
);
18417 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
18418 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
18419 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
18420 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
,
18421 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
18422 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label
);
18426 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
18429 gen_lexical_block_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
18431 dw_die_ref stmt_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block
, context_die
, stmt
);
18433 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
) && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
))
18434 add_high_low_attributes (stmt
, stmt_die
);
18436 decls_for_scope (stmt
, stmt_die
, depth
);
18439 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
18442 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
18446 /* The instance of function that is effectively being inlined shall not
18448 gcc_assert (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
));
18450 decl
= block_ultimate_origin (stmt
);
18452 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. We
18453 must emit this even if the block is abstract, otherwise when we
18454 emit the block below (or elsewhere), we may end up trying to emit
18455 a die whose origin die hasn't been emitted, and crashing. */
18456 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
18458 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
18460 dw_die_ref subr_die
18461 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
, context_die
, stmt
);
18463 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
18464 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
))
18465 add_high_low_attributes (stmt
, subr_die
);
18466 add_call_src_coords_attributes (stmt
, subr_die
);
18468 decls_for_scope (stmt
, subr_die
, depth
);
18469 current_function_has_inlines
= 1;
18473 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
18476 gen_field_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18478 dw_die_ref decl_die
;
18480 if (TREE_TYPE (decl
) == error_mark_node
)
18483 decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_member
, context_die
, decl
);
18484 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
18485 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, member_declared_type (decl
),
18486 TREE_READONLY (decl
), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
),
18489 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
))
18491 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
18492 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
18493 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
18496 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl
)) != UNION_TYPE
)
18497 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
18499 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
18500 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
18502 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
18503 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
18504 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
18505 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
18507 /* Equate decl number to die, so that we can look up this decl later on. */
18508 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, decl_die
);
18512 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
18513 Use modified_type_die instead.
18514 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
18515 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
18518 gen_pointer_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18521 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
18523 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
18524 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
18525 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
18528 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
18529 Use modified_type_die instead.
18530 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
18531 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
18534 gen_reference_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18537 = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
18539 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ref_die
);
18540 add_type_attribute (ref_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
18541 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
18545 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
18548 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18551 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
,
18552 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
18554 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
18555 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
18556 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
)));
18557 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
18560 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
18563 gen_compile_unit_die (const char *filename
)
18566 char producer
[250];
18567 const char *language_string
= lang_hooks
.name
;
18570 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit
, NULL
, NULL
);
18574 add_name_attribute (die
, filename
);
18575 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
18576 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename
) && filename
[0] != '<')
18577 add_comp_dir_attribute (die
);
18580 sprintf (producer
, "%s %s", language_string
, version_string
);
18582 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
18583 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
18584 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
18585 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
18586 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
18587 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
18588 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
18589 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
18590 strcat (producer
, " -g");
18593 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_producer
, producer
);
18595 language
= DW_LANG_C89
;
18596 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU C++") == 0)
18597 language
= DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
;
18598 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU F77") == 0)
18599 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran77
;
18600 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
18601 language
= DW_LANG_Pascal83
;
18602 else if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
18604 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Ada") == 0)
18605 language
= DW_LANG_Ada95
;
18606 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Fortran") == 0)
18607 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran95
;
18608 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Java") == 0)
18609 language
= DW_LANG_Java
;
18610 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Objective-C") == 0)
18611 language
= DW_LANG_ObjC
;
18612 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Objective-C++") == 0)
18613 language
= DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus
;
18616 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_language
, language
);
18620 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
18623 gen_inheritance_die (tree binfo
, tree access
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18625 dw_die_ref die
= new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance
, context_die
, binfo
);
18627 add_type_attribute (die
, BINFO_TYPE (binfo
), 0, 0, context_die
);
18628 add_data_member_location_attribute (die
, binfo
);
18630 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (binfo
))
18631 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
18633 if (access
== access_public_node
)
18634 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_public
);
18635 else if (access
== access_protected_node
)
18636 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
18639 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
18642 gen_member_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18645 tree binfo
= TYPE_BINFO (type
);
18648 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
18649 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
18650 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
18651 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
18652 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
18653 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
18654 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
18655 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
18656 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
18657 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
18658 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
18660 /* First output info about the base classes. */
18663 VEC(tree
,gc
) *accesses
= BINFO_BASE_ACCESSES (binfo
);
18667 for (i
= 0; BINFO_BASE_ITERATE (binfo
, i
, base
); i
++)
18668 gen_inheritance_die (base
,
18669 (accesses
? VEC_index (tree
, accesses
, i
)
18670 : access_public_node
), context_die
);
18673 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
18674 for (member
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
); member
; member
= TREE_CHAIN (member
))
18676 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
18677 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
18678 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
18679 do put them in the right order. */
18681 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
18683 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
18685 gen_decl_die (member
, NULL
, context_die
);
18688 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
18689 for (member
= TYPE_METHODS (type
); member
; member
= TREE_CHAIN (member
))
18691 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
18692 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member
))
18695 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
18697 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
18699 gen_decl_die (member
, NULL
, context_die
);
18703 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
18704 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
18705 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
18708 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
,
18709 enum debug_info_usage usage
)
18711 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
18712 dw_die_ref scope_die
= 0;
18714 int complete
= (TYPE_SIZE (type
)
18715 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
18716 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))));
18717 int ns_decl
= (context_die
&& context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
);
18718 complete
= complete
&& should_emit_struct_debug (type
, usage
);
18720 if (type_die
&& ! complete
)
18723 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
) != NULL_TREE
18724 && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
18725 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)) == NAMESPACE_DECL
))
18728 scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
18730 if (! type_die
|| (nested
&& scope_die
== comp_unit_die
))
18731 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
18733 dw_die_ref old_die
= type_die
;
18735 type_die
= new_die (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
18736 ? record_type_tag (type
) : DW_TAG_union_type
,
18738 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
18740 add_AT_specification (type_die
, old_die
);
18742 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
18745 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
18747 /* Generate child dies for template paramaters. */
18748 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
18749 && COMPLETE_TYPE_P (type
))
18750 gen_generic_params_dies (type
);
18752 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
18753 then give a list of members. */
18754 if (complete
&& !ns_decl
)
18756 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
18757 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
18758 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
18759 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
18760 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
18761 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
18763 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
18764 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
18765 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
18766 add_child_die (scope_die
, type_die
);
18768 push_decl_scope (type
);
18769 gen_member_die (type
, type_die
);
18772 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
18773 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type
))
18775 tree vtype
= DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type
));
18777 gen_type_die (vtype
, context_die
);
18778 add_AT_die_ref (type_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
18779 lookup_type_die (vtype
));
18784 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
18786 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
18787 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
18788 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)))
18789 VEC_safe_push (tree
, gc
, incomplete_types
, type
);
18792 if (get_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_name
))
18793 add_pubtype (type
, type_die
);
18796 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
18799 gen_subroutine_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18801 tree return_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
18802 dw_die_ref subr_die
18803 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type
,
18804 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
18806 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, subr_die
);
18807 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, type
);
18808 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, return_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
18809 gen_formal_types_die (type
, subr_die
);
18811 if (get_AT (subr_die
, DW_AT_name
))
18812 add_pubtype (type
, subr_die
);
18815 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition. */
18818 gen_typedef_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18820 dw_die_ref type_die
;
18823 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
18826 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
) = 1;
18827 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_typedef
, context_die
, decl
);
18828 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
18829 if (origin
!= NULL
)
18830 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, origin
);
18835 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, decl
);
18836 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
))
18838 type
= DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
);
18840 gcc_assert (type
!= TREE_TYPE (decl
));
18841 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), type_die
);
18844 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
18846 add_type_attribute (type_die
, type
, TREE_READONLY (decl
),
18847 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
18850 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
18851 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, type_die
);
18853 if (get_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_name
))
18854 add_pubtype (decl
, type_die
);
18857 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
18860 gen_type_die_with_usage (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
,
18861 enum debug_info_usage usage
)
18864 struct array_descr_info info
;
18866 if (type
== NULL_TREE
|| type
== error_mark_node
)
18869 /* If TYPE is a typedef type variant, let's generate debug info
18870 for the parent typedef which TYPE is a type of. */
18871 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
18872 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
18874 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
18877 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
18878 gcc_assert (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) != type
);
18880 /* Use the DIE of the containing namespace as the parent DIE of
18881 the type description DIE we want to generate. */
18882 if (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type
))
18883 && TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type
))) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
18884 context_die
= get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type
)));
18886 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
18887 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type
), NULL
, context_die
);
18891 /* If this is an array type with hidden descriptor, handle it first. */
18892 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
)
18893 && lang_hooks
.types
.get_array_descr_info
18894 && lang_hooks
.types
.get_array_descr_info (type
, &info
)
18895 && (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
18897 gen_descr_array_type_die (type
, &info
, context_die
);
18898 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
18902 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
18903 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
18904 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
18905 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
18906 cloned type itself). */
18907 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
)
18908 type
= type_main_variant (type
);
18910 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
18913 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
18919 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
18920 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
18921 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
18922 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
18923 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
18925 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
18927 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
18928 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
18929 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
,
18930 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE
);
18934 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
18935 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
18936 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
), context_die
,
18937 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE
);
18939 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
18940 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
,
18941 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE
);
18943 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
18945 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type
, context_die
);
18948 case FUNCTION_TYPE
:
18949 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
18950 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
,
18951 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
);
18952 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
18956 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
18957 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
,
18958 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
);
18959 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
18963 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
18967 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
18970 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
18973 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
18974 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
18975 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
18976 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
18977 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
18978 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
18979 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
18980 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)
18981 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
18982 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)))
18984 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
), context_die
, usage
);
18986 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
18989 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
18990 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
18991 context_die
= lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
18994 else if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
) != NULL_TREE
18995 && (TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)) == FUNCTION_DECL
))
18997 /* If this type is local to a function that hasn't been written
18998 out yet, use a NULL context for now; it will be fixed up in
18999 decls_for_scope. */
19000 context_die
= lookup_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
19005 context_die
= declare_in_namespace (type
, context_die
);
19009 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
)
19011 /* This might have been written out by the call to
19012 declare_in_namespace. */
19013 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
19014 gen_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
);
19017 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type
, context_die
, usage
);
19022 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
19023 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
19024 when appropriate. */
19030 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE
:
19033 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
19037 /* No Dwarf representation currently defined. */
19041 gcc_unreachable ();
19044 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
19048 gen_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19050 gen_type_die_with_usage (type
, context_die
, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
);
19053 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
19054 things which are local to the given block. */
19057 gen_block_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
19059 int must_output_die
= 0;
19062 /* Ignore blocks that are NULL. */
19063 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
)
19066 inlined_func
= inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt
);
19068 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
19069 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
19070 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
19071 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt
))
19075 for (sub
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
); sub
; sub
= BLOCK_CHAIN (sub
))
19076 gen_block_die (sub
, context_die
, depth
+ 1);
19081 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
19084 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
19085 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
19086 must_output_die
= 1;
19089 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
19090 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
19091 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19092 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
19093 as being a "significant" one. */
19094 must_output_die
= ((BLOCK_VARS (stmt
) != NULL
19095 || BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt
))
19096 && (TREE_USED (stmt
)
19097 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
)
19098 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
)));
19099 else if ((TREE_USED (stmt
)
19100 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
)
19101 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
19102 && !dwarf2out_ignore_block (stmt
))
19103 must_output_die
= 1;
19106 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
19107 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
19108 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
19109 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
19110 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
19111 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
19112 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
19113 if (must_output_die
)
19117 /* If STMT block is abstract, that means we have been called
19118 indirectly from dwarf2out_abstract_function.
19119 That function rightfully marks the descendent blocks (of
19120 the abstract function it is dealing with) as being abstract,
19121 precisely to prevent us from emitting any
19122 DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIE as a descendent
19123 of an abstract function instance. So in that case, we should
19124 not call gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
19126 Later though, when cgraph asks dwarf2out to emit info
19127 for the concrete instance of the function decl into which
19128 the concrete instance of STMT got inlined, the later will lead
19129 to the generation of a DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIE. */
19130 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
19131 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
19134 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
19137 decls_for_scope (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
19140 /* Process variable DECL (or variable with origin ORIGIN) within
19141 block STMT and add it to CONTEXT_DIE. */
19143 process_scope_var (tree stmt
, tree decl
, tree origin
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19146 tree decl_or_origin
= decl
? decl
: origin
;
19147 tree ultimate_origin
= origin
? decl_ultimate_origin (origin
) : NULL
;
19149 if (ultimate_origin
)
19150 origin
= ultimate_origin
;
19152 if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
19153 die
= lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin
);
19154 else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == TYPE_DECL
19155 && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl_or_origin
))
19156 die
= lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
));
19160 if (die
!= NULL
&& die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
19161 add_child_die (context_die
, die
);
19162 else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == IMPORTED_DECL
)
19163 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl_or_origin
, DECL_NAME (decl_or_origin
),
19164 stmt
, context_die
);
19166 gen_decl_die (decl
, origin
, context_die
);
19169 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
19170 all of its sub-blocks. */
19173 decls_for_scope (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
19179 /* Ignore NULL blocks. */
19180 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
)
19183 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
19184 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
19185 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
19186 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
19187 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (stmt
); decl
!= NULL
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
19188 process_scope_var (stmt
, decl
, NULL_TREE
, context_die
);
19189 for (i
= 0; i
< BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt
); i
++)
19190 process_scope_var (stmt
, NULL
, BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (stmt
, i
),
19193 /* If we're at -g1, we're not interested in subblocks. */
19194 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19197 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
19198 therein) of this block. */
19199 for (subblocks
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
);
19201 subblocks
= BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks
))
19202 gen_block_die (subblocks
, context_die
, depth
+ 1);
19205 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
19208 is_redundant_typedef (const_tree decl
)
19210 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
))
19213 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
19214 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)
19215 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))
19216 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))) == TYPE_DECL
19217 && DECL_NAME (decl
) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))))
19218 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
19224 /* Returns the DIE for a context. */
19226 static inline dw_die_ref
19227 get_context_die (tree context
)
19231 /* Find die that represents this context. */
19232 if (TYPE_P (context
))
19233 return force_type_die (TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (context
));
19235 return force_decl_die (context
);
19237 return comp_unit_die
;
19240 /* Returns the DIE for decl. A DIE will always be returned. */
19243 force_decl_die (tree decl
)
19245 dw_die_ref decl_die
;
19246 unsigned saved_external_flag
;
19247 tree save_fn
= NULL_TREE
;
19248 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
19251 dw_die_ref context_die
= get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
));
19253 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
19257 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
19259 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
19260 /* Clear current_function_decl, so that gen_subprogram_die thinks
19261 that this is a declaration. At this point, we just want to force
19262 declaration die. */
19263 save_fn
= current_function_decl
;
19264 current_function_decl
= NULL_TREE
;
19265 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
);
19266 current_function_decl
= save_fn
;
19270 /* Set external flag to force declaration die. Restore it after
19271 gen_decl_die() call. */
19272 saved_external_flag
= DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
);
19273 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) = 1;
19274 gen_decl_die (decl
, NULL
, context_die
);
19275 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) = saved_external_flag
;
19278 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
19279 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
19280 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
19282 /* DWARF2 has neither DW_TAG_module, nor DW_TAG_namespace. */
19283 decl_die
= comp_unit_die
;
19287 gcc_unreachable ();
19290 /* We should be able to find the DIE now. */
19292 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
19293 gcc_assert (decl_die
);
19299 /* Returns the DIE for TYPE, that must not be a base type. A DIE is
19300 always returned. */
19303 force_type_die (tree type
)
19305 dw_die_ref type_die
;
19307 type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
19310 dw_die_ref context_die
= get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
19312 type_die
= modified_type_die (type
, TYPE_READONLY (type
),
19313 TYPE_VOLATILE (type
), context_die
);
19314 gcc_assert (type_die
);
19319 /* Force out any required namespaces to be able to output DECL,
19320 and return the new context_die for it, if it's changed. */
19323 setup_namespace_context (tree thing
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19325 tree context
= (DECL_P (thing
)
19326 ? DECL_CONTEXT (thing
) : TYPE_CONTEXT (thing
));
19327 if (context
&& TREE_CODE (context
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
19328 /* Force out the namespace. */
19329 context_die
= force_decl_die (context
);
19331 return context_die
;
19334 /* Emit a declaration DIE for THING (which is either a DECL or a tagged
19335 type) within its namespace, if appropriate.
19337 For compatibility with older debuggers, namespace DIEs only contain
19338 declarations; all definitions are emitted at CU scope. */
19341 declare_in_namespace (tree thing
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19343 dw_die_ref ns_context
;
19345 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19346 return context_die
;
19348 /* If this decl is from an inlined function, then don't try to emit it in its
19349 namespace, as we will get confused. It would have already been emitted
19350 when the abstract instance of the inline function was emitted anyways. */
19351 if (DECL_P (thing
) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (thing
))
19352 return context_die
;
19354 ns_context
= setup_namespace_context (thing
, context_die
);
19356 if (ns_context
!= context_die
)
19360 if (DECL_P (thing
))
19361 gen_decl_die (thing
, NULL
, ns_context
);
19363 gen_type_die (thing
, ns_context
);
19365 return context_die
;
19368 /* Generate a DIE for a namespace or namespace alias. */
19371 gen_namespace_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19373 dw_die_ref namespace_die
;
19375 /* Namespace aliases have a DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN of the namespace
19376 they are an alias of. */
19377 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) == NULL
)
19379 /* Output a real namespace or module. */
19380 context_die
= setup_namespace_context (decl
, comp_unit_die
);
19381 namespace_die
= new_die (is_fortran ()
19382 ? DW_TAG_module
: DW_TAG_namespace
,
19383 context_die
, decl
);
19384 /* For Fortran modules defined in different CU don't add src coords. */
19385 if (namespace_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_module
&& DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
19387 const char *name
= dwarf2_name (decl
, 0);
19389 add_name_attribute (namespace_die
, name
);
19392 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die
, decl
);
19393 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
19394 add_AT_flag (namespace_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
19395 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, namespace_die
);
19399 /* Output a namespace alias. */
19401 /* Force out the namespace we are an alias of, if necessary. */
19402 dw_die_ref origin_die
19403 = force_decl_die (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
));
19405 if (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
) == NULL_TREE
19406 || TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
19407 context_die
= setup_namespace_context (decl
, comp_unit_die
);
19408 /* Now create the namespace alias DIE. */
19409 namespace_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration
, context_die
, decl
);
19410 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die
, decl
);
19411 add_AT_die_ref (namespace_die
, DW_AT_import
, origin_die
);
19412 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, namespace_die
);
19416 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
19419 gen_decl_die (tree decl
, tree origin
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19421 tree decl_or_origin
= decl
? decl
: origin
;
19422 tree class_origin
= NULL
;
19424 if (DECL_P (decl_or_origin
) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl_or_origin
))
19427 switch (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
))
19433 if (!is_fortran ())
19435 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
19436 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
19440 /* Emit its type. */
19441 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
19443 /* And its containing namespace. */
19444 context_die
= declare_in_namespace (decl
, context_die
);
19446 gen_const_die (decl
, context_die
);
19449 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
19450 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
19451 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
19452 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl_or_origin
) == NULL_TREE
19453 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl_or_origin
) == NULL_TREE
19454 && (current_function_decl
== NULL_TREE
19455 || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl_or_origin
)))
19460 /* This doesn't work because the C frontend sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN
19461 on local redeclarations of global functions. That seems broken. */
19462 if (current_function_decl
!= decl
)
19463 /* This is only a declaration. */;
19466 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
19467 if (origin
|| DECL_ORIGIN (decl
) != decl
)
19468 dwarf2out_abstract_function (origin
? origin
: DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
));
19470 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
19471 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
19472 else if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
)
19473 && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
)
19474 && ! class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
)
19475 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
19476 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
19477 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
19478 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
19480 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
19481 set_decl_origin_self (decl
);
19484 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
19485 else if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19487 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
19488 have described its return type. */
19489 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)), context_die
);
19491 /* And its virtual context. */
19492 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
19493 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
), context_die
);
19495 /* And its containing type. */
19497 origin
= decl_class_context (decl
);
19498 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
19499 gen_type_die_for_member (origin
, decl
, context_die
);
19501 /* And its containing namespace. */
19502 context_die
= declare_in_namespace (decl
, context_die
);
19505 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
19507 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
);
19511 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
19512 actual typedefs. */
19513 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19516 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
19517 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
19518 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
19519 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
19520 used to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
19521 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. But nothing
19522 should be actually referencing those DIEs, as variable DIEs with that
19523 type would be emitted already in the abstract origin, so it was always
19524 removed during unused type prunning. Don't add anything in this
19526 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
19529 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl
))
19530 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
19532 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
19533 gen_typedef_die (decl
, context_die
);
19537 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
19538 gen_label_die (decl
, context_die
);
19543 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
19544 variable declarations or definitions. */
19545 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19548 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
19550 if (decl_by_reference_p (decl_or_origin
))
19551 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
)), context_die
);
19553 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
), context_die
);
19555 /* And its containing type. */
19556 class_origin
= decl_class_context (decl_or_origin
);
19557 if (class_origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
19558 gen_type_die_for_member (class_origin
, decl_or_origin
, context_die
);
19560 /* And its containing namespace. */
19561 context_die
= declare_in_namespace (decl_or_origin
, context_die
);
19563 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
19564 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
19565 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
19568 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
19569 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
&& TREE_CODE (origin
) == PARM_DECL
)
19570 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, origin
,
19571 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
19574 gen_variable_die (decl
, origin
, context_die
);
19578 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
19579 anonymous unions and structs. */
19580 if (DECL_NAME (decl
) != NULL_TREE
19581 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == UNION_TYPE
19582 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == RECORD_TYPE
)
19584 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl
), context_die
);
19585 gen_field_die (decl
, context_die
);
19590 if (DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl_or_origin
))
19591 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
)), context_die
);
19593 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
), context_die
);
19594 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, origin
,
19595 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
19599 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
19600 case IMPORTED_DECL
:
19601 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
19602 gen_namespace_die (decl
, context_die
);
19606 /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */
19607 gcc_assert ((int)TREE_CODE (decl
) > NUM_TREE_CODES
);
19612 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
19613 compilation proper has finished. */
19616 dwarf2out_global_decl (tree decl
)
19618 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
19619 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which
19620 had no corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations
19621 and definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
19622 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| !DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
19623 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
19626 /* Output debug information for type decl DECL. Called from toplev.c
19627 and from language front ends (to record built-in types). */
19629 dwarf2out_type_decl (tree decl
, int local
)
19632 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
19635 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL.
19636 NAME is non-NULL name in the lexical block if the decl has been renamed.
19637 LEXICAL_BLOCK is the lexical block (which TREE_CODE is a BLOCK)
19638 that DECL belongs to.
19639 LEXICAL_BLOCK_DIE is the DIE of LEXICAL_BLOCK. */
19641 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree decl
,
19643 tree lexical_block
,
19644 dw_die_ref lexical_block_die
)
19646 expanded_location xloc
;
19647 dw_die_ref imported_die
= NULL
;
19648 dw_die_ref at_import_die
;
19650 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == IMPORTED_DECL
)
19652 xloc
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
19653 decl
= IMPORTED_DECL_ASSOCIATED_DECL (decl
);
19657 xloc
= expand_location (input_location
);
19659 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == CONST_DECL
)
19661 if (is_base_type (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))
19662 at_import_die
= base_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
19664 at_import_die
= force_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
19665 /* For namespace N { typedef void T; } using N::T; base_type_die
19666 returns NULL, but DW_TAG_imported_declaration requires
19667 the DW_AT_import tag. Force creation of DW_TAG_typedef. */
19668 if (!at_import_die
)
19670 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
);
19671 gen_typedef_die (decl
, get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)));
19672 at_import_die
= lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
19673 gcc_assert (at_import_die
);
19678 at_import_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
19679 if (!at_import_die
)
19681 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
19682 emitted the member decl for this field. Emit it now. */
19683 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
)
19685 tree type
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
19687 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)
19688 && TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
19689 && !should_emit_struct_debug (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
),
19690 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
))
19692 gen_type_die_for_member (type
, decl
,
19693 get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)));
19695 at_import_die
= force_decl_die (decl
);
19699 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
19701 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
19702 imported_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_imported_module
,
19709 imported_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration
,
19713 add_AT_file (imported_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, lookup_filename (xloc
.file
));
19714 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, xloc
.line
);
19716 add_AT_string (imported_die
, DW_AT_name
,
19717 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
));
19718 add_AT_die_ref (imported_die
, DW_AT_import
, at_import_die
);
19721 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL.
19722 NAME is non-NULL name in context if the decl has been renamed.
19723 CHILD is true if decl is one of the renamed decls as part of
19724 importing whole module. */
19727 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree decl
, tree name
, tree context
,
19730 /* dw_die_ref at_import_die; */
19731 dw_die_ref scope_die
;
19733 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19738 /* To emit DW_TAG_imported_module or DW_TAG_imported_decl, we need two DIEs.
19739 We need decl DIE for reference and scope die. First, get DIE for the decl
19742 /* Get the scope die for decl context. Use comp_unit_die for global module
19743 or decl. If die is not found for non globals, force new die. */
19745 && TYPE_P (context
)
19746 && !should_emit_struct_debug (context
, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
))
19749 if (!(dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
19752 scope_die
= get_context_die (context
);
19756 gcc_assert (scope_die
->die_child
);
19757 gcc_assert (scope_die
->die_child
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_imported_module
);
19758 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) != NAMESPACE_DECL
);
19759 scope_die
= scope_die
->die_child
;
19762 /* OK, now we have DIEs for decl as well as scope. Emit imported die. */
19763 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl
, name
, context
, scope_die
);
19767 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
19770 dwarf2out_decl (tree decl
)
19772 dw_die_ref context_die
= comp_unit_die
;
19774 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
19779 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
19780 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
19781 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
19782 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
19783 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
19784 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
19785 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
19786 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
19787 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
19788 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
19789 with the definition of the function.
19791 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
19792 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
19793 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
19794 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
19795 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
19796 translation unit (and thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
19797 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
19798 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
19799 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
19800 that they *are* definitions).
19802 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
19803 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
19804 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
19805 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
19806 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
19807 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
19810 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
19811 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
19812 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
19813 if (decl_function_context (decl
)
19814 /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */
19815 && debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19816 context_die
= NULL
;
19820 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
19821 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
19822 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
19823 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
19824 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
19825 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
19826 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
19827 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
19828 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) && !TREE_USED (decl
))
19831 /* For local statics lookup proper context die. */
19832 if (TREE_STATIC (decl
) && decl_function_context (decl
))
19833 context_die
= lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
));
19835 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
19836 variable declarations or definitions. */
19837 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19842 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19844 if (!is_fortran ())
19846 if (TREE_STATIC (decl
) && decl_function_context (decl
))
19847 context_die
= lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
));
19850 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
19851 case IMPORTED_DECL
:
19852 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19854 if (lookup_decl_die (decl
) != NULL
)
19859 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
19860 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl
))
19863 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
19864 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
19865 if (DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl
))
19867 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
19868 comparisons have. */
19870 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
19871 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (decl
))
19872 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), 0, 0, NULL
);
19877 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
19878 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19881 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
19882 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
19883 if (decl_function_context (decl
))
19884 context_die
= NULL
;
19892 gen_decl_die (decl
, NULL
, context_die
);
19895 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
19896 a lexical block. */
19899 dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
19900 unsigned int blocknum
)
19902 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
19903 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, blocknum
);
19906 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
19910 dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int blocknum
)
19912 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
19913 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, blocknum
);
19916 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
19917 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
19919 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
19920 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
19921 we may end up calling them anyway. */
19924 dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree block
)
19929 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (block
); decl
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
19930 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
19931 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
)))
19933 for (i
= 0; i
< BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (block
); i
++)
19935 decl
= BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (block
, i
);
19936 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
19937 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
)))
19944 /* Hash table routines for file_hash. */
19947 file_table_eq (const void *p1_p
, const void *p2_p
)
19949 const struct dwarf_file_data
*const p1
=
19950 (const struct dwarf_file_data
*) p1_p
;
19951 const char *const p2
= (const char *) p2_p
;
19952 return strcmp (p1
->filename
, p2
) == 0;
19956 file_table_hash (const void *p_p
)
19958 const struct dwarf_file_data
*const p
= (const struct dwarf_file_data
*) p_p
;
19959 return htab_hash_string (p
->filename
);
19962 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
19963 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
19964 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
19965 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
19966 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
19967 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
19968 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
19969 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
19970 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
19973 static struct dwarf_file_data
*
19974 lookup_filename (const char *file_name
)
19977 struct dwarf_file_data
* created
;
19979 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
19980 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
19981 if (file_table_last_lookup
19982 && (file_name
== file_table_last_lookup
->filename
19983 || strcmp (file_table_last_lookup
->filename
, file_name
) == 0))
19984 return file_table_last_lookup
;
19986 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table. */
19987 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (file_table
, file_name
,
19988 htab_hash_string (file_name
), INSERT
);
19990 return (struct dwarf_file_data
*) *slot
;
19992 created
= GGC_NEW (struct dwarf_file_data
);
19993 created
->filename
= file_name
;
19994 created
->emitted_number
= 0;
19999 /* If the assembler will construct the file table, then translate the compiler
20000 internal file table number into the assembler file table number, and emit
20001 a .file directive if we haven't already emitted one yet. The file table
20002 numbers are different because we prune debug info for unused variables and
20003 types, which may include filenames. */
20006 maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data
* fd
)
20008 if (! fd
->emitted_number
)
20010 if (last_emitted_file
)
20011 fd
->emitted_number
= last_emitted_file
->emitted_number
+ 1;
20013 fd
->emitted_number
= 1;
20014 last_emitted_file
= fd
;
20016 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
20018 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.file %u ", fd
->emitted_number
);
20019 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file
,
20020 remap_debug_filename (fd
->filename
));
20021 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
20025 return fd
->emitted_number
;
20028 /* Schedule generation of a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIE.
20029 That generation should happen after function debug info has been
20030 generated. The value of the attribute is the constant value of ARG. */
20033 append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (dw_die_ref die
, tree arg
)
20035 die_arg_entry entry
;
20040 if (!tmpl_value_parm_die_table
)
20041 tmpl_value_parm_die_table
20042 = VEC_alloc (die_arg_entry
, gc
, 32);
20046 VEC_safe_push (die_arg_entry
, gc
,
20047 tmpl_value_parm_die_table
,
20051 /* Add a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIEs that were scheduled
20052 by append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table. This function must
20053 be called after function DIEs have been generated. */
20056 gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute (void)
20058 if (tmpl_value_parm_die_table
)
20064 VEC_iterate (die_arg_entry
, tmpl_value_parm_die_table
, i
, e
);
20066 tree_add_const_value_attribute (e
->die
, e
->arg
);
20071 /* Replace DW_AT_name for the decl with name. */
20074 dwarf2out_set_name (tree decl
, tree name
)
20080 die
= TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (decl
);
20084 dname
= dwarf2_name (name
, 0);
20088 attr
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_name
);
20091 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
20093 node
= find_AT_string (dname
);
20094 /* replace the string. */
20095 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
= node
;
20099 add_name_attribute (die
, dname
);
20102 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a direct function call.
20103 Make an entry into the direct call table, recording the point of call
20104 and a reference to the target function's debug entry. */
20107 dwarf2out_direct_call (tree targ
)
20110 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (targ
);
20112 /* If this is a clone, use the abstract origin as the target. */
20116 e
.poc_label_num
= poc_label_num
++;
20117 e
.poc_decl
= current_function_decl
;
20118 e
.targ_die
= force_decl_die (targ
);
20119 VEC_safe_push (dcall_entry
, gc
, dcall_table
, &e
);
20121 /* Drop a label at the return point to mark the point of call. */
20122 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, "LPOC", e
.poc_label_num
);
20125 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a struct vcall_insn). */
20128 vcall_insn_table_hash (const void *x
)
20130 return (hashval_t
) ((const struct vcall_insn
*) x
)->insn_uid
;
20133 /* Return nonzero if insn_uid of struct vcall_insn *X is the same as
20134 insnd_uid of *Y. */
20137 vcall_insn_table_eq (const void *x
, const void *y
)
20139 return (((const struct vcall_insn
*) x
)->insn_uid
20140 == ((const struct vcall_insn
*) y
)->insn_uid
);
20143 /* Associate VTABLE_SLOT with INSN_UID in the VCALL_INSN_TABLE. */
20146 store_vcall_insn (unsigned int vtable_slot
, int insn_uid
)
20148 struct vcall_insn
*item
= GGC_NEW (struct vcall_insn
);
20149 struct vcall_insn
**slot
;
20152 item
->insn_uid
= insn_uid
;
20153 item
->vtable_slot
= vtable_slot
;
20154 slot
= (struct vcall_insn
**)
20155 htab_find_slot_with_hash (vcall_insn_table
, &item
,
20156 (hashval_t
) insn_uid
, INSERT
);
20160 /* Return the VTABLE_SLOT associated with INSN_UID. */
20162 static unsigned int
20163 lookup_vcall_insn (unsigned int insn_uid
)
20165 struct vcall_insn item
;
20166 struct vcall_insn
*p
;
20168 item
.insn_uid
= insn_uid
;
20169 item
.vtable_slot
= 0;
20170 p
= (struct vcall_insn
*) htab_find_with_hash (vcall_insn_table
,
20172 (hashval_t
) insn_uid
);
20174 return (unsigned int) -1;
20175 return p
->vtable_slot
;
20179 /* Called when lowering indirect calls to RTL. We make a note of INSN_UID
20180 and the OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN from ADDR. For C++ virtual calls, the token
20181 is the vtable slot index that we will need to put in the virtual call
20185 dwarf2out_virtual_call_token (tree addr
, int insn_uid
)
20187 if (is_cxx() && TREE_CODE (addr
) == OBJ_TYPE_REF
)
20189 tree token
= OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN (addr
);
20190 if (TREE_CODE (token
) == INTEGER_CST
)
20191 store_vcall_insn (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (token
), insn_uid
);
20195 /* Called when scheduling RTL, when a CALL_INSN is split. Copies the
20196 OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN previously associated with OLD_INSN and associates it
20200 dwarf2out_copy_call_info (rtx old_insn
, rtx new_insn
)
20202 unsigned int vtable_slot
= lookup_vcall_insn (INSN_UID (old_insn
));
20204 if (vtable_slot
!= (unsigned int) -1)
20205 store_vcall_insn (vtable_slot
, INSN_UID (new_insn
));
20208 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a virtual function call.
20209 Make an entry into the virtual call table, recording the point of call
20210 and the slot index of the vtable entry used to call the virtual member
20211 function. The slot index was associated with the INSN_UID during the
20212 lowering to RTL. */
20215 dwarf2out_virtual_call (int insn_uid
)
20217 unsigned int vtable_slot
= lookup_vcall_insn (insn_uid
);
20220 if (vtable_slot
== (unsigned int) -1)
20223 e
.poc_label_num
= poc_label_num
++;
20224 e
.vtable_slot
= vtable_slot
;
20225 VEC_safe_push (vcall_entry
, gc
, vcall_table
, &e
);
20227 /* Drop a label at the return point to mark the point of call. */
20228 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, "LPOC", e
.poc_label_num
);
20231 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a var location. We
20232 use it to drop labels in the right places, and throw the location in
20233 our lookup table. */
20236 dwarf2out_var_location (rtx loc_note
)
20238 char loclabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
+ 2];
20239 struct var_loc_node
*newloc
;
20241 static const char *last_label
;
20242 static const char *last_postcall_label
;
20243 static bool last_in_cold_section_p
;
20246 if (!DECL_P (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note
)))
20249 next_real
= next_real_insn (loc_note
);
20250 /* If there are no instructions which would be affected by this note,
20251 don't do anything. */
20252 if (next_real
== NULL_RTX
)
20255 newloc
= GGC_CNEW (struct var_loc_node
);
20256 /* If there were no real insns between note we processed last time
20257 and this note, use the label we emitted last time. */
20258 if (last_var_location_insn
== NULL_RTX
20259 || last_var_location_insn
!= next_real
20260 || last_in_cold_section_p
!= in_cold_section_p
)
20262 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loclabel
, "LVL", loclabel_num
);
20263 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, "LVL", loclabel_num
);
20265 last_label
= ggc_strdup (loclabel
);
20266 last_postcall_label
= NULL
;
20268 newloc
->var_loc_note
= loc_note
;
20269 newloc
->next
= NULL
;
20271 if (!NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (loc_note
))
20272 newloc
->label
= last_label
;
20275 if (!last_postcall_label
)
20277 sprintf (loclabel
, "%s-1", last_label
);
20278 last_postcall_label
= ggc_strdup (loclabel
);
20280 newloc
->label
= last_postcall_label
;
20283 if (cfun
&& in_cold_section_p
)
20284 newloc
->section_label
= crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_label
;
20286 newloc
->section_label
= text_section_label
;
20288 last_var_location_insn
= next_real
;
20289 last_in_cold_section_p
= in_cold_section_p
;
20290 decl
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note
);
20291 add_var_loc_to_decl (decl
, newloc
);
20294 /* We need to reset the locations at the beginning of each
20295 function. We can't do this in the end_function hook, because the
20296 declarations that use the locations won't have been output when
20297 that hook is called. Also compute have_multiple_function_sections here. */
20300 dwarf2out_begin_function (tree fun
)
20302 htab_empty (decl_loc_table
);
20304 if (function_section (fun
) != text_section
)
20305 have_multiple_function_sections
= true;
20307 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
20310 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
20311 and record information relating to this source line, in
20312 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
20315 dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int line
, const char *filename
,
20316 int discriminator
, bool is_stmt
)
20318 static bool last_is_stmt
= true;
20320 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
20323 int file_num
= maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename
));
20325 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
20327 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
20328 if (flag_debug_asm
)
20329 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START
,
20332 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
20334 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
20335 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.loc %d %d 0", file_num
, line
);
20336 if (is_stmt
!= last_is_stmt
)
20338 fprintf (asm_out_file
, " is_stmt %d", is_stmt
? 1 : 0);
20339 last_is_stmt
= is_stmt
;
20341 if (SUPPORTS_DISCRIMINATOR
&& discriminator
!= 0)
20342 fprintf (asm_out_file
, " discriminator %d", discriminator
);
20343 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
20345 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
20346 line_info_table_in_use
++;
20348 else if (function_section (current_function_decl
) != text_section
)
20350 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
;
20351 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
,
20352 SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
20353 separate_line_info_table_in_use
);
20355 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
20356 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
20357 == separate_line_info_table_allocated
)
20359 separate_line_info_table_allocated
+= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
20360 separate_line_info_table
20361 = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_separate_line_info_entry
,
20362 separate_line_info_table
,
20363 separate_line_info_table_allocated
);
20364 memset (separate_line_info_table
20365 + separate_line_info_table_in_use
,
20367 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
20368 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry
)));
20371 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
20373 = &separate_line_info_table
[separate_line_info_table_in_use
++];
20374 line_info
->dw_file_num
= file_num
;
20375 line_info
->dw_line_num
= line
;
20376 line_info
->function
= current_function_funcdef_no
;
20380 dw_line_info_ref line_info
;
20382 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
20383 line_info_table_in_use
);
20385 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
20386 if (line_info_table_in_use
== line_info_table_allocated
)
20388 line_info_table_allocated
+= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
20390 = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_line_info_entry
, line_info_table
,
20391 line_info_table_allocated
);
20392 memset (line_info_table
+ line_info_table_in_use
, 0,
20393 LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
));
20396 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
20397 line_info
= &line_info_table
[line_info_table_in_use
++];
20398 line_info
->dw_file_num
= file_num
;
20399 line_info
->dw_line_num
= line
;
20404 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
20407 dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned int lineno
, const char *filename
)
20409 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
&& dwarf_version
< 4)
20411 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
20412 dw_die_ref bincl_die
;
20414 bincl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
20415 add_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
, remap_debug_filename (filename
));
20418 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
20420 int file_num
= maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename
));
20422 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
20423 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file
, "Start new file");
20424 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "Included from line number %d",
20427 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (file_num
, "file %s", filename
);
20431 /* Record the end of a source file. */
20434 dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
20436 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
&& dwarf_version
< 4)
20437 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
20438 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
20440 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
20442 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
20443 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file
, "End file");
20447 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
20448 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
20449 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
20452 dwarf2out_define (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
20453 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
20455 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
20457 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
20458 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define
, "Define macro");
20459 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "At line number %d", lineno
);
20460 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer
, -1, "The macro");
20464 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
20465 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
20466 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
20469 dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
20470 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
20472 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
20474 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
20475 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef
, "Undefine macro");
20476 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "At line number %d", lineno
);
20477 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer
, -1, "The macro");
20481 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
20484 dwarf2out_init (const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
20486 /* Allocate the file_table. */
20487 file_table
= htab_create_ggc (50, file_table_hash
,
20488 file_table_eq
, NULL
);
20490 /* Allocate the decl_die_table. */
20491 decl_die_table
= htab_create_ggc (10, decl_die_table_hash
,
20492 decl_die_table_eq
, NULL
);
20494 /* Allocate the decl_loc_table. */
20495 decl_loc_table
= htab_create_ggc (10, decl_loc_table_hash
,
20496 decl_loc_table_eq
, NULL
);
20498 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
20499 decl_scope_table
= VEC_alloc (tree
, gc
, 256);
20501 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
20502 abbrev_die_table
= GGC_CNEWVEC (dw_die_ref
, ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
);
20503 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
20504 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
20505 abbrev_die_table_in_use
= 1;
20507 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
20508 line_info_table
= GGC_CNEWVEC (dw_line_info_entry
, LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
);
20509 line_info_table_allocated
= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
20511 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
20512 line_info_table_in_use
= 1;
20514 /* Allocate the pubtypes and pubnames vectors. */
20515 pubname_table
= VEC_alloc (pubname_entry
, gc
, 32);
20516 pubtype_table
= VEC_alloc (pubname_entry
, gc
, 32);
20518 /* Allocate the table that maps insn UIDs to vtable slot indexes. */
20519 vcall_insn_table
= htab_create_ggc (10, vcall_insn_table_hash
,
20520 vcall_insn_table_eq
, NULL
);
20522 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
20523 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
20524 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
20525 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
20526 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. We will fill
20527 in this value in dwarf2out_finish. */
20528 comp_unit_die
= gen_compile_unit_die (NULL
);
20530 incomplete_types
= VEC_alloc (tree
, gc
, 64);
20532 used_rtx_array
= VEC_alloc (rtx
, gc
, 32);
20534 debug_info_section
= get_section (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
,
20535 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
20536 debug_abbrev_section
= get_section (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
,
20537 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
20538 debug_aranges_section
= get_section (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
,
20539 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
20540 debug_macinfo_section
= get_section (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
,
20541 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
20542 debug_line_section
= get_section (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
,
20543 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
20544 debug_loc_section
= get_section (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
,
20545 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
20546 debug_pubnames_section
= get_section (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
,
20547 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
20548 debug_pubtypes_section
= get_section (DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION
,
20549 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
20550 debug_dcall_section
= get_section (DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION
,
20551 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
20552 debug_vcall_section
= get_section (DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION
,
20553 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
20554 debug_str_section
= get_section (DEBUG_STR_SECTION
,
20555 DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
, NULL
);
20556 debug_ranges_section
= get_section (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
,
20557 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
20558 debug_frame_section
= get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
,
20559 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
20561 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
20562 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label
,
20563 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
20564 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label
, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
20565 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_text_section_label
,
20566 COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
20567 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_end_label
, COLD_END_LABEL
, 0);
20569 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label
,
20570 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
20571 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label
,
20572 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
20573 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label
,
20574 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
20575 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section
);
20576 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, abbrev_section_label
);
20577 switch_to_section (debug_info_section
);
20578 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_info_section_label
);
20579 switch_to_section (debug_line_section
);
20580 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_line_section_label
);
20582 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
20584 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
20585 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label
,
20586 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
20587 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, macinfo_section_label
);
20590 switch_to_section (text_section
);
20591 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, text_section_label
);
20592 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
)
20594 cold_text_section
= unlikely_text_section ();
20595 switch_to_section (cold_text_section
);
20596 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, cold_text_section_label
);
20601 /* Called before cgraph_optimize starts outputtting functions, variables
20602 and toplevel asms into assembly. */
20605 dwarf2out_assembly_start (void)
20607 if (HAVE_GAS_CFI_SECTIONS_DIRECTIVE
&& dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
20609 #ifndef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
20610 if (USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
|| (!flag_unwind_tables
&& !flag_exceptions
))
20612 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_sections\t.debug_frame\n");
20616 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
20617 htab_traverse. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
20620 output_indirect_string (void **h
, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
20622 struct indirect_string_node
*node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *h
;
20624 if (node
->label
&& node
->refcount
)
20626 switch_to_section (debug_str_section
);
20627 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, node
->label
);
20628 assemble_string (node
->str
, strlen (node
->str
) + 1);
20634 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
20635 /* Verify that all marks are clear. */
20638 verify_marks_clear (dw_die_ref die
)
20642 gcc_assert (! die
->die_mark
);
20643 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, verify_marks_clear (c
));
20645 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
20647 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
20648 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
20651 prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
20657 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unmark_dies (c
));
20660 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
20661 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
20664 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref die
)
20669 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
20671 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
== dw_val_class_die_ref
)
20673 /* A reference to another DIE.
20674 Make sure that it will get emitted.
20675 If it was broken out into a comdat group, don't follow it. */
20676 if (dwarf_version
< 4
20677 || a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_specification
20678 || a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
->die_id
.die_type_node
== NULL
)
20679 prune_unused_types_mark (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
, 1);
20681 /* Set the string's refcount to 0 so that prune_unused_types_mark
20682 accounts properly for it. */
20683 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
20684 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
= 0;
20689 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
20690 to DIE's children. */
20693 prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref die
, int dokids
)
20697 if (die
->die_mark
== 0)
20699 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
20702 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
20703 (But we don't want to mark our parents' kids due to this.) */
20704 if (die
->die_parent
)
20705 prune_unused_types_mark (die
->die_parent
, 0);
20707 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
20708 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
);
20710 /* If this node is a specification,
20711 also mark the definition, if it exists. */
20712 if (get_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_declaration
) && die
->die_definition
)
20713 prune_unused_types_mark (die
->die_definition
, 1);
20716 if (dokids
&& die
->die_mark
!= 2)
20718 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
20719 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
20722 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
20723 kids get marked, even if they're types. If we're
20724 breaking out types into comdat sections, do this
20725 for all type definitions. */
20726 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_array_type
20727 || (dwarf_version
>= 4
20728 && is_type_die (die
) && ! is_declaration_die (die
)))
20729 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_mark (c
, 1));
20731 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_walk (c
));
20735 /* For local classes, look if any static member functions were emitted
20736 and if so, mark them. */
20739 prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (dw_die_ref die
)
20743 if (die
->die_mark
== 2)
20746 switch (die
->die_tag
)
20748 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
20749 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
20750 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
20753 case DW_TAG_subprogram
:
20754 if (!get_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_declaration
)
20755 || die
->die_definition
!= NULL
)
20756 prune_unused_types_mark (die
, 1);
20763 /* Mark children. */
20764 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (c
));
20767 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
20770 prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref die
)
20774 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked and
20775 children have been marked as well. */
20776 if (die
->die_mark
== 2)
20779 switch (die
->die_tag
)
20781 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
20782 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
20783 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
20784 if (die
->die_perennial_p
)
20787 for (c
= die
->die_parent
; c
; c
= c
->die_parent
)
20788 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
20791 /* Finding used static member functions inside of classes
20792 is needed just for local classes, because for other classes
20793 static member function DIEs with DW_AT_specification
20794 are emitted outside of the DW_TAG_*_type. If we ever change
20795 it, we'd need to call this even for non-local classes. */
20797 prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (die
);
20799 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
20802 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
20803 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
20804 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
20805 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
20806 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
20807 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
20808 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
20809 case DW_TAG_interface_type
:
20810 case DW_TAG_friend
:
20811 case DW_TAG_variant_part
:
20812 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
20813 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
20814 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
20815 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
20816 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
20817 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
20818 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
20819 if (die
->die_perennial_p
)
20822 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
20826 /* Mark everything else. */
20830 if (die
->die_mark
== 0)
20834 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
20835 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
);
20840 /* Mark children. */
20841 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_walk (c
));
20844 /* Increment the string counts on strings referred to from DIE's
20848 prune_unused_types_update_strings (dw_die_ref die
)
20853 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
20854 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
20856 struct indirect_string_node
*s
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
;
20858 /* Avoid unnecessarily putting strings that are used less than
20859 twice in the hash table. */
20861 == ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
& SECTION_MERGE
) ? 1 : 2))
20864 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash
, s
->str
,
20865 htab_hash_string (s
->str
),
20867 gcc_assert (*slot
== NULL
);
20873 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
20876 prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref die
)
20880 gcc_assert (die
->die_mark
);
20881 prune_unused_types_update_strings (die
);
20883 if (! die
->die_child
)
20886 c
= die
->die_child
;
20888 dw_die_ref prev
= c
;
20889 for (c
= c
->die_sib
; ! c
->die_mark
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
20890 if (c
== die
->die_child
)
20892 /* No marked children between 'prev' and the end of the list. */
20894 /* No marked children at all. */
20895 die
->die_child
= NULL
;
20898 prev
->die_sib
= c
->die_sib
;
20899 die
->die_child
= prev
;
20904 if (c
!= prev
->die_sib
)
20906 prune_unused_types_prune (c
);
20907 } while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
20910 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
20911 htab_traverse. Clear .debug_str strings that we haven't already
20912 decided to emit. */
20915 prune_indirect_string (void **h
, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
20917 struct indirect_string_node
*node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *h
;
20919 if (!node
->label
|| !node
->refcount
)
20920 htab_clear_slot (debug_str_hash
, h
);
20925 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
20928 prune_unused_types (void)
20931 limbo_die_node
*node
;
20932 comdat_type_node
*ctnode
;
20934 dcall_entry
*dcall
;
20936 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
20937 /* All the marks should already be clear. */
20938 verify_marks_clear (comp_unit_die
);
20939 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
20940 verify_marks_clear (node
->die
);
20941 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
20942 verify_marks_clear (ctnode
->root_die
);
20943 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
20945 /* Mark types that are used in global variables. */
20946 premark_types_used_by_global_vars ();
20948 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
20949 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die
);
20950 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
20951 prune_unused_types_walk (node
->die
);
20952 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
20954 prune_unused_types_walk (ctnode
->root_die
);
20955 prune_unused_types_mark (ctnode
->type_die
, 1);
20958 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the
20959 pubname_table or arange_table. */
20960 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry
, pubname_table
, i
, pub
); i
++)
20961 prune_unused_types_mark (pub
->die
, 1);
20962 for (i
= 0; i
< arange_table_in_use
; i
++)
20963 prune_unused_types_mark (arange_table
[i
], 1);
20965 /* Mark nodes referenced from the direct call table. */
20966 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (dcall_entry
, dcall_table
, i
, dcall
); i
++)
20967 prune_unused_types_mark (dcall
->targ_die
, 1);
20969 /* Get rid of nodes that aren't marked; and update the string counts. */
20970 if (debug_str_hash
&& debug_str_hash_forced
)
20971 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash
, prune_indirect_string
, NULL
);
20972 else if (debug_str_hash
)
20973 htab_empty (debug_str_hash
);
20974 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die
);
20975 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
20976 prune_unused_types_prune (node
->die
);
20977 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
20978 prune_unused_types_prune (ctnode
->root_die
);
20980 /* Leave the marks clear. */
20981 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die
);
20982 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
20983 prune_unmark_dies (node
->die
);
20984 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
20985 prune_unmark_dies (ctnode
->root_die
);
20988 /* Set the parameter to true if there are any relative pathnames in
20991 file_table_relative_p (void ** slot
, void *param
)
20993 bool *p
= (bool *) param
;
20994 struct dwarf_file_data
*d
= (struct dwarf_file_data
*) *slot
;
20995 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (d
->filename
))
21003 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of comdat type units. */
21006 htab_ct_hash (const void *of
)
21009 const comdat_type_node
*const type_node
= (const comdat_type_node
*) of
;
21011 memcpy (&h
, type_node
->signature
, sizeof (h
));
21016 htab_ct_eq (const void *of1
, const void *of2
)
21018 const comdat_type_node
*const type_node_1
= (const comdat_type_node
*) of1
;
21019 const comdat_type_node
*const type_node_2
= (const comdat_type_node
*) of2
;
21021 return (! memcmp (type_node_1
->signature
, type_node_2
->signature
,
21022 DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
));
21025 /* Move a DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name attribute just added to dw_die_ref
21026 to the location it would have been added, should we know its
21027 DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME when we added other attributes. This will
21028 probably improve compactness of debug info, removing equivalent
21029 abbrevs, and hide any differences caused by deferring the
21030 computation of the assembler name, triggered by e.g. PCH. */
21033 move_linkage_attr (dw_die_ref die
)
21035 unsigned ix
= VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
);
21036 dw_attr_node linkage
= *VEC_index (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
- 1);
21038 gcc_assert (linkage
.dw_attr
== DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
);
21042 dw_attr_node
*prev
= VEC_index (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
- 1);
21044 if (prev
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_line
|| prev
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_name
)
21048 if (ix
!= VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
) - 1)
21050 VEC_pop (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
);
21051 VEC_quick_insert (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, &linkage
);
21055 /* Helper function for resolve_addr, attempt to resolve
21056 one CONST_STRING, return non-zero if not successful. Similarly verify that
21057 SYMBOL_REFs refer to variables emitted in the current CU. */
21060 resolve_one_addr (rtx
*addr
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
21064 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
)
21066 size_t len
= strlen (XSTR (rtl
, 0)) + 1;
21067 tree t
= build_string (len
, XSTR (rtl
, 0));
21068 tree tlen
= build_int_cst (NULL_TREE
, len
- 1);
21070 = build_array_type (char_type_node
, build_index_type (tlen
));
21071 rtl
= lookup_constant_def (t
);
21072 if (!rtl
|| !MEM_P (rtl
))
21074 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
21075 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
21080 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
21081 && SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
)
21082 && TREE_CODE (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
)) == VAR_DECL
21083 && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
)))
21086 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST
21087 && for_each_rtx (&XEXP (rtl
, 0), resolve_one_addr
, NULL
))
21093 /* Helper function for resolve_addr, handle one location
21094 expression, return false if at least one CONST_STRING or SYMBOL_REF in
21095 the location list couldn't be resolved. */
21098 resolve_addr_in_expr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
21100 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
21101 if ((loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_addr
21102 && resolve_one_addr (&loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
, NULL
))
21103 || (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_implicit_value
21104 && loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
== dw_val_class_addr
21105 && resolve_one_addr (&loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_addr
, NULL
)))
21110 /* Resolve DW_OP_addr and DW_AT_const_value CONST_STRING arguments to
21111 an address in .rodata section if the string literal is emitted there,
21112 or remove the containing location list or replace DW_AT_const_value
21113 with DW_AT_location and empty location expression, if it isn't found
21114 in .rodata. Similarly for SYMBOL_REFs, keep only those that refer
21115 to something that has been emitted in the current CU. */
21118 resolve_addr (dw_die_ref die
)
21122 dw_loc_list_ref
*curr
;
21125 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
21126 switch (AT_class (a
))
21128 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
21129 curr
= AT_loc_list_ptr (a
);
21132 if (!resolve_addr_in_expr ((*curr
)->expr
))
21134 dw_loc_list_ref next
= (*curr
)->dw_loc_next
;
21135 if (next
&& (*curr
)->ll_symbol
)
21137 gcc_assert (!next
->ll_symbol
);
21138 next
->ll_symbol
= (*curr
)->ll_symbol
;
21143 curr
= &(*curr
)->dw_loc_next
;
21145 if (!AT_loc_list (a
))
21147 remove_AT (die
, a
->dw_attr
);
21151 case dw_val_class_loc
:
21152 if (!resolve_addr_in_expr (AT_loc (a
)))
21154 remove_AT (die
, a
->dw_attr
);
21158 case dw_val_class_addr
:
21159 if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_const_value
21160 && resolve_one_addr (&a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
, NULL
))
21162 remove_AT (die
, a
->dw_attr
);
21170 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, resolve_addr (c
));
21173 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
21174 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
21177 dwarf2out_finish (const char *filename
)
21179 limbo_die_node
*node
, *next_node
;
21180 comdat_type_node
*ctnode
;
21181 htab_t comdat_type_table
;
21182 dw_die_ref die
= 0;
21185 gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute ();
21187 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
21188 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
21189 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die
, remap_debug_filename (filename
));
21190 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename
))
21191 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die
);
21192 else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_comp_dir
) == NULL
)
21195 htab_traverse (file_table
, file_table_relative_p
, &p
);
21197 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die
);
21200 for (i
= 0; i
< VEC_length (deferred_locations
, deferred_locations_list
); i
++)
21202 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (
21203 VEC_index (deferred_locations
, deferred_locations_list
, i
)->die
,
21204 VEC_index (deferred_locations
, deferred_locations_list
, i
)->variable
,
21208 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
21209 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
21210 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
21211 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
21213 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= next_node
)
21215 next_node
= node
->next
;
21218 if (die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
21220 dw_die_ref origin
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
);
21223 add_child_die (origin
->die_parent
, die
);
21224 else if (die
== comp_unit_die
)
21226 else if (errorcount
> 0 || sorrycount
> 0)
21227 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
21228 add_child_die (comp_unit_die
, die
);
21231 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
21232 nested function can be optimized away, which results
21233 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
21234 with the return type of that nested function. Force
21235 this to be a child of the containing function.
21237 It may happen that even the containing function got fully
21238 inlined and optimized out. In that case we are lost and
21239 assign the empty child. This should not be big issue as
21240 the function is likely unreachable too. */
21241 tree context
= NULL_TREE
;
21243 gcc_assert (node
->created_for
);
21245 if (DECL_P (node
->created_for
))
21246 context
= DECL_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
);
21247 else if (TYPE_P (node
->created_for
))
21248 context
= TYPE_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
);
21250 gcc_assert (context
21251 && (TREE_CODE (context
) == FUNCTION_DECL
21252 || TREE_CODE (context
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
));
21254 origin
= lookup_decl_die (context
);
21256 add_child_die (origin
, die
);
21258 add_child_die (comp_unit_die
, die
);
21263 limbo_die_list
= NULL
;
21265 resolve_addr (comp_unit_die
);
21267 for (node
= deferred_asm_name
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
21269 tree decl
= node
->created_for
;
21270 if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
) != DECL_NAME (decl
))
21272 add_AT_string (node
->die
, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
,
21273 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
)));
21274 move_linkage_attr (node
->die
);
21278 deferred_asm_name
= NULL
;
21280 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
21281 emit full debugging info for them. */
21282 retry_incomplete_types ();
21284 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
21285 prune_unused_types ();
21287 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
21288 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
21289 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
&& dwarf_version
< 4)
21290 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die
);
21292 /* Generate separate COMDAT sections for type DIEs. */
21293 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
21295 break_out_comdat_types (comp_unit_die
);
21297 /* Each new type_unit DIE was added to the limbo die list when created.
21298 Since these have all been added to comdat_type_list, clear the
21300 limbo_die_list
= NULL
;
21302 /* For each new comdat type unit, copy declarations for incomplete
21303 types to make the new unit self-contained (i.e., no direct
21304 references to the main compile unit). */
21305 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
!= NULL
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
21306 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (ctnode
->root_die
);
21307 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (comp_unit_die
);
21309 /* In the process of copying declarations from one unit to another,
21310 we may have left some declarations behind that are no longer
21311 referenced. Prune them. */
21312 prune_unused_types ();
21315 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
21316 that have children. */
21317 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die
);
21318 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
21319 add_sibling_attributes (node
->die
);
21320 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
!= NULL
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
21321 add_sibling_attributes (ctnode
->root_die
);
21323 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
21324 switch_to_section (text_section
);
21325 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
21326 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
)
21328 switch_to_section (unlikely_text_section ());
21329 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, COLD_END_LABEL
, 0);
21332 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
21334 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
21335 || !(dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
21337 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, text_section_label
);
21338 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, text_end_label
);
21343 unsigned fde_idx
= 0;
21344 bool range_list_added
= false;
21346 /* We need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
21347 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become
21348 absolute. Historically, we've emitted the unexpected
21349 DW_AT_entry_pc instead of DW_AT_low_pc for this purpose.
21350 Emit both to give time for other tools to adapt. */
21351 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, const0_rtx
);
21352 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_entry_pc
, const0_rtx
);
21354 if (text_section_used
)
21355 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die
, text_section_label
,
21356 text_end_label
, &range_list_added
);
21357 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
&& cold_text_section_used
)
21358 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die
, cold_text_section_label
,
21359 cold_end_label
, &range_list_added
);
21361 for (fde_idx
= 0; fde_idx
< fde_table_in_use
; fde_idx
++)
21363 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[fde_idx
];
21365 if (fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
)
21367 if (!fde
->in_std_section
)
21368 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die
,
21369 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
,
21370 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
,
21371 &range_list_added
);
21372 if (!fde
->cold_in_std_section
)
21373 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die
,
21374 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
,
21375 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
,
21376 &range_list_added
);
21378 else if (!fde
->in_std_section
)
21379 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
21380 fde
->dw_fde_end
, &range_list_added
);
21383 if (range_list_added
)
21387 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
21388 if (have_location_lists
)
21390 /* Output the location lists info. */
21391 switch_to_section (debug_loc_section
);
21392 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label
,
21393 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
21394 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, loc_section_label
);
21395 output_location_lists (die
);
21398 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
21399 add_AT_lineptr (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_stmt_list
,
21400 debug_line_section_label
);
21402 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
21403 add_AT_macptr (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_macro_info
, macinfo_section_label
);
21405 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
21406 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
21407 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
21408 output_comp_unit (node
->die
, 0);
21410 comdat_type_table
= htab_create (100, htab_ct_hash
, htab_ct_eq
, NULL
);
21411 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
!= NULL
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
21413 void **slot
= htab_find_slot (comdat_type_table
, ctnode
, INSERT
);
21415 /* Don't output duplicate types. */
21416 if (*slot
!= HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY
)
21419 /* Add a pointer to the line table for the main compilation unit
21420 so that the debugger can make sense of DW_AT_decl_file
21422 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
21423 add_AT_lineptr (ctnode
->root_die
, DW_AT_stmt_list
,
21424 debug_line_section_label
);
21426 output_comdat_type_unit (ctnode
);
21429 htab_delete (comdat_type_table
);
21431 /* Output the main compilation unit if non-empty or if .debug_macinfo
21432 has been emitted. */
21433 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die
, debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
);
21435 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
21436 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section
);
21437 output_abbrev_section ();
21439 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
21440 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry
, pubname_table
))
21442 switch_to_section (debug_pubnames_section
);
21443 output_pubnames (pubname_table
);
21446 /* Output public types table if necessary. */
21447 /* ??? Only defined by DWARF3, but emitted by Darwin for DWARF2.
21448 It shouldn't hurt to emit it always, since pure DWARF2 consumers
21449 simply won't look for the section. */
21450 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry
, pubtype_table
))
21452 switch_to_section (debug_pubtypes_section
);
21453 output_pubnames (pubtype_table
);
21456 /* Output direct and virtual call tables if necessary. */
21457 if (!VEC_empty (dcall_entry
, dcall_table
))
21459 switch_to_section (debug_dcall_section
);
21460 output_dcall_table ();
21462 if (!VEC_empty (vcall_entry
, vcall_table
))
21464 switch_to_section (debug_vcall_section
);
21465 output_vcall_table ();
21468 /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange
21469 table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
21470 if (fde_table_in_use
)
21472 switch_to_section (debug_aranges_section
);
21476 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
21477 if (ranges_table_in_use
)
21479 switch_to_section (debug_ranges_section
);
21480 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, ranges_section_label
);
21484 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
21485 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
21486 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
21487 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
21488 examining the file. This is done late so that any filenames
21489 used by the debug_info section are marked as 'used'. */
21490 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
21492 switch_to_section (debug_line_section
);
21493 output_line_info ();
21496 /* Have to end the macro section. */
21497 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
21499 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
21500 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
21503 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
21505 if (debug_str_hash
)
21506 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash
, output_indirect_string
, NULL
);
21510 /* This should never be used, but its address is needed for comparisons. */
21511 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks
=
21515 0, /* assembly_start */
21518 0, /* start_source_file */
21519 0, /* end_source_file */
21520 0, /* begin_block */
21522 0, /* ignore_block */
21523 0, /* source_line */
21524 0, /* begin_prologue */
21525 0, /* end_prologue */
21526 0, /* end_epilogue */
21527 0, /* begin_function */
21528 0, /* end_function */
21529 0, /* function_decl */
21530 0, /* global_decl */
21532 0, /* imported_module_or_decl */
21533 0, /* deferred_inline_function */
21534 0, /* outlining_inline_function */
21536 0, /* handle_pch */
21537 0, /* var_location */
21538 0, /* switch_text_section */
21539 0, /* direct_call */
21540 0, /* virtual_call_token */
21541 0, /* copy_call_info */
21542 0, /* virtual_call */
21544 0 /* start_end_main_source_file */
21547 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
21549 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"